All posts in “Buyer Guides”

Best Whiskey Stones: 31 Coolest Whiskey Stones & Gift Sets

T

here’s nothing quite like sipping a nice dark bourbon or ember-colored scotch at the end of a hard day’s work. The taste of that cool and refreshing, if slightly fiery nectar on your tongue and then the sensation of it rolling down your throat is a joy to behold. Now, just as we are all different and unique, we all have slightly unique and different preferences when it comes to how we drink our favorite tipple.

Many will argue that whiskey is best served chilled, while others like it with some water and others prefer it neat. For those of you who prefer it with some ice or something to cool it with, it’s likely, especially if it’s an expensive bottle, that you don’t like the watered-down effect the ice can have.

No-one wants to spend a considerable amount of money on the expertise and skill of a good distillery only to have the flavor marred by ice cubes melting. That’s where whiskey stones come in. If you’ve never heard of them or have but remained unconvinced of their value, you’ve come to the right place. In the following post, we here at Men’s Gear are going to dissect the subject of whiskey stones, looking at it in detail, as well as presenting our indispensable guide to the coolest whiskey stones and gift sets on the market right now.

So not only will you have a whopping 31 stones and sets to choose from, you’ll have some insight into what you should be considering when buying them too.

Onwards we plough!

What are Whiskey Stones?

Whiskey stones are miniature clean, cut cubes of natural stone, normally soapstone, that are used to chill glasses of whiskey or other spirits. They come in various sizes and are designed to be kept in your freezer and then used in shots of your favorite liquor to cool them down without ruining the flavor or consistency of your scotch, bourbon, whiskey or whatever you’re drinking.

Although we all have our own preferences when it comes to drinking spirits like whiskey, as there’s people who like to add a little water to the heady liquid (are we allowed to call these people heathens? No? Okay…), some who prefer ice and others who like it neat, whiskey stones are a great way of lowering the temperature without affecting the taste of the grown-up syrup.

That last point is more than likely the reason most of you will be looking at our list of whiskey stones.

Why is adding water often a bad thing and something people prefer not to do? Well, when you consider how much the average bottle of a nice, high quality whiskey costs, it’s not that difficult to understand why anyone would want to maintain the taste that the distillery intended. Too much water can dilute and therefore, ruin the taste.

That’s what makes whiskey stones so great – they lower the temperature of the drink without adding moisture.

How to Use Whiskey Stones?

So, you’ve decided that the best way to bring down the temperature of your favorite bourbon to make the taste even crisper and fresher, without tampering with the flavor that was undoubtedly mastered over many decades, is to use whiskey stones. You may rightly ask how you actually use them. Simply put, you put your whiskey stones in the freezer and leave them for around four hours, or whatever the manufacturer has stated and then they will be cold enough to drop straight into your tumbler.

The great thing about whiskey stones is that unlike ice, they are softer in texture, particularly those made from soapstone, so are less likely to cause any damage to your favorite glassware. Even the stainless-steel ones are not going to smash or crack your glass as you swirl around that deep brown water or the golden nectar you prefer. There is no complicated process involved.

Don’t just put them straight into the freezer though, as most come complete with a special cloth or linen bag. This stops them from taking on any of the scents or flavors of food stored in your freezer (though it shouldn’t do this anyway, as they are non-porous). When it comes to soapstone whiskey stones, you also need to clean them as soon as possible after you’ve used them.

Now for the people in your household, like your good lady wife for example, that maybe don’t share your love for that satisfying burn that you get as the whiskey hits the back of your throat and makes its long journey to your stomach. For people like those, as strange as they may seem, whiskey stones can still be of some use. Whiskey stones are excellent for chilling virtually any drink – whether it’s coffee, wine or something else.

What are Whiskey Stones Made of?

Whiskey stones come in various shapes and sizes and are made from a wide range of different materials, as you will see from our list of awesome products later. However, regardless of their mold and size, they are usually made from two specific materials:

  • Soapstone
  • Stainless Steel

Soapstone Whiskey Stones

You will find that most traditional whiskey stones are made from soapstone. Not only does soapstone look extremely cool in a glass of whiskey, but it also helps to keep that tasty liquid cool. It’s ideal for this job for a number of reasons, with the main being it is non-porous, which means that it does not absorb smells or tastes. Generally speaking, most soapstone whiskey stones will be able to chill around 3-ounces of your preferred beverage by around 5-degrees and add just a slight chill, with three stones representing one single ice cube.

Stainless Steel Whiskey Stones

Stainless steel whiskey stones on the other hand, are a modern take on the concept. There are many who argue that stainless-steel is better at cooling whiskey and other alcoholic drinks than soapstone. This may be true and stainless-steel whiskey stones may be able to cool 2-ounces of beverage by 12-degrees, but it really comes down to your own personal taste and preference.

How Long Do Whiskey Stones Stay Cold For?

A reasonable question to ask, when it comes to using whiskey stones, is how long they actually stay cold for. As noted earlier in our post, it takes around four hours to fully prepare to use them effectively. It has to be said though, that they don’t actually keep a drink cool for very long. Most manufacturers will state that their products will cool or chill whiskey for up to two hours.

That might not sound like a lot, compared to how long ice cubes stay cold (generally until they melt). But, let’s go back to what we’ve said previously – whiskey stones are for people who want to chill their whiskey without affecting the flavor. So, it was never really a question of whether they were better than ice cubes or not (because let’s face it, they’re not), it was just about whether they can actually chill whiskey enough. It’s thought that stainless steel whiskey stones tend to stay cooler for longer, so it’s again down to a personal preference over whether you’re just looking for the edge to be taken off room temperature or you want that crisp, cool feel in your mouth and down your throat.

How to Clean Whiskey Stones

Cleaning whiskey stones couldn’t be easier. Which is good news because the last thing you want is to be spending too much time caring for a collection of stones that are meant to be an easier way to cool your drinks without diluting them. There are some simple methods you can use to keep them clean. As noted earlier, the sooner after you have finished with them that you clean them, the better. In doing this you are ensuring that you remove all the bacteria that could be growing on them and are preventing any residue from building up. We’ve outlined three main methods you can use to clean them.

Washing – To wash them, you can just use some dish detergent and warm water, rolling them back and forth between clean hands as you let water run from the hot water faucet to get them wet before adding the detergent. Lather them in the detergent and then rinse all the soap off them. Use a clean dish towel or paper towel to carefully dry the stones, removing as much excess moisture as possible. To make sure they are bone dry, leave them sitting on a dry paper towel for a few hours, preferably in a sunny and dry location.

If they have taken on any unpleasant scents though, you may have to try one of the other methods that follows.

Soaking – One way to remove unpleasant smells is by soaking the stones in vodka and water. Start by pouring out half a glass of warm water and then add about a quarter of a glass full of vodka. Drop the stones in the glass and make sure they are submerged completely. Leave them in there, stirring occasionally, for a number of hours. Dry them in a similar way to the above and then return them to the freezer.

Baking – Once you have cleaned your whiskey stones as normal, place your stones inside your oven and use its self-cleaning cycle, if it has one. The high temperature heat sterilizes them and removes any smells that have been absorbed. As most are made from soapstone, they’re able to withstand the heat. If you’ve got stones made from a different material, always make sure it is safe to clean them in an oven before doing so.

Are Whisky Stones Safe to Use?

As already been discussed, whiskey stones are generally made from soapstone, which is a type of metamorphic rock, that is non-porous and thus does not absorb liquid or store any bacteria inside them. As soapstone, or even stainless-steel for that matter, is in good condition it is strong enough and hard enough that no potentially dangerous parts of it will be left behind in the glass.

If you’re worried, you should just check the rocks for any signs of cracking or other damage and if there is some, get rid of them and replace them. Otherwise, the only major concern when using either soapstone or stainless-steel whiskey rocks is putting them into your glasses. Remember, you’re putting rocks into a glass. So, just take care to slide them in gently and don’t drop them in a glass like you would a water balloon on someone’s head. Use a gentle and sophisticated touch, like stroking your girlfriend’s or wife’s hair. Your reputation as a manly man will not be at stake if you take care with your whiskey stones.

Why Whiskey Stone Gift Sets Make the Best Gift for Whiskey Lovers

Now we’ve looked at some of the most important questions about whiskey stones, it’s now time to discuss whether whiskey stone gift sets are worth buying for the whiskey in your life. Even if it’s just for yourself. Well, it all comes down to whether they like their whiskey at room temperature or not. We can’t understand anyone who would prefer it served at room temperature, of course, unless they had sensitive teeth.

As you will see from our guide and the many different whiskey stones, we have reviewed, there is something for everyone. Bullet whiskey stones are particularly popular. There’s also personalized stones that can be inscribed with a special message or the recipient’s name (or your own) which is an awesome gift.

So, now you are armed with the knowledge of everything you need to know about whiskey stones, it’s time to take a look at our comprehensive but awesome guide to the best whiskey stones available right now.

Best Soapstone & Granite Whiskey Stones / Rocks

1) LUX Essentials Whiskey Diamonds – Set of 9

The first set of whiskey stones we’ve highlighted in the soapstone and granite section of our list is this ultra-cool set of nine rocks made by Lux Essentials. Hand-made to perfection from 100% natural and FDA-approved basalt stone, they’ve been fashioned into striking and very appealing 14-sided diamond shapes. More than just a pretty product, because they’ve got a surface area that’s reportedly 60% larger than other rocks and ice cubes, they chill better. Completing this whiskey stone gift set is a high-quality velvet carry pouch. Perfect as a gift or just so you have somewhere to keep them safe.

All and all these are a steal for the fact that you get at the price they’re being sold at and will look great in whatever color your favorite tipple is!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Spirit Stones Whiskey Stones, Pack of 10

Next up we have the Spirit Stones whiskey stones. This pack of 10 soapstone whiskey stones have been handcrafted to an incredibly high standard using many decades of expertise and experience. They have the more traditional ‘ice cube’ square shape and because of their pale tones they look very similar to ice cubes, well…ice cubes with a classier touch to them. As they are 100% soapstone and have no fillers or chemicals, they are completely safe and have been fully approved by the FDA.

This is a perfect gift that, in addition to the whiskey stones themselves, comes with a cool linen back for keeping them in and a presentation box. The competitively low price makes it a great choice for that whiskey lover in your life (even if it’s you!)

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Whiskey Bones Hand-Carved Set of 2

Are you or that whiskey lover in your life a fan of the dark and the macabre? Want to merge that love for the darker side of things with your love for scotch or bourbon? Then you definitely need to check out this set of two hand-carved granite whiskey stones sculpted to resemble nice and creepy skulls. What’s more badass than drinking that cool and crisp skull-blower of a scotch with actual skulls in your receptacle?

As there’s only two though, don’t expect your buddy or lover to share them. Though for the listed price, you could probably splash out and buy a set of two. Either way, it has a reasonable price tag and as a gift set, they come in a very modest and grown-up looking black presentation box

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Spirit Stones Whiskey Disc, Pack of 5

Our second Spirit Stones product is this great five pack of soapstone disc-shaped whiskey rocks. Obviously, the key difference between these stones is the shape. We think it looks really attractive when its sitting in a glass with some of that dark or golden colored liquid. It does exactly what it says on its tin…or box even, it will cool your whiskey and looks good doing it with its smooth edges.

This is another gift set so comes in a cool little presentation box and a nice linen bag too for storing them in the freezer safely. Definitely worth the ticket price. Perfect for those whiskey lovers in your life, or if you just want to treat yourself to something.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Whiskey & Axe 24 Whiskey Stones with Storage tin

Looking for a set of whiskey stones that a whole party of guests can benefit from? The Whiskey & Axe set of 24 premium pieces might just be what you need. What makes this stand out, apart from the much higher quantity of stones, is the fact that there is more than one type of whiskey stone included. The 24 are divided into three black granite, three speckled black granite, three gray blue marble, three gray soapstone, three speckled white granite and three white marble. Although they all work just as well as each other, it can be fun having the choice of a slightly different design and coloring. It also makes it easier to tell which drink is yours when you’re all drinking the same scotch or bourbon in the same glass.

What’s more it all comes in a sturdy and cool storage tin. What more could that whiskey lover who loves to entertain guests ask for? As three to six are recommended for using in a glass, that means there are enough for eight people to get use of them.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Teroforma Classic Whiskey Stones, Set of 9

Some might say the original and the best. Teroforma was the first company to produce soapstone whiskey stones, so it seems fitting to feature them on our list. Although the actual box might not be the most glamorous, this is a particularly classy and sophisticated set of whiskey stones. It may only have nine, but this is more than enough for you and a friend to enjoy a nice dram or two at the end of the day.

Another great thing that makes this special is the fact that it is made in the US, so it doesn’t come from anywhere other than right here in the good ol’ U.S of A. So, if you’re looking for one of the lowest priced sets, that offers a nice amount of whiskey stones, this is worth considering.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Stonewolfe Pure Red Granite Whiskey Stones, Set of 6

Looking for something different than the usual gray and silver whiskey stones? Check these beauties out then. The Stonewolfe granite whiskey stones are not only round and disc-like, but have an incredible red hue that is stunning to say the least. Imagine, end of a long week, sat there with two or three of these in your glass, taking the edge off the room temperature, bringing your drink to life.

As this is a gift set, another thing that we loved about this one is the wooden display tray. So, when they are not being used and not in the freezer, you can use them as a unique and quirky ornament. Considering the price and the presentation, this is worth more than a passing glance.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Perfect Sphere Whiskey Rocks, Set of 2

If you are after something a little different to the normal cubes and round discs, then these whiskey stones from SPARQ home might just be the right choice for you. Much like most others in our guide, these are made from soapstone. Two things that make these particularly striking are the color and the shape, though. Firstly, the color is a lot darker than the usual gray and silver-ish stones you more commonly get. This makes them look exceptionally striking, especially if in a lighter-colored whiskey or spirit.

Secondly, that smooth spherical shape is a nice alternative to the usual. Although there are only two in this pack, due to their size, that’s enough for two glasses, which is great if you enjoy sharing a drink with that special someone.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Cooly Whiskey Stones, Gift Set of 9 Scotch Rocks

How about a product that can help to chill your whiskey a little, while giving back to the natural world? Are you a fan of sea creatures and whales in particular, for instance? If so, you should definitely consider these Cooly Whiskey stones that come in a nice gift set of 9. Made, as you’ll probably guess, from a nice and light-toned soapstone, they are FDA-approved and each cube has rounded off and smoothed down corners to stop them from damaging your glassware.

As it’s a set of 9, if you allow for three per glass, that means that at any one time, three different people can benefit from their cooling effect. So far, quite a lot like many others on the list. Well the big thing, apart from the rather great value price tag, that really sets these rocks apart from others in particular, is the fact that 1% of all sales go a charity that supports the environmental preservation and protection of whales. So, if you want to be able to drink with a clear conscience and know that you are doing something good or you know someone who is a fan of whiskey and whales, these are ideal.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) JXWDesign Premium Whiskey Stones, Gift Box Set of 9

If you’re stuck for what you should get that whiskey loving colleague or buddy, check these out. Yes, they’re another set of nine 100% pure soapstone whiskey stones. Yes, they’ve been FDA-approved. Nothing new there. The thing we like though about these is the cool wooden box that they come in and the matching linen cloth for keeping them in when you freeze them.

We’d never heard of JXWDesign until we reviewed this product, but we really dug the lions and crest logo design. Gives them an almost regal and important feel. As they’re priced at just under 20 bucks, they’re also rather good value for money. This obviously serves as part of the reason why they’ve been highlighted as an Amazon’s Choice product.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Stainless-Steel Stones

1) NIFTY5 Whiskey Stones Gold Edition, Gift Set of 8

We’re now moving into the stainless-steel whiskey stones section of our guide and what better way to start than with these awesome diamond-shaped rocks? These come in a box that screams luxury jewelry or fragrance rather than what are essentially reusable ice cubes, making them perfect for that lovely lady in your life. The stones themselves are made from 204 food-grade 304 stainless-steel and therefore are completely safe to use in drinks as they won’t impart any unwanted flavors or scents.

They have a special freezer gel inside them, that when they are put into the freezer to chill, helps them to stay cold. Did we mention that they are also a rather sexy gold color? Along with the eight stones, the gift box also comes with a storage tray for keeping them in the freezer and tongs with silicone tips to help you remove them easily without having to touch them. All in all, a cool gift for the whiskey lover in your life.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) BarMe Grenade-Shaped Stainless-Steel Whiskey Stones, Set of 4

Treat your Call of Duty or Battlefield comrades to a whiskey cooling treat they’re bound to appreciate with these amazing little grenade-shaped whiskey stones. Made, as you’d imagine from 304 food-grade stainless-steel, these are fun little bombs of chilling goodness for your buddies’ and your own favorite tipples. The detail on these little grenades is marvelous. Just look at the picture!

What’s even more impressive is their size. Considering that a standard shot glass, which has a capacity of around 1.5-ounces is a similar size in height to one of these bad boys, that tells you that the 1.8-inches in length/height they are is more than enough. In a taller glass, you can easily fit two or three, if you like a lot more bang with your bourbon!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Amerigo Exclusive Whiskey Stones Gift Set, Pack of 8

If you’d rather have a straight-forward and classic ice cube/whiskey stone shape, then take a look at this elegant gift set. The Amerigo set contains eight well-designed and crafted stainless-steel cubes with beautifully rounded edges and corners to protect your glassware. The finish on them is spectacular and gives a nice shine. As well as the aesthetically-appealing cubes of steel themselves, there’s also a freezer tray and tongs with rubberized ends to help you lift them out of the freezer tray when it’s time to chill that scotch right down. To complete this awesome gift set you get two sophisticated coasters, for when you or your gift recipient is enjoying a drink with someone else.

The whole package comes in a nice presentation gift box, with the inscription ‘…Treat yourself as you deserve.’ on the inside. We thought this was a very top drawer set and considering you get all of this for a slightly higher price, yet still affordable, it was worth highlighting in our guide.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Spirit Lux King-Sized Stainless-Steel Whiskey Stones, Set of 2

Know someone who is perhaps just starting their journey as a whiskey lover and want to give them all they need to hit the road running? Check out this great gift set from Spirit Lux. We’ll discuss the actual whiskey stones themselves before looking at the extras that make this an awesome present for any true spirit and whiskey lover. Marketed at king-size, the stones are 1.5 x 1.5m which means that they, in theory at least, cool for a lot longer and are much easier to use. They have The Spirit Lux logo inscribed into them to give them a nice original finish and have very smooth edges and corners, as is expected.

The sexy little stones aren’t just what makes this set so appealing though, especially for whiskey newbies. The fact is that it also comes with a storage container for the stones, a set of cork coasters and, drum roll please, a double jigger glass. So, everything needed to enjoy a cool and crisp measure of that fine Johnnie Walker, Jack Daniels or mighty Kraken. And just look at that price tag – a bargain indeed.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Spirit Stones Surgical-Grade Steel Whiskey Stones, Pack of 4

We’ve already featured Spirit Stones and while we love their soapstone cousins, these surgical-grade stainless-steel stones have us a little spellbound. They have an extremely well-finished design and shape, for one thing. They’re also incredibly fast acting and only require two hours in the freezer until they’re ready. So, if you’ve had experience of whiskey stones in the past or have read some of the negative reviews, you can rest assured with these your wait isn’t that long. No more overnight freezing.

Thinking that one pack of four might not be enough? Spirit Stones have you covered because if you order two to four more packs, you can benefit from 20% off, whereas if you buy five or more, you get a 30% discount. It might just be time to think about all the whiskey and spirit drinkers in your life, so you can qualify from those great savings!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Servino Select Stainless-Steel Whiskey Stones, Set of 8

Another affordable stainless-steel whiskey stones set is this from Servino Select. It comes with its own presentation gift box for holding them in, a tray for keeping them in the freezer safely and ice tongs that protect your fingers from touching them when they’ve been chilled. We love the little box that they come in and love the rather smart “S” insignia for the Servino Select branding on the stones themselves.

A nicely presented set of stones that will light up a whiskey or spirit lovers face and warm their heart, before cooling down their drinks for them. If you’ve been searching for a suitable gift for that hard-to-buy-for individual in your life who likes a drink or two, this could be it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Southern Chill Whiskey Stones Luxury Gift Set, Set of 8

Back with the gold theme that we started with for these stainless-steel whiskey stones. Southern Chill offer up some nice gold stones, along with the more classic silver stainless steel stones. They don’t necessarily have that diamond look of the other gold product on this part of the list, but they are sophisticated nonetheless. What’s more, with the choice of either gold or silver, lots of tastes and preferences can be catered for.

Like many of the other gift sets on our list, this comes with serving tongs that not only bring the inner-barman out of you, but protect your fingertips from the icy cold surface of the stones after they’ve been in the freezer. Along with this they also come with the obligatory, but nevertheless practical, storage tray for keeping them in the freezer neat and tidily.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Balls of Steel, Whiskey Drink Coolers, Pack of 2

Another gift set of whiskey stones comes from the hilariously named company, Balls of Steel. These are awesome shiny and reflective balls of FDA-approved stainless-steel. Smooth and rounded nicely presented in a nice gift box with a Perspex top so that they are clearly visible. The gift box also features a nice black linen cloth to keep your Balls of Steel in and a set of tongs for easier serving.

So what sets this set apart? It’s another set that has been made with a good cause in mind. This time, all the profits made from the sales of these Balls of Steel whiskey stones goes directly towards the MD Anderson Center and towards research into a cure for testicular cancer. See? Now the name takes on a whole new meaning. Clever wordplay, gift with a heart and just a great thing to look at too. What more can we say? An awesome gift all round.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Whiskey Stone Gift Sets

1) BROTEC Granite Whiskey Stones Gift Set, Pack of 8

To kick of this section of our guide we are looking specifically at whiskey stone gift sets and this awesome one from BROTEC is as good a place as any to start. First things first, the eight whiskey stones you get with this set are rather stunning. Made from granite, so they look like mini bits of volcanic rock or something similar. They work well at chilling drinks and because of their perfectly smooth edges and corners, they won’t damage your glasses.

On the subject of glasses, this set has something special to offer. Along with the stones, you actually get two awesome crystal glasses. Perfect for enjoying some Jack Daniels or expensive single malt. Completing this great value gift set is a trendy and well-crafted wooden presentation box and a black velvet bag to keep the stones in while they are in the freezer.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Osleek Titanium Gold-Plated Stainless-Steel Whiskey Stones, Set of 8

This next gift set does not have glasses like the one above. However, it is still an incredibly classy product. The whiskey stones on their own are elegant pieces in their own right. With their golden hue and white Osleek logo and branding. To say these were good looking just wouldn’t be doing them enough justice, to be honest. They are also not particularly big so you can fit a number in even the smallest glass.

If it just had the whiskey stones, this set would already be a winner. So, the fact that there’s more, makes it even more impressive. There’s handy, but also attractive tongs, that have the same gold-plating on the handle. As well as making it easier for you to serve up the stones into glasses, they also help to protect your fingers from the surface temperature of the stones. The set is completed by a rather cool wooden presentation and storage box.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Amerigo Luxury Whiskey Stones Gift Set

Amerigo is another manufacturer that has already been featured in our guide and here they are again with yet another classy and sophisticated whiskey stone gift set. This time it includes nine individual rocks, along with some handy extras we will get into in a moment. Most of the gift sets, because it’s what people are looking for, have the same components. The soapstone whiskey stones in this set are well-made and have attractive and safe rounded edges and corners to protect your fingers and glassware.

Along with the rocks though, you also get a couple of useful and attractive coasters for placing those cool glasses of that delicious nectar on, and tongs to make it easier to serve the rocks into your glass. However, the thing we like most about this is the nice presentation storage box and that awesome price tag.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) EMcollection Whiskey Stones Gift Set

EMcollection are the manufacturers behind this next gift set. The elegant box holds all eight granite whiskey stones, a luxury cloth bag and wooden box. What more could you want from this kind of set? It has everything you or a friend needs to enjoy a nice drink or four. The rocks help to keep your drink chilled without diluting it, as they do in any other set on our guide.

It is, for us, the glasses that really make this set. they are beautiful, crystal and have a dazzling design around the base that makes whatever drink you pour into them, look even better than it did in the bottle. For under 30 bucks, we think this a great value gift. Especially considering you may well expect to pay 20 bucks for the glasses on their own.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Frolk Whiskey Bullet Stones Premium Gift Set

Have a friend that’s a bit of a man’s man, who loves hunting, war films and all that macho stuff? If they enjoy a glass of the fine stuff or two as well, they’re probably going to love this gift set. From the outside, it looks like a gun box, but on the inside of this nice wooden box is a set of bullet whiskey stones. As they’re made from stainless steel, they do really look like the genuine article, particularly as they’re set upright into their special holder in the box.

Along with these extremely cool little cooling bullets are two elegant glasses and a set of tongs. This is a little pricier than a lot of the gift sets on our list, but considering the glasses and the stones are larger than most, we feel the price tag actually represents great value for money.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) EMcollection Whiskey Stones gift Set, Set of 8

Another set from EMcollection, this whiskey stones gift set includes all you could possibly need and want to enjoy a nice glass of the strong stuff. There’s eight grey granite whiskey stones, two whisky glasses that are made to a high standard, along with a velvet bag for storing them in the freezer safely and a couple of cool branded coasters.

To complete this gift set all of the different components fit nicely into an elegant, smooth wooden presentation and storage box.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Lord’s Rocks Whiskey Stones Gift Set, Set of 8

From Lord’s Rock this time comes another gift box that features whiskey stones and glasses. With this set it’s granite cube-shaped stones, with smooth edges and corners and a nice pair of small, but effective whiskey glasses. The box has a nice and attractive-looking grain and everything fits nicely inside it. Given its price tag, it’s another great value gift set.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Bullet Whiskey Stones

1) BarMe Bullet Shaped Whiskey Stones, Set of 6

We’ve already featured one set of six bullet-shaped whiskey stones in our guide. This, from BarMe is another affordable set that does not come with a box. However, as it comes in a bag, they actually look and feel like real ammo that you can carry when you are on the hunt. Each individual bullet has been intricately designed to resemble bullets and boy they are impressive. Just look at the picture.

Along with the stainless-steel bullets, the set also comes with a nice black bag with a drawstring and a pair of handy tongs for serving them up.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Frolk Whiskey Bullet Stones Gift Set

We’ve already featured this in the main section about stainless steel whiskey stones. The set comes in a nice presentation wooden box with an attractive grain and color, a set of tongs and nicely shaped glasses. The bullets sit erect in the box, almost like they were sitting in a cartridge ready to be fired.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Skull Whiskey Stone

1) Chill-O Stainless Steel Skull Head, Set of 4

We’ve already featured one set with skull-shaped whiskey stones, but this set has something a bit different to offer you. Whereas the other was made from granite, this is made from stainless-steel and therefore has all the benefits of improved chilling capabilities and a classier, smoother design. Although not as jagged or coarse as the other skulls in our guide, these still have a sinister look to them and come in both silver and gold colors, so ideal for individuals with different tastes.

Imagine, sitting down in your dungeon, taking a sip from your goblet, with these little cooling skulls bobbing in the nectar inside. Okay, so that doesn’t sound very sinister, but these are definitely a lot of fun.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Personalized Whiskey Stone

1) The Wedding Party Store Personalized Whiskey Stone Gift Set

Of all the whiskey stone sets, we actually think this might be one of the best. Simply because it can be personalized to suit the recipient. What does that include? Well, the wooden presentation box can have a unique design with the surname or some other interesting logo or phrase that relates to the person you are sending this to as a gift. So, you could for instance choose a garland insignia with the Initial of their surname in a big font with the full surname below it in a smaller font. Alternatively, you could opt for a very whiskey themed logo that says something along the lines of ‘Premium Jake’s Whiskey’.

Personalized gifts will always win points for originality, because no two gifts are really the same when each are made specifically or inscribed specifically with someone in mind. Along with the inscribed box, you also get a velvet bag to keep the stones in and eight smooth stainless-steel whiskey stones. Considering it is under 50 bucks, we think this is quite the steal of a bargain, especially when you are buying for someone who is harder to buy for then most.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Budget Whiskey Stones

1) Quiseen Soapstone whiskey Stones, Set of 9

If you are not really wanting to spend too much and just need to buy some whiskey stones for the next party or social gathering you have or for someone you’re not particularly close to, then this Quiseen set may just be what you need. It actually manages to include nine soapstones, a carrying pouch in a soft velvet material to protect the stones while they are in the freezer and a nice, if subtle, presentation box.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Sipping Stones Grey Whiskey Stones, Set of 9

This is the lowest priced set of whiskey stones on our list and for under 10 bucks you can still enjoy the benefits of chilling your drinks and a nice velvet bag to hold them in. There’s not a lot more to this set really. It would be perfect if you were looking to stock up for the holiday season or were catering for lots of guests in the summer and needed a cost-effective way to chill drinks that didn’t water them down at all.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Chilled, but Not Watered Down

There you go guys! Our extensive look at the intriguing world of whiskey stones. Although many people will claim that they’re not as effective as ice cubes, we still don’t really see that as being the point. They help to chill drinks without watering them down.

Simple as that. So, if you have a favorite drink that you like to serve and sip from when it’s cool, crisp and fresh, these are perfect. Your favorite drink will taste just as the distillers intended. What’s more, for all the non-whiskey drinkers out there, these are still useful and can be used to cool everything from wine and beer to tea and coffee.

If we had to pick, we’d choose stainless steel as they appear to be more effective, but as soapstone and granite whiskey stones are also incredibly popular too, we’ll let your own personal taste and preference dictate which you actually want to invest in.

We hope this has been as helpful for you as it has been interesting for us! Happy drinking!

February 14, 2019 / Comments Off on Best Whiskey Stones: 31 Coolest Whiskey Stones & Gift Sets
0
1012

Best 15 Hatchets And Axes For Camping

W

hether you’re preparing for a campfire, an axe-throwing competition or hiding in the mountains awaiting the zombies, you need to be able to rely on your chopping companion. A quality hatchet or ax can make camping trips with the family or with the guys easier. They help get the fire started ready for those tasty burgers and chilling ghost stories. They’re also a great tool to help you bond with the kids and teach them a valuable life skill.

Axes and hatchets have been around forever – which means many companies are making them. This also means there are more to choose from, but choosing can be harder. To help you find the best hatchet or ax for your camping trip, we have found the models that are a cut above the rest.

We found models that are aimed at different uses and will be ideal for different hatchet and ax shoppers. We also found some budget models that still ooze quality and some exceptional backpacking designs too. Read on to discover these camping essentials, but first, let’s take a look at some common questions.

What Are A Hatchet And An Ax Used For?

An ax and a hatchet come in useful for different things. They can both be used to chop wood. The type of wood, its thickness, and its location will determine which one of these tools is best to use in each instance. While camping, chopping wood will be one of your main objectives with these cool tools. After all, what is a camping trip without a cold beer and interesting conversations on an evening – and what is a top evening without a campfire and some sizzling sausages?

For some men on camping trips, their intent will be to go hunting as well. An ax and hatchet will come in useful for any guy going fishing or looking for game in the wild. We won’t spell this out for you because some of our squeamish readers may be listening in.

A camping ax and a camping hatchet are not toys. Yet, this doesn’t mean you cannot have fun with them. They can be thrown towards targets as part of games and people even run ax and hatchet throwing competitions. Before Dave loses an ear, keep reading to discover a safe throwing technique.

What Is The Difference Between An Axe And A Hatchet?

Most people aren’t tool experts. Those that are will tell you that the majority of the population are incorrectly using the terms “ax” and “hatchet” interchangeably. Although they look similar and have similar purposes, they can be distinguished with a little more insight.

The most notable difference is in their size. A hatchet is smaller than an ax because a hatchet is designed to be used with one hand. In comparison, an ax is used with both hands. Through functioning slightly differently, they come in handy – pun definitely intended – in different situations. A hatchet can be used to take down smaller pieces of wood and is especially useful in tight areas where there may not be room for much backswing. Alternatively, an ax is more useful for thicker pieces of wood that require a long backswing and brute acceleration.

That brings us nicely on to the hand ax which is designed to fend off zombies. We’re joking of course, but a hand ax is a mixture of both the hatchet and the ax. It can be considered the love child of these two tools. Often, a hand ax is just called an ax or a hatchet. Can you spot them in our buyer guide?

How To Choose The Best Hatchet Or Ax For Camping And Survival?

When choosing the best make and model for you, you need to consider a few things. To help you buy smart, here are out two key considerations when buying a hatchet or an ax for camping.

Use – do you just need to cut wood? How big of a blade do you need for your wood? The main use for a camping tool like these is to prepare firewood. However, some models include other useful things such as a hammer head. This head is great for hammering in tent stakes when the ground is tough. Another thing to think about is if you have any use for an ax or hatchet in your garden or in DIY projects? What do you need from these tools in these situations? Or, are you about to compete in a throwing competition? Considering your uses is the first step before buying any hatchet or ax.

Size and weight –when it comes to axes and hatchets, size is important. Remember to choose one that will fulfill your needs, but also one that is light enough for you to carry and one that is compact enough to keep on you at all times if needed. If you will be wandering around looking for firewood you don’t want to be out of breath and too tired to swing by the time you find it.

Looking for models that have sheaths, and hook and loop attachments will work even better for men that want to transport their hatchet or ax. To fulfill this requirement, these guys should take a look at our specific backpacking hatchets section near the end of our list.

How To Use An Ax Or Hatchet For Survival?

Some of you will be first-time ax or hatchet buyers. For you guys, we have put together a clear guide on how to use these tools effectively and safely. We already established these tools are not the same and they are held differently. Therefore, we have separated our coaching to tailor advice to each tool. We also brought the Men’s Gear ax throwing specialist along to teach you how to throw safely.

To use an ax safely, the first step is to clear your backswing and ensure you aren’t going to make contact with anything else. If you did, your ax would be sent off course and you will miss your target. Remember, these are two-handed tools. Place your non-dominant hand just above the bottom of the handle and the hand you write with a few inches below the top of the handle.

Before swinging, mark your stance out by clearing any loose debris and standing with your feet at shoulder-width apart. Swing down towards your target from over your shoulder and lower your dominant hand down the grip slightly as the ax accelerates towards the target. The technique can differ depending on the exact task you’re carrying out. Always choose accuracy over full-blown power.

A hatchet is used slightly differently. As a hatchet is more apt for smaller areas, you will not need to check your swing path as meticulously because you won’t be swinging as far back with it as you would an ax. That doesn’t mean you couldn’t try and tackle the camping firewood with a hatchet using big swings – but a safer use for the hatchet will be in a somewhat similar manner to when you use a hammer.

Throwing either of these tools is a fun camp game when done safely. Not all models are suitable for throwing. Heavier models can be a certain “no” if you value your fellow campers’ toes. Check with manufacturers for their guidance on this. Some models have been specifically designed for throwing with curved grips and the perfect weight distribution.

When throwing, grip the tool low down at the bottom of the handle with two hands like you would hold a baseball bat. More advanced throwers can use one hand. Ensure the blade is pointed forwards to make sure it sticks into your pre-agreed-upon target. Bring the ax over and behind your head just like soccer players do when they take a throw-in. Never bring it over one of your shoulders! Now, accelerate your hands forward back over your head and release with your arms fully extended in front of you. How did you do? Communal finger count?

How To Sharpen Hatchets And Axes?

Sharpening an ax or hatchet isn’t going to blow your mind. With some extra bits, these tools are really simple to prepare for the weekend camping trip and can be done in just minutes. Some common methods include filing or using whetstones, grinding wheels, and rotary tools. Here, we will zone in on two of those methods that are most suitable for sharpening an ax or a hatchet.

Ax sharpening – to sharpen an ax, the first step is to clamp the head of the tool in place using a vice. Then proceed to file the original bevel. Make sure your filing technique includes long strokes and follows the bevel as it was originally crafted. Remember to turn the head over, re-clamp and repeat to the other side of the ax’s head. This method is best to tackle an ax and you should always avoid just sharpening the tool’s edge.

Hatchet sharpening – a great option to sharpen a hatchet is using a whetstone. Simply run the hatchet blade across the whetstone at an angle to regain a sharp edge. Again, remember to do the opposite side by reversing the angle.

What Are The Best Brands For Axes And Hatchets?

When we use an ax or hatchet, we put our safety in the hands of the product’s manufacturers as well as our own. We rely on these tools being durable and put together reliably so they do not cause us significant injury during use.

This is one reason why we should choose renowned brands that have established a reputation based on the quality of their hatchets and axes. The best brands for hatches and axes have become known as such because of their attention to detail, customer service, and their safety record.

To ensure you buy a quality hatchet or ax, we have compiled our buyer guide by chopping down the current crop of options to uncover the best of the best. Next up are 15 outstanding options coming from the likes of Estwing, Gerber and first up – Fiskars.

1) Fiskars X7 Hatchet

The Fiskars X7 Hatchet is our first point of call when searching for the best hatchet for men. This black and orange slicing machine will come in useful when preparing the campfire as it’s designed to take on small- and medium-sized logs and kindling. It also has a hammer head on the opposite side for multifunction usage – which will help get those tent stakes in the ground.

The designers took their inspiration from a standard aluminum baseball bat to enhance the weight distribution and make it more feasible to carry for long treks. By making it strong but light, they have made using it more efficient. You can swing the head much faster to accelerate through your target for deeper cuts.

Another thing that makes this model an efficient operator is that it has been sharpened using proprietary-blade grinding. These cleaner and sharper cuts are then protected with a complementary lifetime warranty! To keep your Fiskars X7 Hatchet in top working order, the product includes a protective case that locks in place over the blade and the hammer head.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Estwing Sportsman’s Axe

By making use of quality American steel, Estwing has produced one of the best hatchets on the market. It’s not surprising seen as though they have been in the tool-striking game for over 75 years. With this sort of experience and expertise, you will be buying a product you can trust.

Their design comes available in its standard leather design and also a special edition model. Focusing on their original model, the grip is made with genuine leather. This leather has been sanded and lacquered to add both durability and comfort to its use.

Just like the first hatchet we saw, this one is primarily used to tackle small logs and kindling ready for the evening’s campfire. On top of its undeniably high performance, this model is one of the most durable. It has been forged together in a single piece, so you can feel safe and confident with every strike. The hatchet is even provided with a nylon sheath for convenient transportation and blade maintenance.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) MOSSY OAK 2-Piece Camping Set

For impeccable value for money, choose this two-piece set comprising of a survival ax and a machete. The set is perfect for your hunting trips, or these tools can be used around the garden. Both tools boast solid quality blades which are corrosion resistant to outlast competitors.

The ax tool can be used to cut, but it has a hammer head attached to it as well. Go hunting then come home and build a man shed with this tool! The machete is just as multifunctional. Along with the reliable blade, there is a gut hook and a hole which is perfect to attach your lanyard through.

Another way that this design is perfect for the hunters among our pack is through its aesthetics. Both of the tools in this set have camouflaged handles. This helps you activate stealth mode and stay unseen. The grips also host ridges to increase friction and your control – not to mention they look awesome! Both come with a nylon sheath that have a hook and loop attachment to let you keep them at arm’s reach at all times.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Marbles Camp Axe

Next up is the Marble Camp Axe. It will come in useful when chopping small and medium logs in preparation for campfires. On the opposite side of the high-carbon steel head, there is a hammer design to save your hands and the bottom of your sneakers from trying to get tent stakes in the hard ground.

As mentioned, the blade on this design is four-inches long and made from high-carbon steel. It’s tough and sharp enough to become part of your camping gear for a long time and will not falter easily. Yet, the most unique features on this camping ax are on its handle.

The handle itself is made from American hickory to add a rustic aesthetic to an already masculine piece of kit. Now cast your eyes to the lower part of the handle. Here you will notice an enlarged hole. This hole is perfect for attaching a lanyard or can be incorporated into your kit for easy transportation.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Oak Curve Outfitters Camp Axe

Or maybe you would prefer to get hold of this Camp Axe from Oak Curve Outfitters? Unlike some other hatchet and ax providers, they supply their lightweight design sharpened and ready to go. It’s perfect for splitting, chopping and will even come in useful for domestic building or woodwork projects. Why? This is another head which doubles as a hammer!

Another excellent part of this model is the handle and grip. The handle has been made to withstand adverse weather so you always feel safe and in control. It’s also shock resistant so you can work with it for longer without feeling aches or fatigue. However, once you’re done for the day, simply slide it in its accompanying nylon sheath for protection and ease of carrying.

The US outfit even offers a 30-day money back guarantee without asking any questions, and hand over a one-year replacement warranty for purchasing peace of mind.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Schrade Large Survival Axe

From Schrade, we welcome you to the tribe! Their Survival ax is almost 16-inches in length and has one of the longest blade lengths on our buyer guide at 4.2 inches. It’s also one of the lightest models we will be featuring.

The head of this hand ax is made from stainless steel which has been given a titanium coating for added durability. On the opposite side to the blade, you will notice a small steel block. This pommel can be used for any hammering requirement from tent pegs to nails.

The handle is just as impressive. It’s made from TRP and PA but has been enhanced with a glass fiber filling. Two of the coolest aspects of the handle are that it’s flexible and that it’s cold resistant. If you’re rallying the troops for a camping trip in the colder months, this Schrade model will be your best friend – especially when your other ones choose to stay home and warm.

Other noteworthy features of this product are the inclusion of an XL ferro rod kept inside the tool’s shaft and a polyester sheath.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) MTECH USA Camping Axe

Do your best Viking impression with the MTECH USA Camping Axe for men. It’s one of the smallest and most compact designs that you’ll find on our buyer guide, but good things do sometimes come in small packages!

Its size makes it one of the most portable options on the market. If you’re going on a camping trip with a number of stop offs and even doing a spot or two of wild hiking, this will be a fantastic choice. The blade is manufactured with 440 stainless steel and finished in a black satin to help it strike effectively – as well as strike fear.

The awesome aesthetics are continued into the rubber handle which has been made to be both durable for product longevity and comfortable for extensive use at one time. A black nylon sheath matches the overall design and keeps the sharp blade from any minor damages and scrapes – to you and to the blade!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Prandi German-Style Hatchet

The Prandi German-Style Hatchet will be a much-loved part of the camping kit for years to come. It’s another model that has a rustic handle aesthetic thanks to the inclusion of American hickory. The grain orientation on this handle is solid and is then enhanced with varnish for protection. With this in hand, your firewood doesn’t stand a chance.

The steel head is also of immense quality and next to it is a cool emblem. Even though the manufacturers have not claimed that the opposite side of the head could be used to hammer, a lot of past customers have taken it upon themselves to utilize this flat chunk of steel for such purposes.

Unlike most designs which come with a nylon sheath, this one is a bit more durable and a lot cooler. It’s supplied with a leather sheath that just covers the blade and has some metal studs and a stud button for a fine finish.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) CAMAQUI Hatchet

For a little more money than standard, campers can become happy campers with the CAMAQUI Hatchet for men. This design comes in two different styles that exhibit the same qualities. The head of the hatchet is made using hand-forged high-carbon steel for a hot-knife-through-butter cutting action.

The handmade handle is equally impressive and consists of durable rosewood. It’s an ergonomic design to help you feel comfortable and in complete control from your backswing to follow through. Together with the head of this hatchet for men, a perfect weight distribution is achieved to enable you to make accurate and powerful blows.

They will even supply it with a 100% cow leather sheath and a money-back guarantee in case you’re not satisfied!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Estwing Special Edition Camper’s Axe

If you like quality and also place buying locally as a priority, you will have to consider the creations from Estwing. Their camping hatchets and axes are made in Rockford, IL, and make good use out America’s finest steel.

This model doesn’t fall too far from the tree of their previous model we showed you. It’s made to tackle firewood logs, and tree branches in your garden or around the area you set up camp. It’s length, weight, and blade width allow it to accelerate faster into the wood to make more effective strikes. You can enjoy this level of performance for a long time due to the product’s durability and being forged in a single piece.

The same level of reliability is found in its lacquered leather grip. Never feel unsafe or out of control when making powerful strikes to logs and keep the blade maintained and safe to transport with an accompanying ballistic nylon sheath.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Schrade Full-Tang Hatchet

Back to the Schrade camp to see another one of their camping hatchets for men. You can even get it as part of a set that includes a fire striker. The perfect campfire set?

This is an exceptionally durable product made from a host of long-lasting materials you can count on. The blade is made from sturdy stainless steel and the ergonomic handle is manufactured with grooved black rubber. These grooves let you stay in control when the weather is out of control.

You can be confident using this model to chop wood or you can dial down the swings and turn it around to take advantage of its other feature. The head also includes a hammer pommel to take some arguments out of setting the tent up.

This is one of the best-looking hatchets we have on our list. It combines ruggedness with sleek modernity to provide one hell of an option for any guy. It’ll stay looking this cool too because it comes supplied with a thermoplastic sheath that can be attached to your belt for ease of, and safe, transporting.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Budget Camping Hatchets And Axes

12) Coleman Camp Axe

Now we’re moving on to some budget camping tools to keep the fire roaring. Keep this Coleman camping ax with you on camping trips or keep it in the shed ready for when you have the guys around and the firepit burning.

This wallet-friendly option has one of the most innovative inclusions on our whole list. It has the dual functioning head of being able to chop wood and hammer your tent pegs – but it has even more. When it’s time to pack up and get the tent pegs back out, use the cut-in head notch to lift the pegs out without hitting yourself in the head.

Along with its clever addition, it has a drop-forged steel head that won’t let you down, and a friction grip to keep you in control of every swing. This product is great for first-time buyers and fifth-time buyers. Get yours now!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Truper Hatchet

An alternative for budget hatchet buyers is the Truper Hatchet. This model is perfect for camping trips and home use around the garden and shed. This isn’t surprising seen as though Truper has been supplying quality domestic tools for years.

It has a hickory handle for comfort and strength, and a heat-treated blade for a formidable chopping potential. Opposite the blade is a hammer pommel and, on the blade, you will again notice a notch to help you remove tent pegs. How come these hatchets which are great value for money come up trumps for innovation? We’re not complaining; their work has to be admired!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Backpacking Axes And Hatchets

14) Gerber Bear Grylls Survival Hatchet

We’re ending our showcase of the best hatchets and axes for camping with two backpacking hatchets. These models are named so because they can slide into your backpack due to their compactness and overall size.

The first one has been put to the test of survival king Bear Grylls! Hence, why it has been named after him. Despite its compactness, this one still has a relatively long blade length measuring in at 3.5 inches. With this option, you get the double benefit of being super easy to transport with no added attachments needed and it delivers in performance.

This workhorse has a high-carbon steel blade and an ergonomic handle. The handle enables users to enjoy its cutting ability for long durations without getting tired or sore. It has also been covered in a non-slip rubber so you can keep using your Bear-Grylls-endorsed hatchet in any season. Even though it’s suitable to just carry in your backpack, it does come with a belt loop and is also supplied with a nylon sheath for protection.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) BladeMate Survival Hatchet

Our final hatchet for camping on our list is the BladeMate Survival Hatchet. This compact operator will be the perfect addition to your camping kit or a Bug-Out-Bag for when the zombies, or more likely, the robots try and take over.

The razor-sharp blade will certainly take care of any firewood and will come in useful for bush clearing. Again, despite its compactness, this hatchet has one of the longest blade lengths. At a whopping 4.5 inches, you certainly wouldn’t want to be clumsy around this product. The blade will keep performing for a long time to due to its anti-corrosion qualities. On the opposite side of the blade, you can see a hook for tent pegs and alike. We secretly think this will work as a bottle opener too. Have a cold one for us!

The handle of the tool has been made to fit your hand position naturally for a stronger swing and impact. It even has multiple grooves to increase grip, which will certainly be welcome in the colder and wetter conditions. To round off a phenomenal product, BladeMate will back up their work with a lifetime guarantee without asking any questions whatsoever. Buy this one for yourself or as a gift for an outdoor-type groomsman.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Want A Slice Of The Action?

That concludes our buyer guide looking at some incredible hatchets and axes for your next camping trip with the guys. Consider your exact uses with one of these tools to make sure you get the most suitable design for you. When you do use your tool, always follow the proper technique and use it responsibly. Severed fingers only last 12 hours before doctors aren’t able to reattach them, which will make browsing the cool products on our future buyer guides much more difficult!

February 14, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 15 Hatchets And Axes For Camping
0
829

Best Fitbits For Men

T

If your current activity tracker has mistaken your dancing down the club with swimming, it’s either time to get a Fitbit or it’s time to improve your dancing. Maybe both? We can’t offer you Men’s Gear Salsa classes just yet, but we can teach you a thing or two about Fitbits for men.

A men’s Fitbit is an excellent way to improve your lifestyle, get active and enhance your quality of sleep.

These small devices have lots of features to help you reach your fitness goals or just avoid aggravating aches and pains. They are the anti-sedentary must-have for guys who have noticed the waistline expand and for the same guys whose girlfriends weren’t afraid to point it out.

The Fitbit family is expanding and more and more of their products are hitting the shelves. This makes it confusing to know which one is right for you. Fear not, we have done the research once again and compiled a list of the best men’s Fitbits currently on the market.

Check out our five hot picks below to find your next, or first, quality Fitbit.

What Are The Main Things To Consider When Buying A Fitness Band Like A Fitbit?

Choosing your child’s name, the toppings on a pizza, buying a house and getting a Fitbit are all things that should never be rushed. When it comes to the last one, there are certainly things to consider before making your purchase.

Fitbits can be very beneficial to the everyday guy, but they can also be useful to very active guys and especially those who play a specific sport. However, these two different groups of men do not necessarily need the same Fitbit.

A basic Fitbit will cater for the guy who just wants to move around more, while the more sophisticated Fitbits for men will come in useful to guys who want to improve performance and track minute details. Ask yourself – which one are you?

If you do compete in a specific sport then there may be some sports which require your Fitbit to be lighter and more streamlined. Some models can look more like watches and be a little heavier than others. The same Fitbits can be bulkier and may get in the way.

If you do a sport that involves a lot of hand movements such as rock climbing or boxing, you may want to prefer a streamlined design.

Fitbits can be split into different categories. One way that we think is a great way of splitting them is by looking to see if they’re just activity-tracking devices or if they are smartwatch-type bands as well. This is a great divide for those buying a Fitbit because it allows you to filter out the unnecessary Fitbits for you.

If you already own a quality smartwatch then you don’t necessarily need the usually-more-expensive Fitbits with smartwatch-type features. But then again, why were we made with two arms? The other side of the coin is that guys who want a smartwatch as well can get both in one product to save money. Which one do you need?

What Are The Main Benefits Of Using A Fitbit For Men?

A Fitbit is designed to improve the health and wellbeing of its user. There are a number of features on a men’s Fitbit that afford multiple benefits. Some of these relate to its overall aim but some benefit the individual in other ways. Here, we are going to take a look into the core benefits of a men’s Fitbit.

Increases activity:

Fitbits help us improve our activity levels by reminding us when we have not been active for long periods. They give notifications of our sedentary state and urge us to start moving. Some even come with workout routines displayed on the screen to give you exercise ideas.

Ultimately, this increases our wellbeing and goes towards preventing sore muscles and aching joints as we age.

Better Sleep:

most Fitbits also help us sleep better. They track our sleep patterns and use this information to give us bedtime reminders. Some of the best Fitbits for men can even track the different stages of our sleep.

Motivation:

a Fitbit can be used to motivate its user. They are cool products that you can be proud to own. Us men love our gadgets and it makes exercising more fun for us. You also find motivation by competing with friends who also own a Fitbit.

Aesthetics:

they look cool! You can’t deny that most of the Fitbit bands look awesome and are very stylish. At the same time, most of them use neutral colors and sleek designs that can be incorporated into most of your closet. Whether you’re rocking your now questionably-smelling shorts, a suit or your Sunday bests – a men’s Fitbit will match anything!

Performance:

we don’t want to give too much away just yet because we’ll talk more about this in the following section, but the Fitbit app is a huge benefit. The stats and diagrams on the app can be utilized by any guy competing in a sport recreationally or professionally.

Smartwatch functions:

many of the best men’s Fitbits have multiple features that are similar to a smartwatch. They can sync to your devices and notify you of emails, calls, texts, upcoming events and more. Some models can even let you respond via the Fitbit too! Who needs a smartwatch when you can have your cake and eat it too? Just don’t tell your Fitbit you had cake.

What Is Special About The Fitbit Brand?

Even people who are not aware of the capabilities of a Fitbit are still aware of the Fitbit brand. The name for these products has almost become simultaneous with the brand name itself. People are often swapping the terms “fitness band”, “step counter” or “activity tracker” with “Fitbit”.

We even did it ourselves in the opening sentence to this paragraph and multiple times before that!

The interchangeability between the product name and one specific brand is more than down to clever marketing. Fitbit is dominating the market when it comes to activity trackers and it’s because they provide quality products with a complete experience.

You can get your hands on many types of fitness trackers and step counters, but the Fitbit models go beyond these capabilities. They provide multiple smart functions that help us further than staying fit and active.

They’re also able to identify specific sports by reading movement intensities and patterns, which is something that their competitors cannot always compete with.

Yet, one of the most special aspects of Fitbit is to do with how they help you use your data. To complement their Fitbit family, they have developed a downloadable free app where users can access real-time information about their levels of activity, sleep and much more.

The app is a useful space to monitor your lifestyle, performance and make goals to help you reach targets. It also functions as a social zone where Fitbit users can create challenges among friends to motivate each other and start competitions.

Overall, the Fitbit app is an invaluable addition to the lifestyle band game – and is something that really makes the brand hop, skip and jump out of the crowd.

How Long Does The Charge Last On The Major Fitbit Products?

Fitbits are not made equal. They have different specifications and capabilities. One of the differences between the different men’s Fitbits is their battery length.

Some of the older Fitbit models – but still just as popular – don’t use rechargeable batteries and use replaceable ones instead. Yet, Fitbit provides these models with the required batteries and they last for a considerable six months before needing to be replaced.

This may be more appealing to some guys. We have sourced one of them for just you guys on our list, below.

Many of the more modern Fitbits use rechargeable batteries with differing lifespans before needing to be plugged in again. We say “plugged in” but in reality, these products don’t come with a plug. Fitbit provides USB chargers with their products which can be charged using your laptop.

This may be a little annoying for some but it will be welcome for many men who want compact and transportable chargers they can also travel abroad with.

Most Fitbits with rechargeable batteries will last for around four days. The length of time between charges will change depending on how frequently you use your Fitbit and what you do with it. Naturally, someone who checks in every now and again will get the full +/- four days.

On the other hand, if you’re watching workout videos, listening to music as you run, responding to calls and doing similar stuff, your Fitbit’s battery life is likely to be cut significantly. No Fitbit should last less than 24 hours.

1) Fitbit Charge 3 Fitness Activity Tracker

At our start line is the Fitbit Charge 3 Fitness Activity Tracker. This model has many different features to keep you at the top of your game and living a healthy life. It’s the next model up from one of their previous successes – but is it better? Let’s find out!

The product has been made with different athletes and the everyday exerciser in mind. Owners can choose from more than 15 sporting modes. These modes reflect different activities such as yoga, swimming, cycling, running and more.

Before each workout, you can set a goal that corresponds to your sport to help you track your performance and relevant progressions. Stats are delivered to you instantly via the Fitbit app so you know when you’re killing it – and so you know if you should have passed on the extra cheese and extra toppings on Friday night.

Some of the stats that it will give you include your heart rate and provide tracking data of your heart rate over time. One of the most awesome additions to this Fitbit for men is a personal zen coach. Owners can choose to take a breathing class tailored to them based on their current heart rate.

This is a great way to de-stress and relax after a long day at the office. It will also count the calories you burn during the day and compare this over time to give you long-term activity trends.

Runners and cyclists should consider connecting this Fitbit to their smartphone’s GPS. In doing so, the Fitbit will receive accurate data of your running route so you get valuable performance stats, such as distance covered and speed. It’s practically a treadmill display on your wrist that won’t weigh you down.

Swimmers aren’t left out either. Not only is this Fitbit for men sweat resistant, but it’s also swim proof and water resistant. Aquatic athletes from front-crawl fanatics to deep-sea divers can make exceptional use of this men’s Fitbit. We say that because its water resistance continues down to an impressive 50 meters.

That’s more than enough water resistance to keep it protected as you drowsily step into the shower still wearing it before your morning espresso.

Users might be able to programme this Fitbit for men to their specific sport, but many of the features are applicable across the board. Two such features are the Fitbit’s stopwatch and countdown timer. Using these features comes in handy as you record your attempts at beating your personal best or counting down resting periods between weight-lifting sets.

Another exceptional function of the men’s Fitbit Charge 3 Fitness Activity Tracker is to do with sleep. It goes beyond competitors who also track time spent awake and getting some shut-eye. This Fitbit will record the different stages of sleep you experience so you can get detailed information on the time spent in each sleep cycle every night.

This information is packaged on the Fitbit app in a neat display too!

But, this Fitbit doesn’t just tell you how you’re doing, it will try to improve your sleeping pattern as well by providing you with bedtime reminders so you get your full eight hours. The same goes for your activity levels. It will notify you when you have been sitting for too long so you start moving around and don’t get a stiff neck or back pain.

One of the ways that Fitbit upgraded this product from their previous model is by making the display touchscreen compatible. This Fitbit for men has a sleek and cool aesthetic that oozes style. The dashboard gives you real-time data regarding your activity levels and health. And, it can be used to access a number of apps.

In fact, it somewhat doubles as a smartwatch to give you email, text and call notifications straight to your wrist. You can even make the lunchtime sandwich run more seamless and pay for your order using this Fitbit band due to a built-in chip.

Overall, an impressive start with a lot to offer. This model comes in a choice of four colors and is supplied with rechargeable batteries and a manufacturer warranty. We’re off to a flyer – is there any catching it?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Fitbit Flex 2

The second Fitbit for men we’re going to review is the Fitbit Flex 2. Admittedly from the outset, this fitness band is not as intricate or doesn’t afford as many functions as the previous one, but it still has a lot to offer many guys. It’s also a cheaper option, so it could be argued to be better value for money too. You can decide for yourself – here are the details.

This is a small and slender Fitbit for men which have been made that way for a specific purpose. The wristband has been manufactured with a durable elastomer. If elastomer may as well be Chinese to you, then think of the flexible material that most quality sports watches and fitness bands are made with – it’s that.

It’s kept secured with a steel clasp of surgical-grade quality which can be adjusted to fit men with a wrist circumference between 104 and 206 millimeters.

The reason that this Fitbit band for men has been made so flexible and streamlined is that it has been designed to be concealed in a way that the wearer prefers. It can be concealed under watches or even in some men’s bracelets.

It’s going to suit a lot of guys – unless you’re a guy who goes hiking through the desert in summer or runs at altitudes above 30,000 feet.

It’s likely to suit you even more because there are four color options to choose from, which makes it easier to conceal beneath your favorite watch if desired. The only slight issue with this fitness band for men is that it doesn’t come with a wall charger. Instead, Fitbit supplies a USB charger only.

Enough about all that now – what can it do? Unlike the model that we just saw which has an extensive number of sporting modes that need to be chosen manually, this Fitbit will automatically assign a sport to your current activities.

It chooses from a pre-set selection of popular sports by recognizing the activity patterns in those sports and your own activity patterns. As you exercise, the Fitbit Flex 2 will send your stats and performance data straight to the Fitbit application so you can mull over it or show it off when you’re ready.

This is on top of tracking your everyday activity. This men’s Fitbit will keep count of your daily steps, the distance you covered, how many calories you burned and it will even calculate the number of minutes you spent being active and the other minutes you spent resting.

Speaking of resting… this fitness band will keep tabs on your sleeping pattern and sleep quality. It will provide you with accurate data to tell you how many hours and minutes you slept for and the type of sleep you experienced.

This means you will have to keep wearing it during the night, but because it is made of flexible material, it won’t dig into your wrist or cause discomfort.

By continually wearing it, you also have the benefit of not needing to set another alarm. This cool Fitbit gives you a silent wake up with a vibration on the wrist. Now your partner can stay snoozing and you can stay in her good books. Once awake, don’t worry about having to remove it for showering or bathing because it’s swim proof as well as sweat resistant.

The last thing we want to make sure you’re aware of on this model is its notifications. We’ve already mentioned its silent alarm, but it does even more alerting than that. If you don’t move within one hour it will give you a nudge to go and take 250 steps.

By looking at it you can see it doesn’t have a fancy touchscreen display, but the LED lights are color-coded to inform you of different things. These lights correspond to different notifications such as daily goals, calls, and texts. This option is so good – we just wish we had more wrists.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Fitbit Versa Smart Watch

Slightly more color options are given to those buying this Fitbit for men. There are five different designs to choose from and all of them are awesome. As the name suggests, the Fitbit Versa Smart Watch is unlike other fitness bands. Instead of being a streamlined and small design like the one we just witnessed, this one is slightly more bulky and heavier because it looks exactly like a smartwatch.

Admittedly, this could turn a few amateur and professional athletes away, such as boxers or fencers. When you hear about its features, you could easily argue that this is a fitness band and a smartwatch rolled into one.

But before we get into its outstanding capabilities, let’s stick to its aesthetics and explain its dimensions a little more. It’s made of aluminum which tells us that Fitbit has tried to reduce the weight of their creation without compromising on durability and protection.

This fitness band for men is supplied with a small and large band that can be adjusted for wrist lengths between 140 and 206 millimeters. That’s the majority of guys taken care of! All men can tailor the main aspect of its appearance. You can get accessories for it or download clock faces for a style that ticks your boxes!

The product has an average battery life of four days. Between each charge, you will be able to access general everyday activity data surrounding your heart rate and distances, including information on steps made and calories burned. Like the previous two, it will track the amount of sleep you have and the quality of your sleep.

What it can’t do is stop your girlfriend complaining about your snoring.

It’s equipped to help you manage more specific activity goals in recreational and performance sports too. Yet, one of the best features is that you can watch personalized workouts on the Fitbit’s display. Your own personal trainer sits on your wrist and coaches you through every exercise so you get fitter, healthier and stronger.

When you want this men’s Fitbit to track your stats for a specific sport, you have two options. You can either manually choose for an extensive list of sports so it can more relevantly comprehend your movements and activity data. Alternatively, you can rely on Fitbit’s impressive SmartTrack feature.

The SmartTrack feature enables this fitness band to accurately recognize certain movements and activity patterns – and then allocate your activity to the correct sport. In either choice, this Fitbit for men then sends your real-time results to your Fitbit account on the app ready for your consultation.

Runners and cyclists can make their results even more accurate by connecting the Fitbit with their smart phone’s GPS and tracking real-time distance and speed to the smallest detail. Oh, and don’t worry if you’re a water-sports-type guy.

This men’s Fitbit is both sweat resistant and water resistant up to a whopping 50 meters as well. It’s perfect for swimmers and divers!

Now let’s dive into the features that had us telling you that this fitness band could easily be considered as a smartwatch as well. One of the most unique features on this Fitbit for men is that it can hold over 300 songs.

By downloading music from Deezer or Pandora, gym-goers and fitness fanatics can get a bottle full of audio motivation as they pump iron or take to the jogging tracks. Just be warned, getting playlists through them will require you to sign signing up to a monthly subscription.

Other smartwatch qualities include its compatibility with lots of apps from Uber to get you home from the office, to the New York Times so you stay up to date on current affairs and are ready for revenge at this week’s bar quiz. You will also get notifications regarding emails, text messages, calendar events, and calls.

What makes it stand out, even more, is that Android owners can even reply to these notifications via their Fitbit! You don’t see this often on Fitbits.

We have just one more cool feature to tell you about. Like the first Fitbit for men we looked at, this one can also be used to pay for your groceries and morning coffee dash. It includes an NFC chip that enables the Fitbit to make secured payments on behalf of some bank account holders! Sold?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Fitbit Ionic Adidas Edition GPS Smart Watch

The penultimate product on our buyer guide of the best men’s Fitbits is a unique inclusion. If you like the work of Adidas and you like their designs, then there is a good chance you will love this Fitbit for men. The Fitbit Iconic Adidas Edition GPS Smart Watch has been modeled on Adidas branding.

It comes in a choice of four colors and has an aluminum frame with Adidas’s clock face and their signature dual-toned strap. On average, wearers can enjoy the phenomenal features of this fitness band for around four days before needing to recharge it. It comes with two bands.

One is for small wrists and the other is for men with larger wrists. Either way, if you have a wrist circumference between 140 and 206mm, you should keep on reading!

This Fitbit for men can do a lot of the stuff the previous models could do. We’ll spell out those details in just a second but first, we want to tell you about its cool unique capabilities. This is one of the only men’s Fitbit bands that has a built-in GPS.

With his model, you don’t need to connect it to your smartphone’s GPS to get correct stats. The built-in GPS will give you accurate readings of the distances climbed, the speed you cycled at, or if you managed to beat your sprinting best.

One of the other innovative and standout features is the fitness band’s exercise classes. Wearers can get easy-to-follow exercise routines and top advice from Adidas coaches. Their coaches will guide you through the best movements to get you living a healthier and more active life.

You can follow these routines while listening to your favorite tracks to keep you motivated because this Fitbit lets you create your own playlists and listen using Bluetooth technology. Or, you can download the ones at Pandora – but again, this comes at a monthly cost.

Other and more common features are plentiful. This exceptional Fitbit for men will keep track of your heart rate and give you everyday information such as the time and date – and it will aid you in getting a better night’s sleep.

It’s also equipped to record more sport-specific data. Users can choose to programme the Fitbit to the specific sport that they’re about to undertake and the Fitbit will make relevant recordings of that activity and send it straight to your Fitbit app.

This data can then be used to spot trends and improve your workout routine to help you succeed. It’s also a great way to notice progressions which simultaneously increases motivation and satisfaction.

This Fitbit has many smartwatch functions as well. it’s a personal trainer in the gym and a personal assistant in the office. You can download apps to the Fitbit and keep track of things like the news and weather. You can also receive notifications of messages and calls – and it has a built-in NFC chip.

This means if you have a co-operating bank, you can start paying for things via your Fitbit. Having your financial details on this Fitbit may put some people off but all of your data is protected with a passcode upon activating the touchscreen display.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Fitbit Zip Wireless Activity Tracker

We are going to take things back to a simpler model to finish up. The four previous men’s Fitbits were very sophisticated and packed with exciting features. Well, this one is just as exciting but a simpler model. It’s one of Fitbit’s older creations that was made in 2012 but it’s still just as popular today due to its effortless simplicity.

One of the first things that strikes you when you see this design is that it isn’t a band like the others. This Fitbit for men is a clip-on design which should be placed on clothing such as pockets or on waistbands. The good news is that this means it’s a one-size-fits-all Fitbit suitable for every guy.

The Fitbit Zip Wireless Activity Tracker is the smallest Fitbit in their family of Fitbits. It comes in four cool colors, but most guys are only going to be interested in three of them. Choosing the magenta color will only result in your girlfriend stealing it.

As it’s the smallest Fitbit and one of the most simplified Fitbits for men, it’s most often used to track everyday activity rather than specific sporting performance. If you’re a guy that just wants to keep an eye on your lifestyle rather than the chocolate gateau in the fridge – then this is for you.

If you’re a bit of an athlete then drop and give us twenty, and then work those fingers and scroll back up because the previous ones are more suited to you.

This doesn’t mean that the Fitbit Zip Wireless Activity Tracker cannot be used for when you do make it to the gym. It just means you will have to adapt it slightly. For example, if you go cycling it will not record your activity as accurately as the others that recognize certain movements as cycling.

Instead, you will have to move the Fitbit to other areas, such as your socks or even your laces, to get the credit you deserve.

So, what does it track? It will keep a record of the number of steps you make each day, the number of calories you burn, the distance you have walked and even the length of time spent being active.

The Fitbit will automatically sync to your devices so this information can be stored on the Fitbit app and ready to be analyzed by yourself later. Or, this data may be going towards your score in the group calorie-crushing competition.

To find out your real-time activity data, you simply have to tap this water-resistant Fitbit and it will be displayed to you on the screen. It will also conveniently show you the time so your gym session doesn’t run into the afternoon meeting. All of its functions are powered by replaceable batteries.

However, the batteries are supplied with the Fitbit and are expected to last around six months before needing to be replaced.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Time To Make Your Move!

If you want to get a bit of the Fitbit action then it’s time to make a move and choose one of these awesome options. We’ve shown you a collection of the best men’s Fitbits that are suited for different types of people. From the couch potato to the professional athlete, a Fitbit can enhance your lifestyle or training routine.

Keep all of our top advice in mind when weighing up your options so you make the best choice for you. Thanks for running through our buyer guide with us today. Now, what about some running trainers?

February 14, 2019 / Comments Off on Best Fitbits For Men
0
869

Best 17 Tactical Tomahawks

A

tactical tomahawk is the perfect way to defend yourself during combat, chop wood for the burner, or just to hang on your living-room wall every time your daughter’s boyfriend comes around. These weapons-slash-tools are exceptional because they are compact and lightweight but still manage to help with many different tasks. They aren’t just aimed for combat and self-defense uses either. They are also great for recreational activities such as hunting or your local tomahawk throwing championship. Yes, that’s a real thing!

Although the Men’s Gear team weren’t able to host our own tactical tomahawk throwing championship because of health and safety, we did take a detailed look at the different options currently on the market. We looked at many different models from a variety of brands and ended up with 17 we think are the best out of the current crop.

You can personally cut that crop down to your favorite ones by browsing through our picks. We have finished on a slightly unusual tactical tomahawk option at product 17. We won’t give too much away just yet, but if you’re new to tactical tomahawks, or are in fact a tomahawk-wielding competitor – you’re going to want to stick around to the end.

Before we get started with some tactical tomahawk reviews, we will put some of the most common questions to rest and give you some important advice before buying a tomahawk.

What Are The Different Types Of Tactical Tomahawks Available?

A tactical tomahawk is one type of Tomahawk. It’s a tomahawk that has usually been specifically made for combat or self-defense. These tomahawks often offer features that make them compatible with other tactical gear, such as MOLLE clips.

For those unfamiliar, MOLLE stands for Modular Lightweight Load-Carrying Equipment and is used by soldiers to help them carry much-needed and essential items at an arm’s length. A MOLLE clip will let the tomahawk clip to other gear and become one of those essentials.

Some tactical tomahawks even have sheaths with MOLLE webbing so they carry other small items themselves.

However, within the tactical tomahawk niche, there are other sub-categories. Some tactical tomahawks are capable of doing other things besides providing protection and defense against attackers. Some tactical tomahawks are made specifically for throwing at targets.

Breaching tactical tomahawks are made to, as the name suggests, breach an entry. These will break down doors and windows effectively. You can even find tactical tomahawks that work as a multitool. We have one below that has a wrench and wire-cutter attached!

Keep reading to discover that tomahawk.

What you can take from this is that there is no one orthodox tactical tomahawk design. These combat items come in different shapes and sizes with a variety of features and capabilities. It may be worthwhile considering your exact needs from a tactical tomahawk before browsing the market.

Our list not only shows you quality options, but it can also help you zone in on your priorities with one of these weapons-come-tools.

What Should I Look For When Buying A Tomahawk?

Head functions:

tactical tomahawks go beyond their original cutting capabilities. They now have multiple edges and shapes on the head to do various things. Consider the specific results you need from one of these products to decide on the most functional head design for you.

Size and weight:

the size and weight of a tomahawk is influential to lots of their capabilities. A heavy one isn’t going to allow you to throw it or run long distances with it without getting tired quickly, while a big one may be an uncomfortable addition to your belt or backpack.

MOLLE:

if you plan on attaching this to MOLLE webbing on a tactical backpack make sure you buy one with a sheath that has a MOLLE loop. Without this, you are going to struggle to get a perfect and safe fit.

What Are The Best Brands For Tactical Tomahawks?

The tactical gear market is a lucrative business for brands. That’s why many companies are now trying to get a slice of the pie and sell so-called tactical equipment which is usually sub-par. The problem for new competitors is that there are top brands who have been in the game from day one.

The tactical gear coming from lesser-quality brands stands out like a sore thumb compared to the tactical specialists. That’s why we have compiled our list with the best tactical product manufacturers who know what they’re doing.

All the stuff below is genuine tactical tomahawks for men and some of the best you can get your hands on.

Some of the models below come from the likes of Gerber, SOG and United Cutlery. These are brands who know how to make quality tactical gear but also know how to make tactical items that complement each other. Their tactical gloves, belts, and backpacks work together well with other items such as these tomahawks.

They also use the best materials that are proven to protect and many of them liaise with professional combat personnel to tailor their designs to those that demand them the most. With SOG, United Cutlery and Gerber, you know you are buying from the best in the tactical gear battlefield.

How Does A Tomahawk Differ From An Axe Or A Hatchet?

Tomato tomatoe, right? Well, not quite when it comes to hatchets, axes, and tomahawks. Although many of us use these words somewhat interchangeably, they’re not the same things. There are a couple of things to note when wanting to differentiate them from one another.

Tomahawks originate from the USA during the colonial period. At that time, they were much smaller and lighter than a European ax. Today, this differentiation is not always apparent as you can get some small axes and big tomahawks.

Nevertheless, there are some aesthetic differences that will most of the time reveal their true identity.

First, a tomahawk usually has a round eye while an ax or hatchet has much narrower eyes. Second, a tomahawk head is inserted from the bottom. We get you can’t go to the manufacturer’s workshop and see how they did it, but one way to check for this is to look if it was possible to insert the head from the top.

Is it too thick?

If so, it could be a tomahawk, but it’s still not bulletproof testing. And lastly, many tomahawks have an extended handle whereas an ax is more proportionate.

We know we haven’t made it too clear and that’s because it’s not always easy to tell. We just reported the best methods to use. You wouldn’t shoot the messenger anyway. After all, we do have 17 tactical tomahawks in our inventory.

What Are The Best Tactical Tomahawks For Bushcraft And Survival?

Naturally, the best tactical tomahawk for bushcraft and survival must first come from a trusted brand. Additionally, it must be multifunctional. Surviving in the wild is going to throw up a lot of obstacles in your way. You will need to make shelter, hunt, protect yourself from wild animals and maybe build.

Our early ancestors made elementary tomahawks to help them do just these things. So, the best tactical tomahawk for survival uses needs to be multifunctional.

This is no problem when picking from the current options. Many of the tactical tomahawks below come from respected manufacturers that have gone beyond the standard designs. They have added secondary functions such as the ability to tighten, cut, puncture, pry and more – as well as cut of course.

The extended set of skills make some tomahawks more apt for surviving in the wild. Look out for the most multifunctional tactical tomahawks if this is your requirement. It just so happens, the first one we are looking at is a great option for bushcraft and survival…

1) Gerber Downrange Tomahawk

We’re going to start with a tactical tomahawk that may already be quite simply a cut above the rest. It has a solid steel head ready to take down anything in your way. Whether that’s chopping firewood or creating an escape route, this tomahawk has you covered.

But, this model isn’t just about its exceptional cutting ability. It’s sturdy and sharp blade is part of a triple threat of features. The product also functions as a pry bar and has a hammerhead! This makes you prepared for lots of different situations in only one tool. Carry less and get more with this quality tactical tomahawk!

Another awesome aspect of this tomahawk is its accompanying sheath. This is a sheath-like no other because it isn’t just designed to protect your 51-53RC-rated blade. It will actually help you carry even more items than you need close to hand such as a small knife or a compass.

How does it do this?

The sheath is surrounded by MOLLE webbing; the same product that helps US soldiers stock their essentials at an arm’s reach!

This multifunctional tactical tomahawk is certainly impressive and going to help you carry more into battle or on your ventures into the wild. To top it all off, it’s supplied with the manufacturer’s lifetime warranty for your purchasing peace of mind.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) SOG Tomahawk Tactical Axe

SOG are no strangers to the tactical-gear scene and they’re no strangers to us at Men’s Gear. They’ve been welcome additions to our buyer’s guides in the past because they’ve proven their quality and eye for detail. This tactical tomahawk is the perfect example of just that.

This model is ideal for a host of situations. It can be used for breaching, for chopping and is a part of many guys’ camping arsenal as an all-around tool. Transporting this product is no struggle either because it’s exceptionally lightweight.

At only 1.5lbs, you can walk with it in your hand prepared or hang it to your other gear without getting tired.

But, you may be wondering how could you hang it from your other gear? The answer is in the tomahawk’s sheath. The product is provided with a sheath made from durable ballistic nylon. This sheath provides the tomahawk with an undeniable defense against minor and major damage.

Yet, it has a secondary function. It has been designed with an attachment so it easily hangs from a belt or a tactical backpack.

Just like the Gerber model we introduced you to, this one is multifunctional and offers more than just slicing skills. It has been made with a hammered edge and a piercing spike to provide users with even more for their money. Is this the best tactical tomahawk for you?

SOG have even stated that they will always consider replacements if your well-maintained tactical tomahawk starts underperforming.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) United Cutlery Ranger Hawk Axe

If this is your introduction to United Cutlery, then get comfortable. These guys make some of the best tactical tomahawks on the market and you’ll get to see many of them here. The blade on this model is made with quality steel that you can trust in dangerous and threatening situations, as well as in recreational activities.

To keep you in control as you swing or throw this tactical tomahawk, it has a reliable handle with lots of friction. The handle is made with nylon for comfort and is then reinforced with fiberglass for even more strength. This will let you throw the tomahawk if desired while remaining completely confident and safe.

Yet, we haven’t gotten to one of the coolest and most unique features when purchasing this tactical tomahawk. The manufacturers include a compass too. The compass comes in a cool case that will keep you on track and stylish. The compass isn’t the only thing that comes with a case. This tomahawk is supplied with a protective sheath to withstand knocks and minor damages. Overall, this is an excellent option for any guy!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Promithi Camping Tactical Axe 

Next up to the chopping block, uhm, we mean the Men’s Gear inspection table, is this cool tactical tomahawk from Promithi. The blade on this model is again of exceptional strength and quality. Did you expect us to recommend anything but?

It has one of the highest Rockwell Hardness ratings on our buyer guide by scoring an impressive 56 HRC. What’s even better about this blade is that its dual functioning. You read that right! This blade is an orthodox cutting weapon on one side and the shape of the other side of the head also comes in useful.

The shape is somewhat curved and has been made in that way with picking in mind.

Unlike many of the others, this tactical tomahawk has gone beyond the norm when it comes to aesthetics. The wolf printing on the blade is undeniably cool – and combined with a sanded wood handle it may well make you feel like a Scandinavian legend or a Game of Thrones warrior.

However, there is one part of the design which may divide opinion. There is also a blossom etching on the handle which certainly evidences skilled craft but it’s not the most masculine of designs.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Browning Shock N’ Awe Tomahawk

No need to sharpen the Browning Shock N’ Awe Tactical Tomahawk when it arrives. It comes ready for action so you can get straight to work or play. Perfect for many different uses, this tactical tomahawk has been made to last many of your toughest swings and most powerful throws.

Specifically, the 1055 high-carbon steel blade is undeniable tough and enhanced even more with a matte finish. To keep it as strong as it is from day one and to keep its desert tan color from fading, the manufacturers supply it with a Kydex sheath.

This sheath has been perfectly molded to the blade for a secure fit and to enhance protection even more. The handle has been wrapped in a nylon paracord by hand to increase the tomahawk’s durability even more.

Many of the best tactical tomahawks have a second, or even a third, function. This model has two more! On the opposite end of the blade, you will notice a sharp point. This has been included to be used as a glass breaker and may just save your bacon when you need rescuing the most.

Naturally, we’re sure our clever readership could find other uses for it too. Now look down towards the bottom of the tactical tomahawk. See that little hole at the bottom of the handle? That’s for your lanyard or ID card! Impressed? We are!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Hogue Tactical Tomahawk 

When you take a look at the price tag of this Hogue Tactical Tomahawk, you may start wincing as though a tactical tomahawk was heading your way. However, once you realize that Hogue is one of the best tactical gear providers in the world and that their products are produced in the USA, you soon see why they come at a cost.

This particular model may not catch your eye at first, but you could consider it as the undercover agent of tactical tomahawks. It’s got a lot to its plain exterior. The long handle has been added with multiple grooves to increase your grip when carrying, swinging or even throwing it towards your target.

This is even more beneficial when using it in extreme weather. The adverse rain or sweaty palms aren’t going to reduce your control over the super sharp blade.

It has a slightly smaller length than the standard tactical tomahawk which makes it perfect for carrying, storing and using. The reduced size makes it a little lighter too – so throwing it is certainly possible. Other key features on this model are two lanyard holes and a waistband paddle.

When you pay for such an impressive tomahawk, you want it to be protected and remain in first-class condition for a long time. Hogue recognizes this and it’s why they provide it with considerable protection. The first layer of protection comes in the form of a polymer sheath.

This sheath fastens tightly and secures together with a magnetic retention system. The second layer of protection is a nylon storage case. This case is fastened with sturdy zips and lined with soft foam. After ordering and when the tomahawk is in transit, these layers are complemented by another box.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) United Cutlery M48 Tactical Tomahawk Axe

Another smaller tactical tomahawk is this model. The compactness and streamlined design make it easier to carry or to be active with. It’s especially easier to jog with without needing to stop and rest. One thing we should mention early is that this model is really for self-defense rather than recreational activities.

The blade on this one is significantly wide considering its overall dimensions and has an upsweep design. This lets the user make bigger cuts and let’s be honest, it just looks really cool too. On the reverse side to the head, there is a second blade.

The second blade can be used as your reserve when the main one needs a sharpening. Or, they can be used as the perfect combo for self-defense.

Unlike poorly-made tactical tomahawks, you aren’t going to swing back and send the head flying while still holding the handle. The steelhead is securely merged with the handle using three strong bolts. The handle isn’t bad either!

It combines reliable nylon with reinforced fiberglass for a durable mix. To add icing to the cake, the tomahawk is then protected with a nylon sheath which fastens with snap-type buttons.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) United Cutlery M48 Double-Bladed Tactical Tomahawk

Just before the halfway mark of our buyer guide attempting to find the best tactical tomahawk for you, we want you to see another United Cutlery creation. From the first glance, you can tell there is something different about this hunting and sporting tomahawk.

When United Cutlery claims to have made a double-bladed tactical tomahawk, they really mean it. This model has two identical blades. Both strong and durable enough to take down whatever you put in its way.

There are lots of benefits in having two outstanding blades. One of these isn’t always realized straight away. By having two blades, the tomahawk has exceptional balance and weight distribution that single-bladed tomahawks don’t have.

Throwing this one is even easier and doubles your chances of making a sharp blow to your object.

The accompanying sheath covers both blades safely so you can transport and store it without risks. Just be careful if you have never handled a dual-bladed tactical tomahawk like this before. Putting on the sheath requires a little more caution.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) SOG F18-N Voodoo Hawk Tomahawk

This SOG tactical tomahawk is a combination of two of their other impressive creations. Some of its most noteworthy features are its relatively large cutting head, considering its sub-13-inch overall length. On the opposite side to the sharp 51-53 HRC blade, you will be able to make good use of a butt cap.

This butt cap is perfect for breaching, hammering or chopping.

The head of the product sits on a nylon handle which has been enhanced with reinforced fiberglass. The handle incorporates ergonomic contours for maximum grip. These two components are secured together using steel ferrule and heavy-duty sturdy bolts.

The whole tactical tomahawk is kept safe in the industry-standard nylon sheath. Never get scratches and dents in your SOG product with this sheath. This may be a normal supplement to these products but, as ever, SOG goes beyond the norm.

They throw in a belt loop attachment as well so you can keep the tomahawk close by and accessible at every moment. Want more? That’s okay because they will even hand over a lifetime warranty as well!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Red Rock Rifleworks MT-1 Tactical Tomahawk

Next up is a USA-made tactical tomahawk which comes at a price. The extra money will be worth it for a lot of men who want unrivaled quality in terms of blade strength.

Equaling the best Rockwell Hardness rating on our buyer guide at 54-56 HRC is the work of Red Rock Rifleworks. This blade can be counted on and will make easy work of any breaching, chopping, hooking or hacking task. This is in partial thanks to a steep double bevel and meticulous hand sharpening.

It even has a spike added to the back of the head for secondary capabilities such as puncturing and prying!

The monolithic design adds to its structural durability while simultaneously reducing the weight and bulk of the tomahawk. The chamfered handle was made to keep you in control but may require quality tactical gloves for you to get the best out of it.

One of the other ways the designers have ensured this tactical tomahawk excels in performance is through its weight distribution. They have overloaded the head with more weight so it excels during striking. This cleverly increases the force of every swing – even those tired ones!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) CIMA Tactical Tomahawk

The CIMA Tactical Tomahawk is all about its handle. Well, not quite, but this tomahawk has been designed to be an exceptional throwing tomahawk. They even test their handles by driving over them in cars. The result? The cars break!

That’s a lie – but the Tomahawks don’t break either!

The handle is made from nylon with reinforced fiberglass. That’s nothing new here – we know. What is new is the shape of the handle. It has been designed with a slight curve to make throwing this tactical tomahawk much more seamless and even safer.

If you’ve been searching for a tomahawk for throwing purposes then this could be a great option for you. The unique design will aid you in honing your throw every time!

Aside from the handle, the blade is also a good’un. It’s made with stainless steel, which is then coated in black oxide and treated with a special plasma. They certainly didn’t neglect the other parts of the design. To round off a nice tomahawk, they sell these with a triple-layered nylon sheath that can be hung from a belt.

Oh, and a 12-month warranty – we nearly forgot to mention that.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) CRKT Woods Kangee Tactical Tomahawk Axe

The Columbia River Knife and Tool company offer something that none of the previous suppliers have yet to offer. Choice! This model comes with three options. Buyers can choose to either just get their tomahawk ax, a tomahawk ax with a hammer, or, a tomahawk ax with a spike.

We don’t doubt you’ll be pleased with whichever one fits your needs.

It has a rustic appearance that wouldn’t look out of place in any man’s hand. At 19-inches long, the tactical tomahawk is a considerable size – but the Tennessee Hickory handle makes it streamlined and ready for action. It’s a lightweight tomahawk that won’t weigh you down and cause fatigue when jumping and running.

It also stores easily for optimal practicality.

The blade is solid too. It’s made of carbon steel that will slice through most materials effortlessly. This tactical tomahawk for men will come in handy for self-defense, combat or for recreational purposes. The Men’s Gear office needs some work so we’d get the one with the hammer – which one would you get?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) United Cutlery M48 Destroyer Tomahawk Knife

Possibly one of the scariest and meanest looking tactical tomahawks on the market is the United Cutlery Destroyer Knife. Any guy would want to be equipped with this ax as they head into the wild with their mates. That and some awesome conversation about the cool products we’ve been featuring lately.

The blade of the tactical tomahawk is made from stainless steel. It has then been given a black oxide coating to enhance its durability, followed by a satin finish to make it smooth and razor sharp.

There is no denying the quality on offer in this option. The same care has been afforded to the spike on the opposite side of the blade. This can be used for puncturing and breaking glass if needed.

The whole head of the tomahawk is attached to the 16-inch handle using three immensely strong bolts. The handle continues the level of attention to detail on the head by incorporating an injection nylon mold and fiberglass filling. This adds to the durability and most likely makes this a tomahawk to last many hunting trips for years to come.

But, these guys don’t leave the handle there. They then go and wrap paracord around the handle to increase friction and improve control. Overall, a solid slicing and puncturing tomahawk!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Timberline Tactical Tomahawk

We appreciate a tactical tomahawk that packs other features that come in useful as multitools. We like them, even more, when the additions are unique. The Timberline Tactical Tomahawk is all about being edgy – no pun intended – and thinking outside the box.

The main event is a stainless-steel sharp blade that has been given a cool black finish. This finish not only makes it look like a badass tactical tomahawk, but it also improves its durability. The supporting acts to this reliable blade are what make the overall tomahawk stand out from the crowd.

It has a sharpened spike which has many uses. It can be relied on for puncturing and if needed, to defend yourself against an attacker. Another feature is its wrench. Yes, it is also a wrench which is specifically useful for turning gas valves. It even has a nail puller, a wire cutter and a piece that is used to scrape away at materials.

Sell your toolbox guys and just get one of these instead!

These are unique features on a tactical tomahawk, but it isn’t over. The product comes with two sheaths. One is a blade sheath made from Kydex. The second sheath is for the tomahawk’s handle.

This sheath has MOLLE webbing and a MOLLE loop on it so you can make even more essentials easily accessible and can attach it to a tactical backpack.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Smith & Wesson Tactical Tomahawk

Nearing the end of our showcase of the best tactical tomahawks for men, we have the Smith & Wesson Tactical Tomahawk. It doesn’t have the unique and innovative inclusions like we just saw, but it certainly does the basics right to provide an apocalypse-survival friend. Of course, you can just take it hunting too…

The blade is manufactured using 1070 black high-carbon steel. This is enough strength to get the attention of amateur tomahawk users and professionals such as men of combat.

One of the safest aspects of this design is that the steel core is attached to the handles further down rather than attaching the head and the shaft at a higher point. Not to mention, four tight bolts that keep the whole product compact and secure.

The handle is made of TPE for durable use. One issue with the handle is that there is not much texture to increase friction and grip. However, the handle has been made black to seamlessly match the head. This tactical tomahawk comes with a thick canvas cover that closes using button snaps for blade protection.

The manufacturers do claim to also provide a belt loop but go on to say the weight of the tomahawk may make it unsuitable to add to a belt. That may be a little strange, but we appreciate their honesty.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) CRKT Kangee T-Hawk ER Tomahawk

The penultimate tactical tomahawk is somewhat similar to the throwing tomahawk we witnessed earlier. Although, the curve in this model’s handle is for a slightly different purpose. These tomahawks are crafted using one slab of high-carbon steel.

The measurements of the blade allow it to perform more than basic cutting.

It’s also a must-have companion for shaving! We mean wood – not your face. Now cast your eyes towards the other side of this tomahawk’s head. Here you’ll find a spike to take care of obstacles the blade will struggle to deal with

Now take a look down to the handle. As already mentioned, the handle has a curve in it to improve balance and striking force. The complete handle is covered in scales to increase friction and control. It can be removed for extensive cleaning and maintenance.

The Tomahawk comes supplied with a Kydex sheath. This is to help you keep the blade free from damage and aesthetic imperfections.

However, this sheath has a trick up its sleeve. It’s MOLLE compatible. Note, this doesn’t mean it has MOLLE webbing for further gear. It means that it can be attached to other tactical gear that has MOLLE webbing such as tactical backpacks.

Destroy everything in your path and look good doing it with this awesome tactical tomahawk!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Cold Steel Trench Hawk Trainer

We’re going to finish up here with a tactical tomahawk that is excellent value for money. But, there is a catch! This is a training tactical tomahawk designed to be bought before buying the same brand’s real model.

We included this one because it’s a great way for first-time buyers to see if a tomahawk is for you and to get to grips with how they’re used. It’s also a great option for newbies to ax throwing and a great resource for training for competitions.

Specifically, this training tomahawk is made as a precursor to their main Trench Hawk model. It has been manufactured to replicate the main product’s size, weight, and feel. The company has only made some slight adjustments to the training model so it’s safe for training.

For this reason, the tomahawk doesn’t have a steel blade or the same quality as the others. It’s in fact made from durable Santoprene and doesn’t require a sheath. For a smooth introduction into the world of tactical tomahawks, put your mind at rest and give this one a try.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Did Any Of These Tactical Tomahawks Make The Cut For You?

We’ve shown you some of the best tactical tomahawks currently on the market and we wouldn’t be surprised if you found the best one for you in our list above. These made the cut for us but what do you think? We recommend jumping straight over to the tactical tomahawks you liked the most and learning a little more about them.

Check out what past customers have had to say to help you decide. Once again, thanks for joining today’s mission and we hope to have you back soon. Bring on the zombies!

February 14, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 17 Tactical Tomahawks
0
898

Best 29 Tactical Backpacks Reviewed

T

he one-strap/two-strap debate is a thing of the past! Nowadays, the only important backpacking decision is which tactical backpack you should be buying. A tactical backpack is a necessity for some of our servicemen and a smart choice for the everyday guy.

These backpacks have been specifically designed to withstand some of the most dangerous and high-pressure situations. They’re made with almost-indestructible materials for indestructible men. They also have more to offer in terms of easy-access storage.

Some have even been designed for niche purposes such as holding firearms – more on that in just a second!

To help the marine reserve, the patrol guard, the law enforcement officer and even the spreadsheet maestro, we have put together a compelling buyer guide full of the best tactical backpacks for men. Our showcase features a range of different types of tactical backpacks so there is certainly something for everyone.

Get tactical and ditch your worn and old backpack and make a worthwhile investment you won’t regret!

We know there are many options when it comes to tactical backpacks. Some manufacturers claim their products are a tactical design when in fact they’re no better than your reusable grocery bag from Walmart. To filter out the garbage and clear the way for you to make an informed and smart choice.

We did lots of research and found 29 outstanding options! Notice how that isn’t a nice round 30? We only recommend quality – even if it does drive some of the Men’s Gear team a bit stir crazy that we couldn’t make it one more. So, shall we?

What Type of Tactical Backpacks Are Available?

Tactical backpacks for men aren’t a standard design. They come in different shapes and sizes, as well as being made for slightly different purposes. While some of these backpacks are great for many different uses and activities, some zone in on a specific feature. One example is a hydrating tactical backpack.

Check out the second backpack from SOG on our list to see a tactical backpack aimed at keeping you effortlessly hydrated when on the move.

Another example of a tactical backpack aimed for a specific use is the range tactical backpacks. We feature a host of these models further down our list so you can get to grips with them and their features. In a nutshell, these backpacks have been optimally designed to house firearms and ammunition.

They’re a safe and efficient way of taking your guns to the range or into battle.

There are still two more great examples of tactical backpacks with a more niche purpose. One of these is self-explanatory and known as a laptop tactical backpack. These are reliable backpacks at protecting your expensive devices such as laptops but also tablets and smartphones.

The other popular choice is sling tactical backpacks. A tactical sling backpack is a unique design. Instead of the orthodox two straps, a sling tactical backpack has one strap. The strap is placed diagonally across the wearer’s shoulder and torso. On most of these backpacks, the strap can be worn in either direction as preferred by its owner.

Having one strap lets the wearer swivel the backpack to their front so they can retrieve items without taking it off. Thus, saving precious seconds!

Of course, there are more generic tactical backpacks available for everyday use. Before buying one of these cool products, it’s best to consider what your exact intentions are. If you’re sick of pausing to rehydrate on the way up the mountain, you may want to choose a hydrating-specific design.

If you’re a firearm enthusiast, it may be worthwhile checking out the range models. Or, if you’re just a regular Joe, why not invest in a laptop tactical backpack or stand out on the subway platform with a sling tactical backpack.

What Are The Best Tactical Backpack Brands?

Just like the best tactical backpacks for men, we’ve strategically organized our buyer guide. We’ve placed the different brands together, so you can shop by brand if you already have a favorite tactical-backpack provider. This also lets you easily compare models from the same manufacturers with less strain on your scrolling fingers.

Our guide will take a look at the great work of SOG, 5.11, Highland, Fieldline, GPS and some other impressive brands churning out the best tactical backpacks.

These brands are best in the business when it comes to making tactical backpacks. They have proven their quality by gathering a stronghold of the market and repeat buyers. Let’s take a look at one of them in a little more detail.

5.11 Tactical is a California-based brand with a cool backstory. The company was formed by a rock climber who wasn’t impressed with the current quality of climbing gear on the market.

After accomplishing a troublesome climb in Yosemite National Park, he decided to make his tactical-wear company. Royal Robins was the name behind the brand and also the inventor of the decimal system used to determine the difficulty of a rock climb.

It just so happens that Yosemite plays host to one of the most difficult climbs on the planet, with a score of 5.11.

The bands mentioned before have similar awesome stories behind their formation. However, we’re yet to go into the biography business, so let’s just leave you with this cool piece of knowledge for your next quiz night.

How To Pack The Perfect Bug-Out Bag 

A bug-out bag for those not familiar is the name of a backpack that is used in the event of an emergency or impending disaster. Or for some, and more likely, a backpack to just help you survive three days in the wild.

If you’re trying to get on the spaceship and avoid the end of the world or just going for a guys’ weekend away in nature – you will need a bug-out bag!

The aim of the backpack is to help you survive for 72 hours or possibly longer during remote living or dangerous situations. A tactical backpack is a perfect choice for your bug-out bag. It’s a military-standard piece of kit made for these types of situations.

But, what should you put in your tactical backpack in these survival situations to help you make the 72-hour mark? And, how should you pack them?

Drinks, food and food prep:

we wouldn’t survive without food and water so it’s a good place to start. To take care of your hydration you should pack a filtering water bottle. This way you can get clean water from almost any natural water source. To take care of mealtimes, bring along dehydration pre-prepared meals and high-calorie bars.

Or, pack protein bars too. Another option is to take a stove and tinned food such as beans but these will take up more space. If you do the latter, remember to bring a spork!

Clothes:

you can match your tactical backpack with other tactical gear to make sure you are truly prepared for your adventure. Grab a tactical belt to wrap around a pair of tactical pants. If they zip off below the knee even better. Don’t forget some tactical gloves too.

Other more common items to consider are rain jackets, fleeces, long-sleeved lightweight tops and wool socks.

Sleeping:

being rested is key in surviving your remote venture or your real-life ‘28-Days Later’ challenge. Having adequate sleep will keep you and your brain functioning at its best. To sleep well, pack a small tent, a lightweight sleeping bag. A portable pillow isn’t necessary. You can roll up your fleece instead.

Safety:

In case of injury or emergency, it’s smart to pack a first aid kit. Choose a small compact one with the necessities rather than bringing along the family drawer with seven types of plasters. Remember any medication such as inhalers or your EpiPen.

Hygiene:

keeping yourself looking tidy and sharp is not essential. Enjoy the manly ruggedness of trying to survive your wild adventure. However, you can still do the basics and bring along a toothbrush, toothpaste, and some wipes. Don’t be the guy who accidentally uses nettles after going for a number two.

Tools:

keeping yourself looking tidy and sharp is not essential. Enjoy the manly ruggedness of trying to survive your wild adventure. However, you can still do the basics and bring along a toothbrush, toothpaste, and some wipes. Don’t be the guy who accidentally uses nettles after going for a number two.since the dawn of man, we’ve been making tools from our environment. Unlike our fellow homo erectus, we can now get them at Walmart. Enhance your bug-out tactical backpack with a knife and one of those compact multi-tool devices.

Try and get one with a bottle opener so you can enjoy your final cold one if the world does end. After all, some men just want to watch the world burn.

Let there be light:

attempting a survival feat across the desert or through the forest can become awfully lonely at night. Even though you’re certainly not alone. Stay in tune with your environment by packing a flashlight. Don’t get an overly bright one and remember to add new batteries before you leave.

Communications:

you’re not supposed to be updating your social media but bring a smartphone in case your personal test goes wrong and always keep a map, whistle and compass close to hand. A flare might not be a bad idea either.

Defense:

you’re not supposed to be updating your social media but bring a smartphone in case your personal test goes wrong and always keep a map, whistle and compass close to hand. A flare might not be a bad idea eitherHopefully, you’ll never need it but pack a firearm and ammo. Also, take bear spray in case you encounter grizzlies and mountain lions. Remember that pepper spray isn’t going to warn off bears and you’re more likely to survive a bear attack with bear spray than you are with a gun!

So, how do you pack all of this? The best tactical backpacks for men have external clips and storage for the smaller and more convenient items. This is where you attach the things you may need quickly like a compass, medical supplies, flashlight, and your bear spray.

The other things should be neatly stored inside your bag. Preferably in different compartments and pockets.

The Best Sports and Activities For A Tactical Backpack

These tactical backpacks for men are designed to suit the working conditions of certain occupations. Men working as security guards, firefighters, law-enforcement officers, and military personnel use the products because their features are perfect for carrying specialized equipment and allowing them to access multiple items in quick time.

However, these backpacks come in useful away from pressuring situations and the battleground. A tactical backpack can be used for other activities and even in some sports. Many men choose a tactical backpack over a regular one because they see it as an investment.

These backpacks are made to withstand warzones so they’re going to be able to withstand a return journey on the 89 from New Haven to Grand Central every day. They will last much longer than other backpacks and can be a worthwhile investment for any guy.

They’re also useful to outdoor-types who like to go hiking, cycling, camping, and even rock climbing. They can carry a lot of equipment for these activities and let you access them – and your water – without having to keep stopping and going through your gear to find what you need.

A tactical backpack can be used for other activities that are less obvious than the ones just mentioned. They are great for exercise enthusiasts such as runners, paintballers, crossfitters and Nerf gun battlers.

We might be playing fast and loose with the term “exercise enthusiasts” when it comes to the last one, but they can be the perfect combination for keeping your Nerf bullets close to hand. And the perfect combination to get you in trouble with your better half.

Enough talking now – let’s get to these tactical backpacks and their reviews…

1) SOG Ninja Tactical Backpack

Available in a number of military-esque colors and designs is the SOG Ninja Tactical Backpack. This is a great place to start on our mission to uncover the best tactical backpacks for men. It’s a backpack that won’t be out of its depth between the mountain peaks or between subway carriages.

It’s ideal for those weekend adventures with the guys and everyday commutes through the concrete jungle too.

It is made with a blend of polyester and canvas which makes for a reliable water-repellent tactical backpack. The straps have been padded and can be easily adjusted for maximum comfort.

For even more comfort, the foam back has been contoured to rest perfectly against your back and avoid any of your bag’s contents causing you discomfort. This foam has also been peppered with multiple air holes to increase ventilation and stop your back getting overly sweaty.

Like many of the best tactical backpacks for men, this model makes use of Modular Lightweight Load-Carrying Equipment (MOLLE). It’s a feature that allows users to attach their most frequented items such as knives, compasses and so on. This attachment is now used by the US military and part of the furniture on quality tactical backpacks.

As well as this cool addition, this backpack even has a hydration pocket and a tubing port to access your fluids. Note, you will have to buy the reservoir and tube separately. This is the norm when buying these backpacks.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) SOG Opcon Hydration Backpack

Although slightly smaller than the SOG tactical backpack we just looked at, this one is still a phenomenal option. If you liked the hydrating feature on the Ninja model and thought that’s just what you need on your next summer hike, this one may be even better for you. It also has the hydration compartment. But, instead of having to source your own extras, this backpack has them included. Buyers get the backpack along with a two-liter hydration reservoir and the required tubing. The tube has a valve at the end which is easy to access for hands-free hydration.

The backpack sits comfortably on your shoulders and can be adjusted for a tailored fit using the York-style method. The straps are again padded for comfort. Where this one differs slightly is that it also has fastening across the sternum region and a waist belt to increase security. Despite all these extra bits, you still get the MOLLE attachment to keep your necessities close by.

Inside the backpack, there are a number of compartments and zippered pockets for your convenience. This is a tactical backpack focusing on providing accessible hydration on the go but hasn’t fallen short in the other departments. It’s perfect for outdoor adventures in the wild.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) SOG Barrage Tactical Backpack

When it comes to size, there is no competing with the SOG Barrage Tactical Backpack. This backpack is much larger than the other options made by SOG and their competitors. With a colossal 64.3 liters of storage, the only thing you’ll be struggling with is coming up with ideas of how to fill it. To make this large tactical backpack as strong as it is big, the manufacturers have inserted an internal frame inside the design. This maintains the backpack’s shape and compartments, as well as providing unbeatable protection to your gear.

It is produced with 100% polyester and features adjustable straps for personal comfort. Just like their other backpacks, these straps are padded and complemented by sternum straps and a waist belt. No SOG backpack would be complete with the celebrated MOLLE attachments and of course, a hydration compartment.

As this design centers around its size rather than its hydrating feature, you will have to get your own reservoir when buying this one. It does have a soft pocket for protecting your sunglasses and small electronic devices, but these pockets aren’t suitable for large electronics. All of this quality comes packaged with a lifetime warranty for purchasing peace of mind.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) 5.11 COVRT18 Tactical Military Backpack

From the New York subway to the battleground, this 5.11 tactical backpack has your, well, your back. The applicable uses for this impressive bag are exhaustive and that’s due to its number of awesome features. Inside the bag, you’ll find two compartments that can be entered from either side while on the move.

However, this is far from its most impressive features. This bag can actually house a full-size firearm in its Roll-down Assault Compartment (RAC). If a gun isn’t what you need but some smaller vital equipment, take a look to the shoulder straps. It may not be the MOLLE attachment, but this QuickTact design still provides wearers with quick access to combat and patrolling essentials. Or, just grab your sunglasses and laptop from their allocated protective compartments for added convenience.

The backpack’s functions are only matched by its own durability. It’s made from 500D nylon to withstand the elements and has Duraflex hardware and YKK zippers to round off an almost unbreakable product. Every stitch of this backpack houses a useful feature or an important piece of equipment.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) 5.11 All Hazards Prime Backpack

As you can see by our product specifications section on these 5.11 products, they try to target all the key areas when making a tactical backpack. This model is no exception and ticks all the boxes, which makes it perfect for the urban dweller, the security guard or the military man.

For the business guy needing a solid backpack to protect his electronics on the way to the office and back, this backpack houses a tablet and laptop sleeve. These sleeves have been cushioned to provide your valuables with outstanding protection. From the drunk subway guy bumping into everyone to your own forgetfulness as you throw your bag down after a hard day at the office, you’ll be covered.

Yet, it’s also great for men needing a tactical backpack for active use. This model includes a hydration pouch for H2O on the go and side pockets so you can easily get your most important items in the heat of a battle. What makes it even more apt for combat situations is its tear-out medical pouches. If you need medical supplies fast, these pouches let you locate what you need and retrieve them in rapid time. These cool inclusions don’t stop the tactical backpack from being extremely comfortable – compression straps take care of that!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) 5.11 All Hazards Nitro Backpack

5.11 sometimes do something really clever with their tactical backpacks that you may easily miss. If you look inside of their products, you may encounter lining with bright colors – often orange. This is used to help you locate your gear in low-light conditions without needing to use a torch which may give away your location during a conflict. This 5.11 All Hazards Nitro backpack has just that.

This tactical backpack is made of 100% 1050D nylon to protect two core compartments. Accessing either of these spaces is made easier due to an extensive zip that allows the backpack to really open out. If you’re not reaching for your gear from these two spacious areas, you may be going straight for the oversized and protected sunglasses pouch.

The external parts of the backpack are as impressive as its inside. The bag has many slots running down the straps and along the sides of the bag. These are great for keeping small essentials close to hand in pressuring situations. It even has patches to easily display IDs or a nametag. The bigger items have their own place as well and can be kept in a designated “shove-it”-style pocket.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) 5.11 Rapid Origin Tactical Backpack

The last 5.11 tactical backpack on our buyer guide is their Rapid Origin Backpack. It’s another model which will cater to a lot of preferences. They do this by making the back compartment of the bag exceptionally multifunctional. This compartment can fit most laptops and tablets, but it doubles as a hydration pouch when needed. A useful tactic for backpack manufacturers with slightly smaller capacities! However, this may make it multifunctional but it also means you can’t have your cake and eat it. It’s one or the other. It’s Netflix or water.

The backpack does include the MOLLE design so users never have a problem obtaining their important and potentially life-saving gear in seconds. The inside of the tactical backpack even has two zippered pockets for more storage options and a sunglasses pocket which has been lined with cushioning soft fleece.

If you work in an office, as a security guard or in the emergency services and always need to carry an ID card, this tactical backpack can help. It stocks an admin panel, which is hooked to a zippered compartment on the outside of the backpack. No more forgetting your ID or patting yourself down as you approach your base. This backpack has it on display at all times so you never have to worry about it again.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) SOG Ninja Tactical Backpack

These Highland creations look like tactical backpacks straight from a Hollywood action-hero film. They wouldn’t look out of place in a zone of conflict or weaving between pedestrians in a busy transport hub. When opting for this cool model, you get a choice between three colors, namely dark green, desert coyote and a standard black design. Which one would you choose?

This may be one of the best tactical backpacks for men when prioritizing storage options. Not only is it layered in MOLLE straps ready to secure down your knife, torch, compass and other gear, but it also has an incredible eight external pockets. It’s got more pockets than a snooker table. It also has some of the features you may be – but shouldn’t – be starting to take for granted, such as a hydration pouch, breathable mesh, an adjustable sternum strap and padded straps.

Yet, one of its most simple but cool features is a pair of side handles. This lets you pick up your tactical backpack when in a rush to a conflict zone or when needing to escape quickly. Simply grab these durable side handles and make a run for it with the knowledge that these heavy-duty handles aren’t going to let you down or cause seams to tear.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Highland Brand Foxtrot Tactical Backpack

The biggest Highland tactical backpack is this one. With a capacity of almost 40 liters, you’ll never be short of space. This is even more true when you consider that this backpack has two MOLLE designs added to it. Yes, that’s right! Owners of this tactical backpack have the luxury of two different types of MOLLE webbing to personalize their backpack with their accessories in a way to suit them. If all this wasn’t enough, Highland enhanced the backpack with cool patches and nylon hooks to carry even more of your stuff.

One of the best compartments in the mix of all these options is a tricot-lined pouch. This neat pouch has been made specifically for a smartphone, a GPS device or a pair of sunglasses. Please be aware that this pouch is not big enough for a tablet or laptop. Even though there is a sleeve, this isn’t protected with padding. Other features you should be aware of include back and strap mesh padding for a combination of comfort and breathability, along with adjustable sternum and waist straps for support. Highland is their name and tactical backpacks for men is their game!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Highland Stealth Tactical Backpack

The biggest Highland tactical backpack is this one. With a capacity of almost 40 liters, you’ll never be short of space. This is even more true when you consider that this backpack has two MOLLE designs added to it. Yes, that’s right! Owners of this tactical backpack have the luxury of two different types of MOLLE webbing to personalize their backpack with their accessories in a way to suit them. If all this wasn’t enough, Highland enhanced the backpack with cool patches and nylon hooks to carry even more of your stuff.

One of the best compartments in the mix of all these options is a tricot-lined pouch. This neat pouch has been made specifically for a smartphone, a GPS device or a pair of sunglasses. Please be aware that this pouch is not big enough for a tablet or laptop. Even though there is a sleeve, this isn’t protected with padding. Other features you should be aware of include back and strap mesh padding for a combination of comfort and breathability, along with adjustable sternum and waist straps for support. Highland is their name and tactical backpacks for men is their game!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Fieldline Alpha OPS Tactical Backpack

The next brand and their innovations we’ll be reviewing are the works from Fieldline. This model of theirs comes in two fantastic colors which will help keep you under the radar in modern conflict zones. One of the best features on this tactical backpack is the two-liter hydration compartment. This pouch is fastened securely with strong Velcro so you will never lose your water in the heat of the desert. Just don’t expect the hydration reservoir to come with this backpack. You’ll have to buy that separately.

The bag itself has a lot to offer in terms of storage space and comfort. Inside you will notice an extra-large central compartment accompanied by mesh pockets that can be closed using a sturdy zip. Zip pockets are also located on one of the external pockets which are ideal for storing your more frequently used items. Never lose your essentials with this conveniently placed pocket! The second compartment inside the bag is also an impressive size. By separating the internal space, owners are able to more easily organize their tools and other gear.

To make the backpack as comfortable as possible, Fieldline has made sure owners of their invention can tailor it to fit them exactly as they like. The shoulder straps are fitted with a yoked system so they can be adjusted to the perfect fitting in seconds. To give an evenly-secured feel, they have also chosen to add a sternum slider which is also fully adjustable.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Fieldline Pro Series Tactical Backpack

Just like their other tactical backpack, this one also comes in a choice between black and coyote. However, that’s about the only thing they have in common. This is an extremely large backpack with a lot more room than the one we just saw. With nearly 40 liters of storage to play with, it will come in useful on a hunting trip with the guys, traveling for a business trip or on a simple hike with the family.

It does remain somewhat similar inside the bag because it also offers a large main are accompanied by zip mesh pouches to keep essentials. But if your essentials are going to be needed often, it would be wiser to store them on the MOLLE straps which feature extensively and wrap around the backpack. This is the best place to keep things like flashlights, bear spray and tools. Back to the inside again and where this one also differs is by including a sunglasses pouch. The pouch is lined with fleece to keep your eyeglasses or sunglasses protected while moving around.

It features a two-liter bladder to keep you from feeling thirsty. Note, the fluid reservoir is sold separately. All of this quality and classic tactical-backpack features are sold with a free lifetime warranty to keep you assured.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Fieldline Surge Tactical Backpack

Our final Fieldline tactical backpack will take us to their Surge model. It might be one of the smallest options coming from their boardroom, but it has something that none of their other backpacks has. In fact, this inclusion has only been seen once already and is something that will win over a lot of hot-weather hikers, runners and climbers.

This streamlined backpack doesn’t just provide you with a space to include a hydration reservoir, it also provides the reservoir and the required tubing. The tube has two points of access to tailor-make the backpack and the avenue of hydration to your preferences. Enjoy no more headaches shopping for the separate accessories and stay hydrated with this one tactical backpack purchase.

All-inclusive hydration doesn’t mean it falls short in other areas. It follows suit to the brand’s other creations by including MOLLE webbing for your small safety items and has a main compartment that includes soft padding and zippered closure. Even though the manufacturers haven’t advertised this area as a laptop or tablet sleeve, some past customers claim it can work as such depending on the size of your device. The second compartment lets you organize your gear. Not just because it separates itself from the main area, but because this section has a further three pockets.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) G.P.S. Handgunner Tactical Backpack

G.P.S specialize in making tactical backpacks for firearm carriers. They make their backpacks to safely transport multiple firearms and their ammunition securely and safely. We have four of their products to show you and will kick things off with their Handgunner Tactical Backpack.

Before we get to the main event., let’s take a look at the supporting features to this cool backpack. It has a number of pockets and storage options surrounding the main compartment. These pockets and sleeves have been specifically designed to store various other items needed for the range. They adequately hold up to two more magazines, plenty of ammunition, ear defense, cleaning supplies, shooting mats and much more.

Your firearms will be kept in the lower compartment of the backpack. This space can hold four vertically-stored handguns. They will all be protected on a foam cradle to avoid any scratches or other damage while on the move. This foam is of the highest of densities to make sure your valuable firearms don’t suffer any damage whatsoever. The foam is part of a cradle design. This means when you want to retrieve a handgun from the backpack the unit simply slides out of the lower compartment and slides back in when you’re finished.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) G.P.S. Tactical Range Backpack

One of their other range tactical backpacks is this model. While it is without question a backpack focusing on carrying firearms, it doesn’t abandon the other features of tactical backpacks as much as the last one does. This is evident in the inclusion of some MOLLE webbing with reliable triple stitching. This allows owners to carry even more essentials, but we wouldn’t recommend keeping ammunition and such here.

There have been specific pockets designed on the backpack to hold your magazines and ammunition. Four of them in fact – all with zips to ensure they remain secured at all times. It also has ID storage so you can display your cards and passes without worry.

In total, this tactical backpack for men can safely accommodate three of your finest handguns. These handguns are encased in a honeycomb frame to provide rigidness and unbeatable protection. Anything inside this backpack is protected and you sure know that your firearms are cared for. Most of this tactical backpack is made from water-resistant 1000-denier polyester and then coated in Teflon to make it an investment rather than a purchase. All of this quality comes in a choice between two colors – black or tan. We’d get the tan, what about you?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) G.P.S Range Tactical Backpack

The penultimate G.P.S tactical backpack we want you to know about is an awesome backpack for men. It has a lot of the same features as the one you just saw but also has a few extras that will undoubtedly swing your decision.

The same features you just read about include multiple zippered pockets for your magazines and ammunition. It is also packing three spaces for your handguns and again these are protected with a sturdy and rigid internal honeycomb frame. The same triple-stitched MOLLE webbing is not easy to miss and neither is the ID holder too. All of these are fantastic inclusions for any guy looking for a quality range tactical backpack.

Yet, these are not the same backpacks. If you could hold them, you would tell instantly because this one is made from 100% nylon. The features differ slightly too. This tactical backpack has some lucrative additions that any military reserve or range dweller will appreciate.

It has a rain cover that seamlessly pulls out for impeccable waterproofing when a sudden downpour strikes. It has a bungee cord that can be used to hang your targets as you head to the range. It even adds to the ID holder by providing a name placard in case your bag goes missing or you need to display a placard as part of a club. The waist strap has been added with even more padding as well, to make sure you’re comfortable when carrying multiple firearms and accessories. All in all, it’s an excellent tactical backpack for men who like to shoot.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) G.P.S. Handgunner Backpack

The last G.P.S product on our mission to uncover the best tactical backpack for men is another beauty. Like the first model from this brand that we showed you, this one can store four small to medium handguns. These will sit in an internal foam cradle to protect them from scratches or more significant damage. The cradle pulls out so you can retrieve the firearm you need then easily slide back inside the backpack.

The zippers on this backpack provide security but that is enhanced by the fact that these zippers have been designed to become lockable. Your handguns will never fall into the wrong hands with this safe and secure tactical backpack.

Its other features are a pick and mix of the other backpacks they’ve made. This product will allow you to display your ID, badge or security pass in its protective storage. This stops you searching for your ID every time you leave for the range. This backpack keeps you immaculately organized.

Along with this recognizable feature is another one. This backpack has a pull-out waterproof cover to protect your backpack’s contents when the skies open up. Its multiple compartments are complemented by a number of badges to show you what is to go where. For example, your binocular pocket has a badge depicting a set of binoculars. These badges are not stuck on with Velcro but are permanent. What a way to finish off our G.P.S showcase. Wouldn’t you agree?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) WolfWarriorX Military Assault Tactical Backpack

Now we’ve taken a look at some of the familiar faces on the tactical backpack scene, it’s time to take a look at some brands which may be less familiar to you. Although, we wouldn’t be surprised if you knew some of them! Don’t be fooled by the ones you’re not aware of, they’re on our buyer guide for a reason!

For instance, this huge tactical backpack from WolfWarriorX has us jealous of any owner. It’s a massive backpack ready to store all of your outdoor gear. Why is it so big? Well, it’s actually expandable via side clips. This makes it adapt to your load and carry your stuff in a compact manner, so it doesn’t slow you down. In fact, the main compartment can double in size depending on how you want to utilize it.

This model is all about how much it can carry. On top of the expandable core area, it has two pockets ideal for small accessories, a specific mesh pouch designed for a water bottle, sleeves for large electronics and a small section of MOLLE webbing.

One of its most innovative features is the inclusion of two electronic pouches on the shoulder straps. This means security guards have easy access to walkie-talkies, the everyday guy can easily grab his smartphone to take the incoming business call and nature wanderers can grab their camera in quick time. This Texas-based company even offer this excellent tactical backpack in eight awesome designs.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

19) Reebow Gear Tactical Backpack

Another large-capacity tactical backpack for men is the Reebow Gear Tactical Backpack. Specifically, it has a capacity of 40 liters that can be used to store protective clothing, tools and other vital resources. This would be an incredible bug-out backpack because its huge size is then made even better with extensive MOLLE webbing.

If you’re going to try and survive in the wild for a while, or if you’re preparing for a zombie apocalypse – this is your backpack!

It won even more points in the eyes of the Men’s Gear researchers by including a hydration pouch and in the way it’s manufactured. The materials scream quality. Looking over the bag you will see double or even triple stitching, cord pulls and heavy-duty zips.

To make the backpack comfortable, there is padding on the lower back and shoulder regions. This padding has been ventilated to help expel odors and keep the bag in prime condition.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Barbarians Tactical Backpack

If you’re looking for a bag that has it all at a wallet-friendly price, the Barbarians Tactical Backpack was made for you. It may feel small sitting next to the two previous models but it’s far from a small tactical backpack. With a considerable 35-liters to its name, it can house all the combat essentials or outdoor-pursuit accessories.

It has been made using 600D high-density fabric to provide protection against the elements and features a military-grade zip for smooth use at all times. When it comes to storage, this tactical backpack packs a powerful punch against its competitors. The backpack can be divided into four compartments for maximum organization.

Two of them are internal and can secure large electronics while two external areas are much smaller for more compact items. Speaking of compactness, this pack has multiple fabric tapes which enable the wearer to downsize the bag for streamlined use!

To round off an already great tactical backpack, this design includes MOLLE webbing too. Make use of all the sleeves, pockets and pouches – then use the MOLLE webbing for items you require quick access to! Whether that’s a baton, a flashlight or something more trivial like a tape measure, the MOLLE inclusion is a welcome addition.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

21) Reebow Tactical Shoulder Sling Backpack

Next up is the Reebow Tactical Shoulder Sling Backpack and it has everything apart from the kitchen sink and two straps. Albeit, both of these missing parts are intentional. From the start, you can tell this has been manufactured to last. It’s double stitched for added durability and has some of the most reliable zippers you’ll find on a backpack anywhere.

Inside the backpack, you will find enough space for all your essentials, including a sleeve for large electronics. Laptops and tablets up to 14-inches long can easily fit inside this pack and be fully protected. Your other items such as tactical gloves, compasses, flashlight, and tools will easily fit inside too.

Or, you can make use of the MOLLE webbing on the outside of the bag to keep these items more accessible.

It has a somewhat secret compartment on the back area of the backpack. This area is secured with Velcro fastenings and may be the perfect place to store a handgun and some ammunition. All of these items may have you thinking that the bag will be uncomfortable on one strap as you run and jump.

However, Reebow Tactical include an optional waist strap to make your movements more secure and comfortable. What will make you even more comfortable is being hydrated. This tactical backpack includes a pouch ready to cater for a two-liter reservoir for on-the-go fluids.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

22) 5.11 Tactical Sling Bag

You thought we were done with 5.11 Tactical? So did we – until we came across this outstanding sling tactical backpack. This is a customizable tactical backpack due to a number of features. The shoulder sling strap can be adjusted to cater to the wearer’s size.

The inclusion of MOLLE webbing also lets owners organize their backpack in a custom way that isn’t always possible with backpacks that lack this military-appreciated feature. It’s a great option as a small bug-out bag!

Other features include a communication pocket on the shoulder which is suitable for any communications device. We have only encountered this type of feature once before, so we still consider it an innovative benefit. Internal storage is well organized with multiple areas ideal for different possessions.

Some areas are secured with zipping for maximum security. Other noteworthy aspects to this backpack are a flag patch and a sunglasses sleeve.

One of the more flashy features is the hydration pouch. Although it isn’t supplied with the fluids reservoir, it is ready to accommodate a fluids tube! The whole backpack is made of 100% 1050D nylon to withstand harsh weather without falter. This tactical backpack is ready for battle – are you ready to take on the day?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

23) Red Rock Outdoor Gear Rover Sling Backpack

Red Rock Outdoor Gear may or may not be a familiar brand to you but there is one thing certain – they make good tactical backpacks. This model of theirs is made with similar quality to some of the best brands. To be exact, it’s constructed using fine 600-denier polyester then enhanced with a PVC lining.

Together, they make for quite the force against adverse weather and especially rain.

Inside the backpack, there are four different compartments. This lets you easily arrange your stuff so you can find it quickly in high-pressure situations. Never stop and rummage around too much and give your location away with this organizing tactical backpack for men! These four compartments are suitable for different things.

From a small first-aid kit to binoculars – all the usual items will fit. The manufacturers even claim that an iPad or similar-sized electronic device can slide into one of their compartments with guaranteed protection.

If you hadn’t noticed already, the Red Rock Outdoor Gear Rover Sling Backpack has only one strap. This is because, as the name suggests, it’s a sling tactical backpack. With this being one of the smallest models we’re featuring, the sling aspect is a natural match.

The backpack isn’t going to get overly weighted and cause any discomfort when running and moving around with a single strap running diagonally across the owner’s torso and shoulder. This strap is fully adjustable to make it even more comfortable.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

24) 3V Gear Slinger

Straight from their designers in Salt Lake City, the 3V Gear Slinger is a quality option. On any one of the product’s four different color options, owners will be able to utilize the inclusion of MOLLE webbing. This adds a personal flavor to this sweet backpack.

Add the small items that you frequently need to the webbing so you never have to keep stopping and rummaging through your backpack.

Like many of the others, this tactical backpack chooses 600-denier as its weapon of choice to battle the elements. What it has that many of the others have failed to deliver is a panel to increase the backpack’s rigidness. An EVA panel is applied to the back of the backpack.

This not only helps to increase airflow, but it also prevents any of your gear sticking in your back as you make your way through the jungle – or the urban jungle.

All of the backpack’s storage areas and compartments are easy to find. Simply retrieve one of your items by swinging the pack to your front – with thanks to the slinger design – and locate your gear. Within the myriad of compartments, you can find protective sleeves for valuable devices such as laptops as well as a pouch ready to fit a hydration reservoir!

3V Gear? More like 3-Day gear! This backpack would make the perfect bug-out tactical backpack and is supplied with a manufacturer’s lifetime warranty against any product defects!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

25) NPUSA Men’s Tactical Sling Backpack

The last tactical sling backpack on our shortlist for the best tactical backpacks for men is this one made by NPUSA. Like some of its competitors, this one is also manufactured using quality 600-denier nylon with a PVC lining. There is a good reason these brands choose similar materials to make these backpacks – they’re proven to work!

It includes a hydration pocket with a capacity of two liters. This is more than enough to get you through the Saturday hike with the guys, without the need to wrestle your backpack for your water bottle. At the top of this compartment, NPUSA has included a small slot so that owners can insert their hydrating tube for hands-free rehydrating.

If you would rather rehydrate in other ways, this backpack has a bottle holder included. Your cold beer or energy drink can sit on your backpack and lock down with a drawstring. Cheers to that!

Away from storing fluids, the options are just as impressive. All of its compartments are secured with a heavy-duty zip. In total, there are five different compartments which are quite substantial for a 15-liter tactical backpack.

Three zip pockets are located on the front of the pack, there is the central large compartment and the aforementioned fluids compartment. Just remember that if you use this space for something else, there is still a small opening near the top! These storage options aren’t even counting the extensive amount of MOLLE webbing on the product.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

26) Razer Tactical Pro Backpack

This tactical backpack is manufactured with the exact same materials that are used in producing military flak jackets. This paints the perfect picture of how durable this tactical backpack really is! Not only is it water resistant, but it’s also exterior so tightly woven with the best ballistic nylon that it is impossible to scratch it and you have no chance of tearing it.

A tactical backpack for life? We certainly think so.

The design and placement of its pouches and compartments are replicated off military bags but includes space for your laptop too. This is also the reason why the backpack uses MOLLE webbing between its external pockets. To carry all your items in comfort, the back and the straps of this model are thickly padded.

This helps you feel your load even less but to enhance weight distribution further, wearers can utilize the backpack’s chest strap. This chest strap is adjustable for the perfect fit every time.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

27) Reebow Gear Military Tactical Rucksack

Reebow Gear could have argued to have had their own section on our buyer guide. Here is another one of their exceptional tactical backpack creations. The highlight of this design is its ability to carry important electronic devices and protect them as you go.

Smart school guys, military personnel with important data and office workers will love this option. If you have a laptop or tablet below 15.6-inches, we want to tell you more about a backpack for you.

To avoid back sweat and to keep the pack feeling fresh, the shoulder straps and back section are put together using a breathable mesh. The whole design is double stitched so you know that this is an investment, not a purchase.

Along with the multiple compartments, you can find MOLLE webbing and some of the usual perks that backpacks in this league have.

However, one of the coolest things about this laptop tactical backpack is in the top flap. This flap can store a fleece, jacket, sleeping bag, and even a skateboard! Military guys stick to the tanks but for the city dweller, this is a neat little capability of an under-the-radar backpack.

Under this flap is an awesome X-type lock which is protecting the main compartments. This is one of the best we’ve seen, and you’ve earned this quality option by waiting this long to see it. A bug-out backpack and a commuters’ backpack in one!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

28) PANS Military Tactical Backpack

On the home straight now and one of the final tactical backpacks for men you need to be aware of is the PANS Military Tactical Backpack. This one is all about its electronic spaces, but before we dive into that like a marine off a bridge let’s take a look at its other features.

Along with the laptop storage, there are other compartments for notebooks, pens and whatever else you may need to carry to the military, or any other, offices. There is a D-ring on the outside of the backpack to hand identification or security passes and not to forget the inclusion of MOLLE webbing.

One of the most unique things about this product is its transformability. At one moment it is a laptop tactical backpack. However, one of its straps can be removed to create a variation of the tactical sling backpack. There is a third option too! The top handle allows it to be carried like a regular man bag.

This handle is reliable and could even be used to grab and run with the backpack in dangerous situations that require you to act fast.

The electronics sleeve is one of the most well-padded areas on any tactical backpack you’ll ever find. This level of security will be a welcome addition to anyone braving the rush-hour train with people bumping you in every direction. Don’t get a scratched laptop – get this laptop tactical backpack instead!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

29) Batman Tactical Backpack

We might be finishing with what looks like a less serious tactical backpack option, but this one means business from Gotham to Georgetown. It is made with 70% polyester and offers numerous compartments to store the climbing essentials, the combat necessities or just the next meeting’s brief.

One of the best things about this tactical backpack is that it’s super easy to maintain. You can wipe it clean with no issues.

The other phenomenal thing about his design is in its laptop compartment. You knew it was coming right? This laptop sleeve has been lined with fleece to prevent unwanted scratches and enhance its safety. The other pockets are all zippered and have internal organizers to keep you in check.

The main area has a zip then there are two front pockets and two side pockets all with zips too.

Wearing this tactical backpack may not give you Batman’s abilities but it will certainly feel comfortable. The shoulder straps are padded and adjustable and they are accompanied by compression straps. What you won’t know until you head out on an evening is that the bat logo on the back of the backpack will glow in the dark.

Now you have a tactical backpack conundrum on your hands!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Are You Going To Bag One?

Did you find one of the best tactical backpacks for men on our list perfect for you? We sure hope so! These are some of the most trusted brands on the market. With the likes of SOG, 5.11 Tactical and G.P.S – you cannot go wrong!

Remember to think about your specific needs with a tactical backpack before you go charging around the digital aisles like a blind bull. There are different types available and they don’t all offer the same features. Some of them haven’t even been designed for the same activities.

Whichever one you pick, we’re sure you’ll be a happy camper… or a happy soldier, a happy rock climber, a content commuter or a satisfied security guard! Thanks for joining our buyer guide and we look forward to welcoming you to more cool discussions about must-have men’s gear very soon!

February 14, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 29 Tactical Backpacks Reviewed
0
1258

Best 20 Large Family Camping Tents

I

nstead of getting too familiar with your Auntie Jean’s mustache or your Uncle John’s bunions, get a quality and sizeable family tent for your next camping trip instead. Family camping tents, along with a carefully-selected invite list, are the most important things when preparing for your family’s mini adventure.

Although you can’t choose your family, you sure can choose your next family camping tent!

Getting a family camping tent doesn’t just need to be saved for the annual trip to the mountains with your nearest and dearest. You can also use the tent with your buddies on hiking expeditions, fishing trips or just your regular guy’s weekend away.

Whether you want to recreate your own family camping trips as a young boy or just use it as a sneaky cover to be allowed on more adventures with the guys, they’re a great buy at any time of the year.

The only problem with finding a quality tent is that there are so many options – maybe too many. The extensive choices can be almost enough to make you stay home or give in to the idea of a boring spa weekend in the country.

To keep you engaged with your caveman side and keep you free from facials, we have rounded up the best family tents currently on the market.

Our choices come from the best brands in the business and are camping tents you can always rely on. They’re perfect for different sized families with different needs. But, just before we impress you with these amazing tents, you’re welcome to browse through our top tips and advice!

What Types Of Large Family Camping Tents Are Available For Camping?

Tents come in all shapes and sizes to fit the needs of different families. A family tent can be small for you and your little ones or have multiple rooms to cater to your immediate and extended relatives. Any family tent can be put into one of two categories.

They can either be an instant tent or a non-instant tent. As expected, instant tents can be put up much quicker than their counterparts – but more on that later!

From these two categories, a tent will have a specific design. Some designs are made for small families only, while other tents can be for a family of any size. The smaller designs are dome tents that get their shape from their flexible overlapping poles.

These are somewhat similar to geodesic tents which are aesthetically similar to dome tents but are a little lower and the poles cross to create triangles. Another example of a family tent for smaller families are elevated tents. These are the easiest to spot because they sit on short legs and elevate campers slightly above ground level.

Yet, many family tents make use of the cabin design. Cabin tents cater for suburbia’s married couple and their 2.5 children up to really big families of 16-and-more people. They look more like a cabin because their sides are vertical and often have multiple rooms.

Another tent design that caters for various family sizes is the yurt bell tent. This family tent is a bit special and we saved one for you right at the end of our post. Can you wait?

How To Choose The Best Family Camping Tents?

This is a good question and you’ve already started answering it by joining our camping buyer guide. There are many options available which can make researching them more stressful than having to put some of them up. Narrowing them down with our buyer’s guide will certainly save you time too.

We recommend making a list of your necessities and your desired features before browsing. This will help you find a family tent to match your needs without being distracted. It’s easy to be blinded by flash features you would never use.

Another hot tip is to look at reviews and read them carefully. Past customers are valuable in providing honest and practical advice when doing your tent shopping. On some platforms such as Amazon, you can even ask past customers your important questions to help you decide.

Along with our picks and other people’s comments, you can also choose the best family tent by taking into account some key considerations before hitting buy. It just so happens we have our key considerations right here…

What To Consider When Buying A Family Tent For Camping?

No tent is the ultimate tent. Offer a backpacker a family tent and a winter rock climber your average dome tent and their reaction will prove that. Here are nine key considerations before choosing the best family tent for you and your loved ones.

Capacity:

the king of all considerations must be the size of the tent and how many people it sleeps. Be careful because some manufacturers use the capacity to their advertising advantage. Sometimes a four-person family tent actually means two adults and two children.

If you’re buying a tent for an upcoming adventure with the family, you may want to consider the size of the tent for other uses. Could you use it for weekends away with your wolf pack? Do you expect more pattering feet around the house soon?

Buy a tent for the long term, not just next month’s trip.

Seasons:

check for the rating of the tent in terms of what seasons it can be used in. The best tents are perfect for three to four seasons. If you’re heading off somewhere especially cold you will need a four-season tent, which is going to cost a little more.

All our upcoming favorites are three- or four-season tents.

Trial weight:

If you’ll be driving to your pre-booked campsite and staying put to enjoy the pool and other amenities, there is no need to consider trail weight. However, if you’re going to do some wild camping and move from place to place, it’s best to look for family camping tents with a light trail weight.

Either that or let your girlfriend carry it.

Assembly:

in just a moment we’re going to get into this in a bit more detail. For some campers, how the tent assembles is nearly as important as the capacity it holds. Standing around staring at the ground and different-sized poles is not a good way to start the holiday.

Unless you have good patience, there are some other innovative options. More will be revealed, shortly.

Doors:

many bigger families will not want a single door to get in and out of their tent. That wouldn’t be convenient if one of you took an early night or one needed to “pop-out” in the very early hours. Instead, the number of doors on the tent should be part of your considerations.

You may also want to look for D-shape doors, these are much more convenient to pass than T-shape doors.

Rooms:

do you need privacy? Some family tents have different rooms which come in useful if you’re going camping with other couples. The alternative is a bigger social area. Whereas a huge social area may be better if the weather sends you inside, the additional privacy may be more than welcome to campers who are guaranteed hot evenings.

Some family tents even have detachable dividers that can accommodate the company they keep. We have two of those for you below!

Storage:

storage is important in a tent and we’re not just referring to those mesh pockets. They’re important, and while we’re at it, they’re better when raised to avoid your drunk uncle standing on your smartphone. However, more important is the amount of storage you have in the other parts of your family tent.

Do you have a porch? Or a canopy?

These are the best places to store wet and dirty clothes and to keep your sleeping area clean. If you have a lot of stuff and no more room in the car, it may be worth considering a bigger tent and designating a spot to some items.

Ventilation:

if you know your socks have a questionable odor or haven’t been able to pluck up the courage to tell your wife about her camping breath, it’s best to just buy optimal ventilation. Ventilation in a tent is really important to keep odors away, but it’s also useful to increase comfort on a warm night and just generally improve the quality of air in the tent.

Additional features:

It goes without saying that the more impressive features the better, but don’t blow your budget on something you’ll hardly use or could have done without. Keep an eye out for internal lighting, a space for a stove, room for a real king-size bed, mesh shelving, material to block out the sunlight, glow in the dark ropes and more.

Oh, that got your attention. Keep reading to find out about all these features on what we think are the best family tents currently on the market.

What Brands Make The Best Family Camping Tents?

The camping market is very crowded but thankfully there are lots of different brands making top-quality family tents. This may make it more difficult to narrow down your choice, but it also means you have a choice!

Some of the best brands are included below. But we didn’t go straight to the known manufacturers to compile our camping list. We gave everyone a fair shot and found some hidden gems along the way. Nevertheless, some of the best tents below come from some of the most reputable providers of family tents.

Namely, the likes of Coleman, Core and Alps Mountaineering can be found multiple times in our top 24.

These are all respected brands and continually provide quality tents alongside excellent customer service. For example, Coleman’s testing on their own products is so strict that they often send their own designs back to the drawing board before allowing them to be bought by you.

We’ve explained some of these tests as you venture through our list to give you an idea of their high standards. The other top brands are very similar and always bring their camping A-game.

How Do You Put Up A Tent?

Ask your grandad how he used to put up a tent. Don’t be surprised if he lays down detailed blueprint plans like a war general. Nowadays, the best family tents aren’t set up in the same way. They have advanced technology which allows them to be pitched much faster.

Moreover, there are many other ways of setting a tent up than there used to be. Let’s run through them…

The traditional method:

usually accompanied by bickering, head scratching and maybe even some cursing; the traditional method of putting up a tent is being phased out by the best tent manufacturers.

This involves assembling long tent poles via clips and threading them through the inner part of the tent. Followed by adding the external part of the tent and securing it down in multiple areas. Newer tent makers have taken the stress and partial guesswork out of this process by adding color codes to the tent poles.

Some have even made their pole sleeves sealed to prevent snagging as you shout “push” and “pull” from opposite sides of the tent.

The pop-up method:

more recently, there are quality and innovative tents that take just seconds to be pitched and collapsed. With the touch of a button or the release of a strap, these tents fully erect themselves ready for you to add some ropes or secure it down in vulnerable areas. These tents frequently, but not exclusively, come in a more rounded carry bag.

The pre-assembled design:

the efficiency of the pop-up method is rivaled by modern tents with pre-assembled poles. What this means is that the poles have already been placed inside the tent when neatly stored in their accompanying travel bags. Campers simply have to unpack their tent and clip the poles together and lock them in a couple of key areas.

The tent will then simultaneously become erected.

You’ll find all three of these methods below within our feature list. So, whichever one you prefer, we have something in store for you!

Where Is The Best Location To Set Up A Tent?

As you get closer to your camping destination, the excitement of a weekend away from the hustle and bustle of the city can soon hit. But, don’t let this excitement make you rush your camping set up. Where you choose to pitch your tent is very important.

The first thing to look for in a great camping spot is the surface. You need to find a level surface so you and your fellow campers aren’t sliding into one another. If you can’t find anything level then make sure you place your head up the slope.

You also need to check the surface for debris and rocks that may give you an uncomfortable night’s sleep. Tomorrow’s hike is going to be a lot less fun if you have a knot in your back and can hardly keep your eyes open.

Another fantastic tip is to avoid hills. Many rookie campers may be mistaken in thinking the bottom of a valley is the optimal position to be sheltered from the wind and sun. But, ask the same camper what they think of their decision when they wake up in a gigantic puddle of rainwater.

By no means does this mean you should let your tent be overly exposed to the wind. You should still attempt to find shelter from chilling gusts. If you’re struggling to find a significant hideaway, you should make sure your door faces away from the wind.

Facing a door head-on into the wind can cause ropes or flaps to be blown around and these noises can prevent you from getting some well-deserved sleep.

One of the elements that need to be avoided the most is the sun. The sun’s rays will not only cause your tent to feel more like a sauna, but it may also even damage your tent over the long term. There are not many worse feelings than being woken too early by a blistering sun after a night of a few too many beers with your hotdogs.

To avoid this, find a shaded spot between trees – but also consider where the sun will be rising from in relation to your position.

Keep these tips in mind when setting up camp. Remember to consider all these factors when putting up your family tent and try to get to your spot early. Setting up a tent in the dark is the key ingredient for a premature family-holiday argument with a side of mosquito bites.

When you leave your super location, also remember to take your litter and other belongings ready for the next smart camper.

The Best Tent Extras You Can Buy

You’ve seen the advertising pictures. A happy family smiling while they enjoy a picturesque scene and some delicious food. So, why is it that many of your family camping trips are never like that? If your trips are more soggy socks and shivering than sizzling sausages and sing-alongs, it’s time to consider some tent extras.

There are some items you can add to your family tent to make the getaway much more enjoyable.

When the weather forecast lied, and you’re sat in the cold, you probably wish you had a heater that is specifically designed for a tent. You can get just that. There are specific tent heaters on the market to turn sad campers into happy campers.

On the other hand, if you’re sat in your family tent gasping for fresh air and feeling hot and sticky, some clever people have made tent fans to freshen up you and your tent. Both of these products come in different sizes to suit different sized tents.

These are definitely worth it if you’re camping in locations known for adverse weather or at the hottest and coldest times of the year.

Without blowing your mind, another great addition to the camping arsenal is a tent carpet. The obvious benefit of having a carpet inside your tent is that it will certainly make it more comfortable. Yet, there are other benefits that aren’t always realized straight away.

A tent carpet improves insulation, so you stay warmer and it helps protect the tent from damage. It even reduces the amount of noise as you move around and get up in the middle of the night – not to mention the style factor! Are they worth it?

Only to some.

If you’re staying put on your camping adventure they’re a must-have, but if you’re hopping from location to location they’ll fast become an annoying hiking buddy.

A third tent extra you should be considering is a tent extension, or often referred to as a tent canopy. These give you that bit more sheltered space to store your belongings. They’re a great place to store your muddy gear that, if you dared leave near your wife’s pillow, would have you sleeping under the stars – whatever the weather.

They’re also a great place to socialize and dine. It’s apparent that they’re very multifunctional and a great addition for many family camping holidays.

What Are The Best Tips To Make Your Family Camping Trips More Awesome?

Now you have an idea of all the main gear you need for the best camping adventure, it’s time to consider what else you may need and what you will do. We know you’re going to enjoy the view with a cold one in one hand and a plate of chicken wings in the other.

But, what about the other times when you’re not hiking, fishing or self-indulging? To keep the whole family happy, here are six top tips to make your urban escape even more awesome and some tips to help it run smoothly.

Test your camping gear:

this includes your tent! Trial and test all your gear to make sure you don’t end up in the middle of anywhere with a hole-stricken tent and a torch without batteries.

Pack games or make your own:

make your hikes and evenings more enjoyable for you and the kids by taking along some family games. You could bring along the household’s favorite board games or rely on the classics such as I-Spy. Or, how about getting more creative and making an orienteering adventure or an active treasure hunt?

Pack duct tape:

duct tape is the campers’ savior. It comes in handy when you rip part of the tent or are trying to make a washing line.
The little details matter – remember to pack the smaller items that make a big difference. Put the likes of matches, a bottle opener, coffee, marshmallows, a mallet, camping cutlery, kitchen roll and other necessities at the top of your list.

Try solar power:

solar power may be the best way to make your camping experience even better. With some planet-friendly power, you can decorate your area with lights and have fun with the kids while doing it.

Stackable organizers:

before you argue who lost the car keys, take a stackable organizer to make everything go to plan. These little storage units are perfect for separating your items and go beyond the internal storage offered inside most family tents. They will definitely save you some time from playing hide and seek on your own.

So, should we get to the best 20 tents now?

1) Kodiak Canvas Flex-Bow Deluxe Eight-Person Tent

We had to ease ourselves into the camping lifestyle by first trying out a family tent of the highest quality. To do that, the first tent we reviewed was this eight-person tent made of duck canvas. Does that mean it can float when the rain pours down?

Unfortunately not, but it does mean that this is arguably one of the most durable and watertight tents on the market at the moment. In fact, this tent is a marine-grade family tent!

This large camping tent has a lot of cool features that can be admired and utilized in any season. It has two D-shaped doors you can glide through and it’s spacious enough to let anyone that’s six-and-a-half feet or under fully stand up.

The designers have added four windows that are all larger than normal so you can admire your setting while simultaneously enhancing airflow and managing the tent’s temperature. This is as well as two strategically-placed vents!

This family tent can even be put up with only a single pair of hands. It oozes longevity from its duck canvas shell to its heavy-duty steel rods to its extra-durable zippers. You would be quackers not to get one!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Coleman Evanston Dome Tent

Another spectacular eight-person family tent is this one from the happy campers over at Coleman. This is a brand who know a lot about tents and we’ll be showing off some of their other designs as we go. This family camping tent has a lot to offer.

Even though it doesn’t have any outlandish innovative features, it does the fundamental things well.

It’s predominantly made from polyester and even has a patented floor and seam design which is exceptional at keeping campers dry. To keep the rain away, even more, it has cuffs surrounding the zippers to keep the whole design watertight.

They have added a screened room to the tent to give evening discussions a shield from pesky critters. This screened-off area is great for watching the stars without worrying about bites from mosquitos or flies sipping your beer. It’s also used as a way to enhance air ventilation through the family tent and it can double as a sleeping area on dry summer nights.

One other cool feature is mesh pockets to keep your frequently needed items at an arm’s reach.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Core Nine-Person Instant Cabin Tent

The third family tent on our camping radar is the Core Nine-Person Instant Cabin Tent. It offers some awesome things that the previous two didn’t have, including the option to bring along one other family member, a family friend or just the family dog.

This tent has a phenomenal pitching time. Within one round of I-Spy, the family tent can go from its carrying bag to being erected. It takes just a minute to get the tent up because this is one of those tents that has its poles pre-inserted. There will be no snagging the pole on the tent and almost ripping it here.

Simply lock in the poles at three different points and begin to enjoy your fantastic family tent.

A minute later, once inside, the whole family can make use of hanging storage to keep your valuables off the floor, an adjustable ground vent for tailored airflow and even an electric cord!

Yes, that’s right!

This family tent has an electrical cord port where you can slide through a smartphone charger or whatever other electrical appliance you brought along for the adventure. Don’t worry, this access point can be fully closed when not being used to maintain the tent’s enjoyable temperature.

The inside of the tent may also be adapted due to preference and needs. There is an attachable room divider to give a little more privacy or leave it off for socializing and an open living environment. Everything you need is included and it comes in a neat and tidy carry bag.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Browning Camping Big Horn Two-Room Tent

Just like the previous three manufacturers, Browning Camping is a big player in the camping scene. Browning put their creations through some rigorous testing to make sure they are going to withstand the harshest elements. If it’s on the shelf with their name on it there’s no doubt it passed with flying colors.

The design is a free-standing family tent which will not require the extra time to peg it down and tighten ropes. This is convenient when pitching your tent, but you can use accompanying ropes if you want even more resistance from the elements.

This is another family tent that has been divided into two rooms, which is great for a little more privacy. Or, you may just find yourself sharing with the kids if you’re in your partner’s bad books. Let her have the last hamburger, it will be worth it for the more spacious sleep.

Other noteworthy features on this family tent are its two wide doorways and many windows. The doors have been neatly placed to accommodate each of the two rooms. This may be one of the best-ventilated tents on our long list with a whopping six windows and even a mesh roof.

If you want to take a photo of the night’s sky simply reach over to one of the mesh pockets, take out your camera and create some family-photo favorites.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Ozark Trail 12-Person Instant Cabin Tent

One of the biggest family tents you’ll find is right here in the form of three-room cabin design. It’s so big, owners could fit in three queen-sized air mattresses. Or, lay out the sleeping bags and have room for twelve people. Bring the whole family and have a fantastic time with this exceptional and yet private cabin family tent.

From the outset, this tent is going to give you an enjoyable family camping experience. It’s another type of tent which is packed with its poles and rods pre-assembled. You just need to unfold the tent from its carry bag and extend the poles in the right places to unveil a solid structure.

One of the coolest things about this family tent is that it has ground ventilation. Let’s be honest, with twelve of you in there you’re going to need some ventilation. And, we aren’t just saying that because of your Uncle Albert’s smelly socks. What’s even more impressive is this ground vent is spacious enough to fit a portable air conditioning unit.

Is this the best large tent for the hotter family expeditions?

It features seven windows that can be completely closed to avoid the wetter weather and windy conditions. To keep you and your family dry, it also has immaculately-manufactured sealed seams. Together these design aspects make for a reliable family tent.

Once the midday sun arrives, set up camp for the second time that day under the front awning. This will give you plenty of shade to keep the UV rays away and your beer cool.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Core 10-Person Straight Wall Cabin Tent

There are lots of reasons why campers are choosing to buy this family tent and we’re on hand to tell you all about them. It’s a tall and large camping tent that can fit up to ten of the family. There are a couple of standout features we want to talk about but let’s start with the company’s special ventilation technology.

They have innovatively managed to create a ventilation system that can not only be adjusted but will cleverly draw in air from the floor of the tent and push heated air out of the mesh roof. This will stop your tent from becoming stuffy on an evening and help to expel odors.

To cater for the tent rush hour as the barbeque gets fired up or as the rain begins to pour, this family tent has two large D-type doors that lead into separate rooms.

Other nice features include an electrical cable port so you can still enjoy some of your home comforts when the sun goes down. This port will completely close when not in use to keep out the cold and the creepy crawlies. One of the additions this family tent has that the others have yet to provide is a lantern hook.

To keep the campfire stories going when the campfire has burned out, just head on inside and surround the lantern. The tent comes wrapped in two things. One of them is an expandable carrying bag for transporting convenience. The second is a 12-month warranty for purchasing protection!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Coleman Nine-Person Prairie Breeze Cabin Tent

Next to be reviewed is another Coleman family tent, but this time, they have made a cabin design instead of a smaller dome tent. You can invite your eight favorite family members with this tent or just eight of the guys? Whether it’s a family getaway or stage one of the bachelor party, you can enjoy some cool features in this tent.

You’ll be dry and warm all night thanks to a rainfly and the company’s special WeatherTec system. Once you’ve taken the time to find the perfect camping spot, you will be able to get it up in super quick time. Although it’s not an instant tent, they have cleverly made the pole sleeves continuous instead of in sections.

This means the pole will never snag and never damage the family tent. It also means your poles are completely covered at all times. Moreover, the poles clip together instantly so there will be no issues there either!

You better not start taking these e-ports for granted, but this is another quality family tent with a compartment to run a power cord inside. Yet, we haven’t told you about the best features. This is the only tent on our list that includes LED lighting! With some batteries or a rechargeable cartridge, happy campers can get some light to read a trail map or a book.

The light can even be tailored to your preferences with three different brightness settings. If you listen closely, you can hear campers rejoicing in the distance.

Other awesome features include oversized windows so you and the kids can watch your private nature show and pretend to narrate like David Attenborough, and exceptional ventilation to keep your family tent feeling and smelling fresh.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Marmot Limestone Six-Person Tent

You’ve made it to the one-third stage of our camping buyer guide extravaganza and we’ve seen some quality options so far. We certainly weren’t roughing it. We’ll continue the high standards currently being set with a look at the Marmot Limestone Six-Person tent.

Setting up this tent is made slightly less stressful because the manufacturers have added color codes to their poles. Even though it isn’t going to erect itself in seconds, this will be a welcome addition to traditionalists and will definitely let you concentrate on more important matters.

We mean sizzling a few sausages or heading off for some fishing of course.

There are a lot of awesome features on this tent that you’ve already heard above but are still lucrative additions to any family tent. These include a waterproof rainfly, reinforced seams, and D-shaped convenient doors. The ventilation system is also impressive and has been strengthened with Velcro to secure it down when the evening chill starts to hit.

Despite this being a dome tent, Marmot has attempted to reap some of the spacious benefits of a cabin tent. The tent has a pre-bend zone construction to make the sides of the dome more vertical. This gives the tent that extra few inches along the side and more importantly, increases the amount of headspace you have.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Coleman Instant Cabin Tent

Back to Coleman’s headquarters to take a look at a family tent that solves one of the ongoing annoyances when camping. This tent is one of their Dark Room range. What this means is the tent has been specifically designed to block out natural light and most importantly the sun.

This lets you sleep in longer and get a night of better overall sleep. It also means the tent doesn’t become too hot and uncomfortable. In fact, tests show that this tent will block 90% of sunlight and keep the internal temperature 10% lower than normal tents.

Convenience runs through the seams of this tent as it also has exceptional ventilation and pre-attached poles to make pitching the tent easier. How will you spend the pitching time saved? The focus on providing a dark and cool tent hasn’t detracted from its ability to withstand the elements.

Coleman actually put their family tents through weather simulation to see if they pass their benchmark for quality. They spray 35 gallons of water on their tents within ten minutes and if more than two tablespoons of water are found inside then they refuse to sell it until it has been improved.

All of this innovation and quality comes neatly packaged in a transporting bag that can be expanded for other accessories. Sold?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Tahoe Gear Ozark 16-Person Cabin Tent

This is the biggest family tent on our buyer guide and perfect for the whole family. It even has a master suite and comes in a choice of orange or blue, which may get the family bickering but its impressive features will certainly have the whole family agreeing once again.

The center of the tent has a height of seven feet which will let most of the family stand up and maybe even stretch in the morning. It has a polyethylene floor, a 12-cm polyester rainfly, and enhanced seams. Why do you need to know this? These three specifications make the tent one of the most waterproof on the market.

One of the most appealing aspects of this family tent is that it includes a fly canopy. For when the sun beats down a little too hard, relocate your deck chair under the canopy and enjoy a cold beer and some nibbles while you and the family watch nature unfold.

The canopy comes with ropes to make it even more secure when the wind picks up. One other great addition to this family tent is the extent of its ventilation. It has floor vents and mesh vents in all the crucial areas to create the perfect ventilation cross-flow.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Northwest Territory 10-Person Cabin Tent

Gather up nine other family members or leave your least favorite aunt at home and bring the dog instead. This ten-person-capacity family tent is another outstanding option for annual or avid campers. If you thought the last one was a tall tent, then be amazed as it has just been beaten by this one.

With a peak height of 7.2 feet, even the tallest of family members will be able to avoid a sore neck.

This is one of the brightest family tents as the large zippered windows allow light to flood the area and create a welcoming and fun environment. Just looking at it gives you a different feeling; it looks more like a small cottage than a family tent.

The tent can be divided into rooms and has an extra door for convenience. What adds to its convenience factor is the inclusion of wall organizers and hanging shelves. It’s that practical, you could have it permanently pitched up in your garden and use it as your next man-cave.

From the color-coded poles to packing it away in an expandable bag with wheels, everything about this family tent screams practicality and convenience. It’s certainly unique in a crowded market and already has a lot of fans.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Timber Ridge 10-Person Family Tent

Hold a family vote because the only real choice you may need to make is between getting a blue or green Timber Ridge family tent. This tent comes in a choice of colors, but the choice of impeccable quality is non-negotiable.

It has a lot of the stuff you’ve come to expect from the best family camping tents. Owners can make use of a room divider to create private quarters, five windows to let light inside the tent, watch the local wildlife or just help change the tent’s air. The rooftop ventilation will help as well.

It’s also packing two D-shape doors to enhance camping traffic flow and stop you falling over your sleeping bag. It even has an electronic cable port which they even recommend using for solar powering. We thought Timber Ridge designers used up all their good ideas on this family tent but obviously, they’re a clever bunch.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Wenzel Eight-Person Klondike Tent

Next into the Men’s Gear campground for detailed analysis was this unusual tent design. It has the features of a cabin-style family tent but also has the luxury of an added porch. The main cabin area has room for five of the family and the camping porch could even host three more in dry and warm months.

The porch has a screen to keep out mosquitos and other pests while also having a UV-ray and water-resistant shelter.

The awesome porch is a pivotal part of the design with a lot to offer. Not only does it allow you to enjoy the outdoors in comfort, but it may also feature as an area for your wet and dirty gear. This way, your sleeping area remain spotless for a perfect night’s rest.

Two windows in the main cabin area enhance ventilation further and work as nice finishing touches. We would get the grey one, which one would you get?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Winterial Double Outdoor Tent

Another unique design which seems to be growing in popularity for wild campers and those flocking to commercial campsites is the elevated tent. This elevated cot family tent is raised from the ground to give you a deep sleep that rivals your bed at home.

It’s raised from the ground to keep you away from small rocks, uneven ground, bugs, and any accumulating rainwater.

Not only is it a great small family tent, but it’s also the perfect family buy.

Why you may ask? It can convert into a lounge chair. Keep it as a lounge chair at home on the patio then take it away for the annual mountain adventure with the kids. This way, you get more for your money.

These designs are much easier to pitch and usually simply unfold with a couple of bits of slotting and clipping here and there. This one does just that and taking it down is even easier as its aluminum frame collapses in seconds ready to be stored.

It has added protection from adverse weather and includes four no-see-um doors. Nope, the cat didn’t just run across our keyboard. This is the name for family tent doors and windows that enhance ventilation but do not let insects through.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Wenzel Kodiak Nine-Person Tent

Although this family tent just falls short for the award for the tallest tent at 7.17 feet, it’s by no means lacking behind in size. With floor dimensions of 14 feet at each side, it’s a big tent that will let you write eight other invitations.

For the number of campers this tent can hold, it’s exceptionally lightweight and will not leave you lagging behind on the family hike to the waterfall. Setting it up is as breezy as the internal ventilation due to a simple pin-and-ring design that is easy to follow.

Once inside, you will be able to sit in one of two rooms and store your gear in the tent’s gear lofts. Or, make use of the cool hanging pockets. One of the most appealing parts of this tent is that it comes with a mud mat, so your sleeping area always remains clean.

This is a solid tent that has a lot of beneficial features. It even comes in a choice of blue, red and tan so you have more than one thing to decide than just this year’s camping destination.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Toogh Four-Person Family Camping Tent

This family tent is perfect for a family of four looking to explore nature in comfort. It’s made with robust materials that are more than capable of doing their job. Quality Oxford fabric which has been silicone coated will keep your dry in severe downpours.

However, the best thing about this tent is that it pitches itself! It’s a pop-up family tent which will go from a compact package to fully set up by simply lifting the top of the tent. To make it even better, it will automatically fold itself in just as quick a time.

When the weekend has exhausted you the last thing you want to do is pack up the tent. Instead, choose this family tent and let it fold itself by pressing the poles with color-coded labels.

Other aspects of this tent that you should be aware of before buying is that it has two large T-shape doors and mesh windows to improve airflow and cool down a stuffy tent. This mesh will also keep away troublesome critters too!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) NTK Super Arizona 12-Person Tent

Another large-capacity option is the NTK Super Arizona 12-Person Tent. This family tent doesn’t just look like some sort of space capsule, it walks the walk as well. Like one of the previous camping tents we showed you, this one has a detachable room divider.

This allows you to set the tent up for the company you keep.

The frame of this family tent has been made to withstand intense winds. The fiberglass rods house nanoflex cords to keep the structure nice and sturdy as the winds pick up. It battles the elements even further by extending the rainfly to completely cover the tent.

This rainfly provides protection against heavy rain and the sun.

Once you enter the tent, you will be greeted by some more of that impressive no-see-um mesh. Mosquitos can only be envious spectators to your games-and-snacks night. This sort of mesh also increases privacy when not using the rainfly.

Other cool design features are the tent’s D-style doors, a gear loft to keep your flashlight and water bottle out of the way and a label to personalize your tent in case it gets lost or left behind.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) Gazelle Pop-Up & Portable Tent

We’re on the home straight now but certainly not tiring of quality! The next family tent that was investigated by our researchers was this instant large camping tent by Gazelle. It’s another pop-up design which will keep the family peace and save time.

Even the attachable rain shelter connects to the tent in seconds. With easy-to-use snaps, the rainfly covers the whole roof with minimal effort and provides outstanding protection from intense rain.

The bottom of the family tent is as durable and protective as the other end. It’s made of polyester and the inside seams are secured in place with a special type of tape. This tape is removable, which lets you give it a shake to remove any dirt or sand.

Other reliable ruggedness is found on the tent’s zips. These zips have been made to not snag, break or leak water. From setup to sundown, this is a remarkable family tent guaranteed to be the backbone of an exciting family adventure.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

19) Coleman Four-Person Sundome Tent

Back to a Coleman design and this family tent is the only choice for those going to camp in notoriously windy locations. We already told you about Coleman’s strict and rigorous testing when it comes to rain. They apply the same difficult tests to their tents when it comes to the wind as well.

They simulate wind speeds up and above 35 miles per hour. If it breaks you aren’t buying it. The fact this one is available means it’s exceptionally brilliant at withstanding the wind.

They again add their snag-free continuous pole sleeves to this tent so setup is as seamless as possible and you aren’t at risk of damaging the waterproof material. The flooring is welded using a patented design and the seams have been inverted to add to the tent’s impeccable water resistance.

The tent also plays home to an electronic port so you can keep the electronic entertainment running or charge your smartphone with ease. When you’re not charging your phone, simply slide it into one of the internal mesh pockets so it doesn’t get trodden on by excited feet.

The whole design is nicely rounded off by a number of functional windows and ground vents.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Alpha Camp Eight-Person Cabin Tent

After reading about 19 of the best family camping tents on the market, you may be beginning to think there could be anything new and innovative to the following designs. Sometimes, even our smart Men’s Gear readers can be wrong. This light camping tent has a clever feature that we have yet to encounter up until now.

The tent’s rope has reflective materials added to it. No way will a late arrival to the campsite send your tent lopsided because they couldn’t see your rope in the low light. This is a cool little addition that can make a big difference. They have been a little different than the others in another way too!

They have made their internal pockets really big. Instead of fighting for smartphone space between the relatives, enjoy roomy and secure storage.

This family tent isn’t always singing and dancing to other tunes. It does have some state-of-the-art features that are common among the best family tents. The manufacturers have included an electronic port for 21st-century entertainment in timeless beauty.

And, they have added excellent ventilation!

The welcome flow of air is maintained using a large D-style door and a whopping five mesh windows. The mesh windows allow the tent to avoid becoming stuffy, keeps the bugs out and the views amazing. What’s not to like?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

How Was Our Pitch?

Well, that was a long one… Did you enjoy reading about the awesome features of these family tents? There are certainly a lot of options out there and even when we filtered out the junk, we were still left with 20 impressive options. With manufacturers like Core, Coleman and ALPS Mountaineering, it’s certainly hard to choose a favorite.

Remember to consider your own needs when picking the best family tent for you and definitely keep in mind all of our other key considerations we discussed in the beginning. These will come in useful and help you avoid many novice camping pitfalls.

We hope you found your next family tent on our buyer guide and remember to drop in again for more cool discussions about the best gear for men, right here on Men’s Gear!

February 13, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 20 Large Family Camping Tents
0
1031

Best 15 Coolers With Wheels In 2019

I

s there anything cooler than a cooler with wheels? Quite literally, no there isn’t, not out in the wilderness anyway. These things will be able to store your food, be used to be able to carry other items via being pulled along on wheels, and most importantly, keep your precious beers sitting at just the right temperature for days on end.

We have to be honest here, but cold beer is one of life’s priorities. They are easily more important than sauce on your burgers, bait on your hooks, bear spray, mosquito nets, clean socks, or anything else that you might need when fishing, hiking, camping, or enjoying a day at the beach. If you think otherwise, you’re seriously on the wrong website – cold beer is a an absolute necessity rather than a luxury!

Right, with that out of our system, we might as well get started on showing you some of the best coolers with wheels that your money can buy. We have reviewed 15 of these bad boys and tested them extensively. We have cooled hundreds of beers for the purposes of these tests and of course, drunk them all at various times in order to surmise how good each cooler is. We have put ourselves through every step of this testing to find which cooler cooled best, which cooler rolled best and which cooler we think you should be buying to make that ultimate “too cool for school” statement. It was a difficult job but we are always more than willing to put in the hard yards in order to help you make the right decision on any product.

So anyway, without further ado, here are the top 15 coolers with wheels that you will be able to find in 2019. These are not ordered in any particular order by the way, as while that was the original plan, they all got kinda mixed up after about the 7th beer so we gave up on that plan.

What are the main things to consider when buying a cooler?

Surely the first answer to this question is quite obvious? How many beers can a cooler hold and keep cool? You want a cooler with wheels that has ample space and can hold at least a case of beers in our opinion with a few inches of space for other less important stuff like food and water.

In all seriousness though, there are a number of factors you will want to consider before buying a cooler with wheels. Durability is very important as you will be taking these things across rough terrain. How many days of ice retention you’ll get is another, especially if you’re planning longer trips away from home. Ice retention is crucial to maintaining that chilled beer groove – what could be worse than finding that you’ve hiked for hours only to crack open a lukewarm brew?

You’ll then have to consider how much storage space a cooler has, how light and portable it is, whether it is leak-proof, and any of the other features that it might have. Regarding the latter, some will be able to double up as seats or tables, will have extendable handles, cup holders and built-in bottle openers, and even some LED lights on the inside.

As you can see, while your beer and its coolness is the most important thing with a cooler, there’s actually quite a lot of other factors that you should be thinking about before making a purchase. Some of you will even consider the color or design of a cooler if that is something that’s important to you.

What are the main benefits of wheeled coolers?

If you’ve ever tried to lug around a cooler that does not have any wheels when it is filled to the brim of beer, you’ll understand that this is not an easy task. In fact, you’ll probably need two of you to carry it about. This, of course, is fine if you’re only going to be moving it short distances at a time but if you’re planning on camping, hiking, fishing, or other activities that will mean it needs to be carried quite long distances, you’re going to struggle massively.

Thankfully, we as the human race are quite smart and a few years back invented these things called wheels. Pretty smart right? Well, an even smarter person then came up with the idea of putting some of these things onto the bottom of coolers so that they could be pulled around. Genius or what? Forget landing on the moon, this was the single most important moment in the history of the human race!  The ultimate “Eureka” moment for beer coolers!

So simply put, being able to move around your beer and food in a far more effortless manner is without a doubt the benefit of owning wheeled coolers. Are there any other benefits to them? Sure, they do the all-important task of keeping those wonderful tasting beers cold for when you’re ready to sit down, relax, and get completely hammered. Or sit and watch the sunset with a beer.  Or two.  Or three.  Or just getting hammered, of course!

How long do coolers keep drinks and food cold for?

Seeing as this is the primary purpose of a cooler, this is something you’ll want to learn about any particular model you’re considering buying beforehand. Some will be able to keep your beers cold for a good day or two while some of the better performing coolers will be able to keep you in a good supply of cold beer for longer than a week in hot weather.

You have to remember that not all coolers are the same in this regard with many cheap coolers which are obviously not included on our list, are not the best at retaining ice for long. There really is nothing worse than opening a cooler after just a few hours in hot weather to find a pool of water and lukewarm beers already.

Coolers with the better reputations are the ones to go for as they will state how long their coolers will retain ice and will generally be very accurate with what they’re saying. Some will openly admit if their cooler is designed to keep your stuff cool for a day, a few days, or for up to a week. Of course, you can expect to pay more for those that keep your ice for longer but this extra is certainly worth it if you’re planning extended trips.

1) 50-Quart Xtreme 5 Wheeled Cooler

So to kick things off we’re going to start with a 50-quart cooler from Coleman that will allow you to keep up to 84 cans of your favorite beer cool for as long as five days at a time…that is if your beer lasts that long anyway. The 50-Quart Xtreme 5 Wheeled Cooler is just one of a number of coolers from Coleman that you’ll find on our list which only goes to show how good and popular this affordable brand is – anything camping-related seems to have a Coleman product involved, so you know that you are dealing with experts in the field.

Coleman also likes to make sure that their coolers are more than just coolers by implementing some handy features. There are four cup holders molded into the lid which means you have a ready-made place to place your refreshing drinks while its sturdy design also allows it to become a chair – one that will cool your behind on hot days too!

You also have some of the more common features associated with coolers such as a telescopic handle and some heavy duty wheels which are both designed to make it easier to pull over rough terrain. Any ice that you place inside this Coleman cooler with wheels will be retained for a good five days in heats of up to 90 degrees Fahrenheit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Igloo Ice Cube 60 Roller

Igloo is another name that you’re going to see a few times on this list as they specialize in making some of the most popular ice coolers out there at the moment. Their Ice Cube 60 Roller is the first of theirs that we’ll be taking a look at and due to its low price it is an excellent option to consider.

This ocean blue cooler provides 60-quarts of storage which is larger than the Coleman above but due to its dimensions it actually holds a fewer amount of beer cans. Sacrilege right? Well, it’s not too bad as you will still be able to sup on up to 72 cans of beer on your trip. As for how long this cooler will keep those cans dry, you’re talking a good couple of days up to a heat of 80 degrees Fahrenheit.

Made of polyethylene, this solid cooler has a push button activated telescopic handle and two wheels that will help you move the thing around easier. You also have four cup holders on the top for when you want to crack open a few of those beers with your friends. All in all this Igloo cooler with wheels is a decent option to have and great value for money.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Coleman 55-Quart Rugged A/T Wheeled Cooler

If you wanted a cooler that is more rugged and that’ll be able to handle the rougher types of terrain you will witness when camping, hiking, and whatnot, the Coleman 55-Quart Rugged A/T Wheeled Cooler is one that we suggest you take a look at. It offers up large heavy-duty eight-inch wheels that have been designed to make traversing over rough terrain that so much easier.

Much like the other cooler with wheels from Coleman earlier on, this one will keep your food and beverages cool for up to five days in sweltering heats of up to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. Being 55-quart it will also allow you to store ample amounts of beer, food or whatever else you want to keep cool.

Other features of this cooler with big wheels include that of a locking telescopic handle, two anti-pinch side handles, four convenient cup holders in the lid, and a handy seat lid that will allow you to take your feet off for a while when hiking. This is an ice cooler on wheels that we would recommend to those that plan to use it a lot and in harsher environments.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Coleman Xtreme Wheeled Cooler

Well, we did warn you that there will be a few coolers from Coleman on our list and this 50-quart portable cooler on wheels is the latest of them. Utilizing the same heavy duty build that you will find across all Coleman cooler products, this is ideal for bringing along on hiking trips, to music festivals, or for some simply camping with friends.

Most of you will be thinking about cold beers but this cooler will also be able to store food.  Yes, we know that stuff that is not quite as important as beer but certainly something you’ll need to consume at least sometimes – but we understand the need to limit the amount of solids you want to put into your hydraulics on your trips! It will actually retain the ice that you put inside for as long as five days in hot conditions which means some ice cold beer for almost a week.

Furthermore, those beers when being drunk can be placed in the very handy cup holders that have been molded into the lid. Additionally, that lid also makes for a very convenient seat too but just make sure you take the cups full of beer off first. As for the style, if that’s really something that you find important with a cooler cart on wheels, you will be able to choose from a variety of color schemes.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Igloo Trailmate Liddup 70-Qt Cooler

If you really take your hiking, camping, or any other activity that will require you to bring a cooler along seriously, then you’re going to want a seriously good cooler. The Trailmate Liddup from Igloo is certainly that but it will set you back some serious cash compared to the others in our reviews so far.

Firstly, this thing is big and with 7-quarts it will hold up to 112 cans of your favorite beer. Secondly, it comes packed with additional features such as LED lights that light up when you open it in the dark,  big cooler wheels designed for rough terrains, a pullout removable butler tray, built-in bottle openers, and even some built-in fishing pole holders.

What we find most impressive about this big cooler with wheels is the build quality. It has aluminum and stainless parts rather than all plastic parts found in cheaper coolers. We also love how sturdy this thing is but considering the price we would not expect anything less. If you have a big trip planned or often go out into the wilderness with friends, this Igloo cooler is one we suggest you think about buying.  Can you put a price on cold beer?  We think not.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Igloo Latitude 60 Roller

If you were looking for an Igloo cooler with wheels that offers up ample storage and plenty of features but do not quite have the budget for the excellent Trailmate Liddup above, you might just be interested in their Latitude 60 Roller instead. Ideal for weekends away fishing, hiking, or partying, you will be able to keep food and drinks for days on end.

Although this is a fairly basic standing cooler on wheels, because it is made by Igloo, you can be confident that you’re getting great value for money. It has a solid build, will keep ice cold for as long as five days at a time, and has features such as cup holders, telescopic handle, and a mobile stand that you can use to place your phones, keys, or anything else of importance.

Leak resistant and using their innovative Cool Riser Technology, Igloo has once again created an affordable cooler that we are confident you’ll be delighted with if you were to purchase it. In fact, in terms of value for money, we have to say that this is one of the best coolers with wheels on our list.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Vibe Element 70 Cooler with Wheels

Although this is up there with the most expensive coolers on our list, the Vibe Element 70 is easily one of the best coolers with wheels that you will find. One of the best things is that it looks as good as it performs – that camo finish is just perfect when out camping, hiking, fishing etc.  This is a nice change from the bright colors of other coolers that don’t fit with the need for camo-driven trips.

As well as its obvious good looks, you can also enjoy its superior durability to almost any other cooler out there and its excellent features such as heavy-duty handles, integrated locking system, tie-down slots, and built-in bottle openers. It will also be able to keep ice for more than five days which means plenty of cold food and drinks whenever you need.

For all you beer lovers out there, this cooler will store up to 110 cans of beer but it probably will not be cold unless you use some of the space for some ice! At a 50/50 ratio of ice and beer, this means that you are looking at up to 55 cans of ice cold beer that can be stored for 5+ days in hot days.  We recommend experimenting with the perfect ratio – which is always a good excuse for a scientific trip!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Picnic at Ascot Ultimate Travel Cooler

If you’re just planning a day out rather than a weekend or longer, the Picnic at Ascot Ultimate Travel Cooler is one that we feel you should take a look at. It is smaller than most on this list at 36-quarts but it will still hold up to 32 cans of drink and keep it cold for a good 24-hours. It also doubles up as a general carry case when not being used as a cooler.

With detachable all-terrain wheels, you can simply pick up this bag and place over your shoulder when appropriate or put the wheels back on when the cooler is too heavy. As for the case itself, it is made from heavy-duty materials and is puncture and leak resistant. Your food and drink will always be safe as well as cold.

Summing up, this is the perfect cooler for shorter trips and is actually priced well too in our opinion. You can just imagine how much better a time you’ll have knowing that there is a cold beer waiting for you whenever the need shall arise.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Columbia Crater Peak 50

Another option for any short breaks is that of the Columbia Crater Peak 50, a cooler on wheels that will allow you store up to 50 cans of beer and keep it cold for at least 24 hours. This cooler comes with detachable wheels which means if you have a lighter weight, you can simply carry the cooler around on your shoulders.

Affordably priced, we have to say that the Crater Peak which has SuperFoam insulation, is leak-proof and easy to clean, is ideal for picnics, days at the beach, or log drives. Whenever you need a cold drink or want to keep food fresh, you can simply open it up and grab what you need. It will be cold, fresh, and kept perfectly.

A telescopic handle that is attached to the wheels can be used to pull this cooler around when full and when not in use, those wheels can be folded neatly away. All said and done, we have no problems with recommending this cooler as we feel it represents great value for money and good performance.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Igloo Transformer Roller

Igloo is back once again and this time with their 60-quart Transformer Roller cooler which offers up ample storage and features that will be extremely handy when you go camping, hiking or fishing. Any ice that you store inside to keep food and drinks cool will last a good 24-hours on hot days and even longer on colder days.

Igloo is known for their build-quality especially and that is what we like the most about this particular cooler on wheels. Not only does it perform well by lasting a day or more filled with ice but it is also extremely sturdy and durable, and comes with some features such as a telescopic handle and solid wheels as well.

This cooler is also well-priced, another reason why Igloo coolers are so popular. Considering some coolers can cost three or four times what this one cost and that they are not that far ahead in terms of performance means that these represent a good deal. Sure, these are not ideal for longer trips but not everybody goes away for days.  A good addition to game-day trailer parties, BBQs or just general trips where you need to bring the party with you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Milee Heavy Duty Wheeled Cooler

If you wanted something a little more heavy duty, you’re not going to get many that are as rugged, tough, and sturdy as the Milee Heavy Duty Wheeled Cooler. This thing is big, a bit on the expensive side, but also extremely good when it comes to performance and added features. It will keep ice for up to five days in hot weather, is pretty huge and will, therefore, store tons of food and drink, and has a bunch of handy features.

The wheels on this thing are also big and tough and have been designed to allow for use on harsh terrain. They measure 7 inches in diameter and are made of a good quality non-grip rubber material. The cooler itself is constructed of what they claim to be an indestructible thermoplastic which just makes this thing tougher than Popeye after a can of spinach.

Features such bottle openers, locking plates, drink holders, cutting board divider, and a basket is just the icing on the cake. We can assure you that this large cooler with wheels is going to give you everything that you will ever need when it comes to cold drinks and food out in the wilderness.

It is 80-quart so will give you ample storage space for your food and beer, mainly beer of course, as you can just pick berries or something if you get a bit peckish.  This is the “US Marine Corps” option of the cooler world – go anywhere, anytime, with any amount of chilled beers.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Pelican Elite Wheeled Cooler

Another of the best coolers on wheels at Amazon in our opinion is that of the Pelican Elite Wheeled Cooler. This baby, much like the above Milee, is big, strong, durable, and packs in a good number of additional features other than just being there to keep your large number of six-packs ice cool.

Astoundingly, this cooler claims to be able to keep its ice retention for up to 10-days which makes it the ideal choice for longer trips. Furthermore, because it is made of strong polyethylene for the actual cooler and has heavy-duty wheels, it will be perfect for even the roughest of terrains.

On top of an excellent ice retention and solid build, this comes with a variety of additional features such as built-in bottle openers, a fish scale and cup holders on the seat, press & pull features which will keep it completely secure, and a built-in trolley handle. If you’re serious about your coolers and want one of the best on the market which also has a lifetime warranty, this is one you should definitely be considering.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Coleman Xtreme 5 70-Qt Cooler

We’ve reviewed a number of Coleman coolers in this list and while this one is not technically a wheeled-cooler, it is extremely portable and should definitely be considered if you’re looking for a portable 70-quart cooler that is affordable. Whether you’re going to a barbeque, camping, or to the beach, this cooler when filled with ice will keep anything kept inside it nice and cold for up to 5-days.

Carrying this nice looking cooler around is easily done as well due to no-crush handle grips on either end. Furthermore, you can also enjoy this cooler as a seat, rest your cups or cans of beer on it, and wipe it clean with ease.

Now that we have talked about some of its big features, we thought we would tell you about the one that you’re likely to find even more important. This is the fact that you will be able to store a whopping 100 cans of beer in this cooler – more than enough for a solid contribution to any outdoor party that you attend.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) EVO Premium Rolling Cooler – 50QT

If you wanted something that is not an Igloo, Coleman, or Yeti cooler with wheels, the EVO Premium Rolling Cooler is one that you might consider. It is a 50-quart cooler that claims to be able to store up to 72 cans of beer at a nice and cold temperature for up to 72-hours. Where this differs from other coolers on the list, however, is that it has been designed to be extremely lightweight.

This lightweight construction and design mean that it is one of the more portable coolers on our list. The best part is that this portability does not sacrifice the durability that the cooler provides. It is leak-proof, sturdy, and has all-terrain wheels that have all been designed to withstand quite a bit of abuse.

Another great bonus with this cooler is that when you purchase it, you’re given a free pouch worth $25 that can be attached to the front of the cooler. This gives you additional storage space for items that do not need to be chilled. All in all, this is a great cooler whether you are planning some tailgating, a picnic with family, or some fishing with friends.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) RovR Roller 80QT

Another cooler with wheels that is proving popular with campers, hikers, and partygoers is that of the RovR 80QT Roller. This is a very well made cooler that has obviously been designed to be tough, durable, and portable. Sure, it is a little on the heavy side even when empty but the aluminum wheels with 9-inch puncture resistant tires make moving this cooler very easy indeed.

The solid build that the RovR possesses means that it is about as close to beer-proof as you’re likely to get with a cooler. When you consider that alongside the days of ice retention that this thing can provide and the additional features that it has, you can be sure that you have yourself a quality cooler for all kinds of occasions.

You also have the choice of three different colors and a multitude of accessories that can be used with it which are sold separately. It might not be the cheapest cooler with wheels on our list but in terms of build quality, performance, and mobility, we feel it is certainly worth the cost.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Rolling On!

So, find your ideal beach, hike, trail or party cooler with big wheels among all that lot? If not then you’ve obviously been drinking far too much of that warm beer while reading our reviews. These are some of the very best coolers with wheels that you’ll find on the market right now. We have covered practically every type of budget, size requirement, and purpose with these coolers and are confident that there should be something that is the perfect fit for all of you.

Some obviously perform better than others, some are more durable, some more portable, some will cost more than others, and some will just be a good all-around cooler that is a jack-of-all-trades but a master of none. Which one you choose will depend on what you’re planning to use it for, how much you’re willing to spend, and how long you want your ice to last.

Hopefully, you now have a better idea of the many different coolers that are out that have the added benefit of having wheels. This will allow you to make a more informed decision as to which of them to go for. As much as we love cold beer, this really isn’t the only thing you should be considering.

If you’re still not sure which is the best cooler with wheels for you, go and read through the reviews again as we’re sure you will finally find the cooler of your dreams. We know you’ll not regret your decision whichever one you finally decide to go for.

February 13, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 15 Coolers With Wheels In 2019
0
737

Top 17 Men’s Dress Socks in 2019

S

ocks, not the most exciting of garments to talk about admittedly but at the same time, is there any other type of clothing that can be as annoying when they are of a very poor quality? Other than briefs that are far too tight around the groin area, we cannot think of many!

How many pairs of socks have you owned that have grown holes within a few wears? How many times have your supposedly good quality dress socks fallen down while wearing them? And the sweat, why do low-quality socks make your feet sweat so much? The problem is that as much as socks can be annoying, we still need to wear them unless we want our shoes to take the brunt of the damage and for us to look extremely silly when we sit down.

The good news is that while there are some pretty shocking attempts at sock wear out there, there are some shining lights as well. We have tested more than 100 pairs of socks extensively and have sometimes even smelt them afterward to determine which are the best men’s dress socks in 2019. All of these have passed the appearance, wear and smell test, so you can rest assured we have your sock wear locked down and tuned up!

Generally, we’ve been quite impressed, no not with the smells, but with the quality of socks that are around this year. In true X-Factor style, we had to whittle that 100 pairs down to our favorite 17 and those that you’ll see on our list below are those that have made the cut. Some others did come close and might have lost out to the poor foot hygiene of some of our testers but that is something way out of our control.

So what are you waiting for? Come and check out the very best dress socks for men that you’ll find in 2019!

What are the main benefits of wearing dress socks?

Other than to keep your tootsies warm and snug? Well, dress socks are basically the PC way of saying posh socks for formal wear that barely get seen underneath the suits that are worn above. As for the benefits, well they keep you warm, are comfortable, and make you look a tiny bit smarter than you would do if you were not to wear them.

Well made dress socks will also keep your feet from sweating too much by keeping them dry, will let your legs and feet breathe better, and will generally hide the smell of your smelly feet until your shoes are removed. Seriously though, if you unable to see what the benefits of wearing any socks are, you should perhaps start wearing some so that you do.

Difference between dress socks and regular socks?

As mentioned above, dress socks are designed to be worn when wearing formal or at the least smart casual wear. They are usually at least calf high while you will even find some that are mens over the calf dress socks which look almost like women’s stockings. Regular socks, on the other hand, will be the normal everyday socks that you will wear. Dress socks are designed to be smart to match the smarter attire that you’re wearing while also providing you with good levels of comfort, support, and breathability at the same time.

While dress socks in the main are very conservative in terms and style, you will still find some that will let eccentric personalities act a little rebellious by providing them with some bright and bold designed dress socks that they can hide underneath their boring suits. You know who you are!

What material are dress socks usually made of?

There are actually numerous materials that dress socks can be made of and for those of you that really do wonder what type of material it is that is keeping your little piggies warm, it could be cotton, wool, nylon, spandex or a range of other materials. Manufacturers will choose materials that are either better suited at keeping your feet warm, giving them support, or keeping them from getting too sweaty. Others will choose materials that are easier to clean as well.

Other materials include that of bamboo-type materials that are normally found in socks specifically designed for people that need more comfortable socks rather than purely desire them. This includes people that often have swollen ankles or feet, suffer from excessive sweating, diabetes or other conditions where comfort and care of the feet are paramount. Often overlooked, a comfortable sock can be the difference between a few hours of shuffling, sweating, slipping awkwardness or stylish, warm, supportive sock wear that can be a pleasure to wear.

Are dress socks usually comfortable?

They should be or you should be buying some that are. That being said, comfort is not always the most important consideration when people buy dress socks. Style, design, washability, durability, and many other considerations are made as well. That said, we personally feel that comfort should be one of the main reasons why you buy socks, especially if you’re going to be wearing them all day long. Wearing thin material for 8 hours is only going to be a distraction – cold, damp, sweaty feet do nothing to help you with your focus!

When we say comfort, we do not just mean that they feel comfortable when you put them on either. They should keep your comfortable throughout the day by keeping them dry, letting them breathe and most importantly, releasing them as much as possible from all that smelly sweat build up between our toes!

1) Calvin Klein Cotton Dress Socks

Did you know that Calvin Klein actually manufacture clothing items where you are not meant to display their brand name out from under your jeans? I know, crazy right? Who would have thought that underpants don’t have to be on display! Seriously though, as far as dress socks go, these are right up there. Made from cotton these socks are available in a range of different colors, are known for being very comfortable, have a great fit, and are machine washable to boot. The fit, in particular, is what we like as the 2% lycra spandex in the material really improves the stretch.

These are quite expensive compared to others but you have to remember that you are paying for the quality that Calvin Klein is renowned for. Simply put, if you are looking for durable but comfortable socks to go with your suit, these are certainly one of the better options.  The seamless toe ensures no annoying rubbing feeling that you just can’t fix.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Boss Hugo Boss Multistripe Mens Dress Socks

Technically a dress sock is not meant to be seen while at the same time they are there to prevent the potential for a man’s naked hairy leg to be seen. We know, this is quite an old and conservative thing but we are just spouting the facts here. Well, we have moved on in some ways in modern times and so have dress socks which are now moving away from just being bland dark colors.

The Boss Hugo Boss Multistripe Mens Dress Socks is a good example of this as they are available in three different multistriped designs that look and feel great. Stylish without being overly bold, these socks are primarily made from mercerized cotton, have a reinforced heel, and will look great under the suit of your choosing.

They might be a little more expensive than some of the others on our list but when you’re buying from the likes of Hugo Boss, you know you’re going to be getting top quality. These are giving you style and comfort at the same time – it would be awesome if Hugo Boss could diversity the variations on offer though.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) GoldToe Premium Men’s Canterbury Dress Socks

Good quality socks do not have to come with a top-end fashion name such as Calvin Klein and Hugo Boss and the GoldToe Premium Men’s Canterbury Dress Socks go some way to proving this. Coming in at the lowest price of our recommended dress socks so far, these are made of a combination of cotton, stretch nylon, and spandex which all give an end result of comfort and a perfect fit.

As for the features of these socks, they utilize AquaFX Moisture Control which keeps your feet nice and dry and a reinforced toe and heel that just enhances their overall comfort levels. You’ll also have a nice choice in terms of colors with everything from your standard dark colors right down to tan and khaki.  Combined with their excellent value for money, you can’t go far wrong with these comfortable socks.  Just be aware that over time they can drop.

Like GoldToe socks but are not overly keen on these ones? Then carry on reading as we have some more from these guys coming up a little later on in our list.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Dockers Dress Flat Knit Crew Socks

Dockers are another brand that is well known for creating extremely comfortable and durable dress socks for men and their Flat Knit Crew Socks are among their most popular with customers. How many times have you bought dress socks only to find holes in them after just a few times wearing them? With Dockers, you just know that you are getting a quality-made product that lasts as well as being a good fit and comfortable.  There’s nothing worse than feeling that toe starting to poke out at midday when you are still five hours from the finish line!

These socks are made of a good combination of polyester, cotton, and spandex which ensures a snug fit that contours to your foot and leg and rarely drops. These are not quite as stylish as men’s designer dress socks but are more than good enough to be used under your suit at work. In fact, we recommend you buy a few of them so that you have more than enough to last you through the week – turning them inside out is not going to work in this scenario!  A few more color options would have been great from Dockers on these.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Goodthreads Patterned Dress Socks

Quality dress socks do not have to come with a world-renowned brand name as who in the hell is even going to know that you are wearing Armani socks in the first place (unless the next fashion trend is to tuck trousers into branded socks – and we hope that’s not coming anytime soon)? However, while leading brand names are more expensive, they do usually offer far more quality in terms of design and quality. With Goodthreads patterned socks you are still getting decent quality and designs that are, well eye-catching to say the least.

From colorful stripes, polka dots, and even animals these comfortable dress socks have certainly been designed for the bravest of men out there. They are machine washable, have a nice fit, and have reinforced heels and toes as well as ribbed cuffs to enhance an already high level of comfort.

Sold in packs of five at a great price, these are certainly some of the best men’s dress socks for those of you that like to save a bit of money in the sock department.  They have been reported to be a bit on the thin side, so you would need to decide if these are the socks you are looking for.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Dockers Argyle Dress Socks

Product Description

This is the second Dockers dress sock to make our list and much like the first, these are a great option to have when wearing your smart attire. With a stylish design that is not too bold, the Dockers Argyle Dress Socks would be an ideal sock to wear to work, weddings or any formal get together.

As for the quality of the socks, they are made from a good cotton and polyester blend that makes them extremely breathable and they have a number of comfort features that allow them to stand out from their competitors. These include being non-binding which means there is no elastic band at the top which can prevent circulation and having what we call a Viagra non-slip feature which means you can be confident that they stay up at all times.   Reportedly a little “over-snug”, make sure you check the shoe-size you need.

Last but not least, Dockers is a brand that is known for delivering quality at an affordable price and this is once again the case with these cool men’s dress socks.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Easton Marlowe Classic Dress Socks

Why not bring a bit of color into your daily get up by wearing some Easton Marlowe Classic Dress Socks underneath your smart suit? At a great price considering you get six pairs per pack, these colorful/patterned were designed and manufactured in Europe and therefore consist of a very good quality in terms of comfort and design.

Made from the finest cotton,  these dress socks are soft, fit exceptionally well and are even pre-washed before putting on sale so to prevent any future shrinkage. Eaton Marlowe may not be the biggest name in sock making but if these socks are anything to go by, they certainly have a bright future.  The fashionable designs that are on offer from Easton Marlowe give you a chance to express your personality and personal sense of style.

If colorful is your thang but you are not sold on these particular socks, keep reading as we have plenty more brightly colored socks coming your way.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Marino Fun Dress Socks

Ideal for the office joker or those of you with a more eccentric fashion sense, Marino has a range of men’s fun dress socks that are definitely worth checking out. Fun socks might be seen to be low quality usually but in the case of these ones, they actually fit very well, rarely drop, and are extremely durable.

Comfort is another area where these wacky dress socks excel as they allow your feet to breathe but keep them nice and dry at the same time. As for the crazy designs themselves, make sure you’re wearing your best sunglasses when you open up your package as some of them are bright and colorful to say the least.  Coming in a 12-pack, you have a lot of options with these – that’s a few weeks of office colleagues wanting to see what socks you have on to stun them with!  The comic designs are sure to help you make your stamp in the office!

Did we mention that you also get a three-month warranty with these babies? This means if they are not quite as eccentric as you were hoping, you can just send them back!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Bombas Solid Dress Socks

No matter who you are, once you have read the twin reasons why Bombas socks were founded you will instantly become a fan. Firstly, they wanted to bridge the gap between the cheapo multipacks of socks and the high-end men’s designer socks currently on the market by developing a superb quality sock that is more affordable. Secondly, they wanted to help the homeless with a shortage on the most requested item of clothing for homeless people.

They address the second by donating a pair of their socks to the homeless for each pair that they sell. Amazing stuff we are sure you will agree. In fact, since their inception in 2013, Bombas has donated a close to 9 million pairs of socks.  This could be a selling point on it’s own if you are wanting to help make a difference.

As for the socks themselves, they are exceptional in our opinion. They are made from high-quality materials and make use of some fantastic technology such as a honeycomb arch support system, Y-stitched heel, sure-fit cut, and stay-up technology among others. Simply put, if you have not tried on a pair of Bombas socks, you really are missing out – as is a homeless person!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) BoldFoot Fun Mens Dress Socks

Many people say that you can judge a man by his shoes but in our opinion, it is the socks that show off a man’s true personality. Hidden away under some suit pants, men all over the world will have bright patterns and colors that can be found crazy men’s dress socks such as these Boldfoot Fun Men’s Dress Socks.

We say fair to play to those that dare to be bold and bright in a world of dullness and with these well-designed and highly comfortable dress socks, they can shine brighter than ever – even though it might be underneath their pants.

These socks are made in the USA are primarily cotton-based and they actually have an exemplary reputation compared to other men’s dress socks on Amazon. A lot of this will be down to the admirable pledge of 5% from all profits being donated to U.S Veterans in Need and a no questions asked three-month warranty.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Yomandamor Bamboo Diabetic Dress Socks

Designed for the elderly or those that  suffer from foot or joint conditions or diabetes, the Yomandamor Bamboo Diabetic Dress Socks are made from a bamboo material that is known for being more breathable, not too tight, and can be stretched more easily over swollen legs and feet.

Comfort is the ultimate goal with these socks and we love how they the material deals with any sweat effectively and thus keeping the feet dry. Another feature is that they do not have a binding top which is said to reduce the risk of infection or blistering when worn.

In terms of the design, these are essentially neutral colors in the main but they still look good. Still, dress socks are not meant to be seen anyway and when you consider the price you are paying, this is not an issue. On top of that, they claim that they will send you another pair of their socks if you have any complaint at all!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Ralph Lauren Polo Bear and Solid Dress Socks

The ever-popular Ralph Lauren bear on your socks is certainly going to gain you the right type of attention and with this 2-pack of socks, you will get one pair covered with the bear stitched into the design and another standard Polo sock with the pony embroidered into the design as the other.

There are various designs to choose from so make sure that you take a good look right through the range but in general, you are going to be impressed with the quality of the designs. As for the quality, well, this is Ralph Lauren we are talking about so you can expect it to be second to none.

Primarily made from cotton, these men’s designer dress socks certainly do not lack in comfort and fit while judging from the reviews, you instantly know that you are getting socks that will last. Perhaps a little expensive but if you value quality and design, these are certainly worth the extra.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Alexander McQueen Skull Socks

Among the more expensive men’s designer dress socks on our list is certainly these Alexander McQueen Skull Socks. This brand is synonymous with British fashion and while many of you will not be happy paying this sort of money for a single pair of socks, those of you that like to think you’re at the forefront of fashion will certainly contemplate it once you have seen them.

Massively stylish, these ultra-dry cotton-knit socks have inherited the gothic signature design of many of the British fashion labels pieces. None of this is at the expense of comfort, however, as the luxury materials have been used alongside quality manufacturing techniques in order to bring a soft, durable, and aesthetically pleasing dress sock to be used at the most formal of occasions.

They will not be for everybody of course but if you have the cash to flash and a special occasion to go to – why not? Of course, if you’re not inclined to spend anywhere near that sort of money on dress socks, our list certainly offers up plenty of cheaper options for you to consider.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Richer Poorer Wright Socks

It would be extremely difficult to put together any list of the best men’s dress socks together without including the Richer Poorer Wright Socks on them. Why? Well apart from how great they look and the obviously high-quality workmanship that has gone into each and every pair made, they are about as sustainable a pair of socks that you will find.

They have been made using up-cycled yarn knit which uses a dying process that involves no chemical dyes at all. That’s right folks, you can do your bit for the environment by simply choosing this stylish and comfortable pair of socks! The great part is that this manufacturing process does nothing to compromise the style and comfort of these socks. They look and feel just as good as any highly-priced sock on the market right now.

Why you can do your bit for the planet by buying them, you’ll also be doing your bit for your wallet too as they do not even cost all that much compared to others on this list. Go check them out as we’re sure you’re going to be very impressed with your purchase.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) GoldToe Over the Calf Canterbury Dress Socks

These over the calf Canterbury dress socks are the second product we have listed here from GoldToe and there is a very good reason for this – they absolutely rock! In our opinion, these are some of the best socks on our list when it comes to being a solid all-rounder. They are affordably priced, are made by a company that has been in business for 80 years, and essentially, the socks are of a high quality and extremely comfortable.

We know that many of you’ll probably want to avoid over the calf socks as they are a bit long but those of you that like to keep your knees warm is going to love them. Made from hand-selected yarn, these socks are available in three different colors and while the style is a little bland, they do everything else that is asked of them to high standards.

Definitely suited to those of you that work in colder climates, these dress socks will keep your feet, toes, and even half of your leg that little bit warmer during the winter months.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Todd Snyder Corgi Dress Socks

Todd Snyder is another brand name that we like when it comes to good quality men’s dress socks simply because you can always guarantee that they are of top quality. What we particularly like about their Corgi Lightweight Socks is that they are made of a combination of wool and nylon. This means that they are ideal for the autumn and winter months when normal dress socks are simply not up to the job.

You can say goodbye to frozen toes and hello to crispy warm foot fingers wrapped up nice and snug in some of the most comfortable socks that you’re likely to wear. They look great too and will not cost the earth either. According to reviews they really fit well too, so they are not relying on simply keeping you warm.

If you’ve been on the hunt for some toe warming socks that you can wear under your suit, these are definitely some of the first that you should try out.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Easton Marlowe Colorful Patterned Dress Socks

We highly doubt that you are going to see any men’s dress socks as colorful as these from Easton Marlon. In fact, their title of Colorful Patterned Dress Socks does them a bit of a disservice as they are eye-blindingly colorful at the best of times. Still, we love them for it as it gets a little bit boring wearing the same bland colors to work every day of the week.

Design and colors aside, these affordable socks are actually of very good quality. They are made primarily of finely combed cotton which allows them to be incredibly soft to the touch, fit very well and rarely fall down, and will have each been pre-washed before being put up for sale. The latter is so that it prevents any shrinkage when you indeed decide to wash them for the first time.

In our opinion, you cannot do better than a pair of these if you’re looking for something with a bit more personality for your next pair of dress socks!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Sock it Up

Now we can safely imagine that you have not gone through a list of socks quite as extensive as that one right? Well, we do like to put in the hard graft so that your decisions can be that much easier to make.  Whether you want men’s black dress socks or the most colorful socks you have ever seen – we’re looking at you Easton Marlowe, we’re pretty confident that you’ll have found something that interests you.

We have listed everything from some good quality low budget options right up to the fancy yet expensive high-end fashion labels so if you have not found a pair to your liking we might just give up. Seriously though, having tested these socks utilizing some of the most advanced sock testing methods such as walking around in them, doing a jump here and there, and making hand puppets, you can be sure that our list accurately depicts the very best dress socks that money can buy.

February 13, 2019 / Comments Off on Top 17 Men’s Dress Socks in 2019
0
481

Best 33 Winter Boots for Men

W

inter is almost upon us, and with that in mind, it’s time to find the best winter boots for men. How many times have you been out in the rain and snow and found that your feet are uncomfortable and wet? It’s time to eliminate that problem with men’s winter boots that are really up to the task in hand.

When you’re looking for the best winter boots for men, you need to take a lot of different considerations on board. Yes, you want to look stylish, but you don’t want your feet to be soaked as soon as you step outdoors. There’s no shortage of boots on the market for men to choose from, but not all are equally good in bad weather. Some let water in when faced with severe weather conditions. Others are just plain uncomfortable to wear. Sometimes, those which tick all the boxes for waterproofing and comfort are just so unattractive that you don’t want to put them on, even if it’s snowing outdoors. That’s why we’ve done all the hard work for you. We’ve researched the best men’s winter boots out there at the moment and brought them all together in one convenient place so you can make an informed decision.

Whether you’re looking for the best mens snow boots, insulated boots or winter hiking boots that will let you enjoy the great outdoors all year round, we have the perfect footwear for you, so read on and find our top recommendations for all your cold weather needs.

What to consider when buying a winter boot?

No matter how much of a couch potato you are, at some point you’re going to have to go outdoors at during the winter. When you do, you’ll find that your feet will be exposed to the elements, and without the right footwear, the result could be cold, wet feet. If your feet are frozen from the moment you leave home in the morning, it could take hours before they warm up, making your morning at work a complete misery.

With that in mind, here are some features you should definitely be looking out for when choosing cold weather boots for men.

  • Warmth – warmth really is the biggest reason for choosing winter boots. You’ll usually find a tag on boots which tell you the temperature range in which each pair will work best. It’s always best to check that out before you buy. If in doubt, when you’re going to be spending any amount of time outdoors in cold weather, you should look for a pair of boots with insulation and/or a lining which will keep your feet warm on even the coldest days.
  • Comfort – Just like any other form of footwear, it’s important to ensure that your winter boots are comfortable. They need to fit properly as otherwise you’ll end up with sore heels and toes – not ideal at the best of times. When you’re trying on winter boots, you should wear the same sock which you would be wearing on a cold winter’s day. Walk around the store wearing them (or if you ordered online, walk around indoors wearing them) to check that they’re completely comfortable. Is there sufficient room at the toe to prevent your feet from feeling pinched? Can you easily take them on and off? Can you easily zip them up or fasten them with ease? Since you’ll be wearing your boots a good deal over the colder months, you need to ensure that it won’t be a huge hassle to get them on and off.
  • Support – do you need additional support for your arches? If so, you should choose winter boots which have a low, rigid heel and which aren’t too flexible. Some boots have inbuilt support, but if your favorites don’t, you could always purchase arch supports separately to give you the support you need. Remember that your feet usually feel swollen and tired towards the end of the day. Therefore, if you want to make sure your feet are going to be comfortable at any time of day, shoe shopping during the afternoon or evening is best.
  • Dryness – snow isn’t pleasant for your feet, but the slush that it turns into afterwards can be a real pain. The best snow boots will be waterproof so you won’t have to worry about your feet getting soaked. Men’s waterproof boots can be made from laminate or leather – either of which are excellent options when it comes to keeping feet dry and warm. If you really want a pair of leather boots, you can pay for waterproofing treatments online or in shoe stores. These will protect your feet from the inclement weather.
  • Soles – when you’re buying winter boots, pay close attention to their soles. They need to be waterproof too to ensure your feet are well protected. Rubber soles are perfect and even better, will be non-slip – important in snow and ice. The sole of winter boots need to have sufficient tread so you’ll be protected from accidental falls and slips. Always pay close attention to the boots’ heels. You should look for grooves which will ensure you have adequate support even in steep snow. TPR (thermoplastic rubber) soles are not only softer than different types of rubber compound, but they also ensure excellent grip in adverse weather, just like winter tires for your car.
  • Workmanship – many people think, when choosing a pair of boots, that if they pick an expensive pair they’ll be getting great quality. This isn’t always the case. When choosing winter boots, you should always pay attention to the stitching. If it’s tidy and neat, you’ll be able to feel reassured that you’ve made the right choice. You should, whenever possible, inspect the inside and outside of the boot to check for any potential problems, and to make sure the insoles are properly in place. The soles should also be securely attached to the underside of the boot, either with stitching, glue or both.
  • Style – although style may not be your first consideration when choosing the boots for you, there’s no shortage of mens stylish winter boots out there. Just because boots are among the best rain boots doesn’t mean you need to compromise on style. Some boots have optimal weatherproofing while still having good looks.
  • Function – what do you need your winter boots for? This is a major consideration when you’re shopping for footwear. If you’re looking for winter hiking boots, for example, your needs are going to be different to those of someone who wants a pair of boots for use on a jobsite during colder weather. Once you’ve identified the purpose for which you need your winter boots, you’re in a better position to make the right decision.
  • Insulation – not all winter boots offer insulation, so this is something you might want to consider when you’re shopping for cold weather footwear. If you’re likely to be out and about in very severe weather conditions or deep snow, insulated boots are probably going to be the best idea. Insulation also comes in different types and thicknesses, so it’s important to do your research carefully to make sure that you select the right product to meet your needs. You don’t want your feet to be frozen if you’re out on a jobsite all day long.
  • Length – winter boots come in a range of lengths. Some are ankle boots while others go up to the knee and protect the entire calf and shin. It may be a matter of preference which style you’re looking for, but in some cases, it’s a matter of practicality too. If you’ll be walking in deep snow, or if you’ll be working on a jobsite where there’s a chance that a chemical spill might affect your lower legs, choosing longer length boots could be the best option for you.
  • Fastening – you have a choice of several types of boot fastening. Some have lace-up fronts while others have zippers and others have a pull-on design. You need to choose the right pair for you. Some people like the pull-on design because they are quicker to get on. However, these boots may also be harder to take off. Lace-ups could be time-consuming when dressing and undressing, and laces may come undone regularly, causing a nuisance. Zippers can sometimes be awkward to fasten, especially if wearing bulky gloves on cold days. You need to decide on the right option for you.

What types of winter boots are available for men?

There are plenty of kinds of winter boots available for men. Not only can you find plenty of men’s casual winter boots that are absolutely perfect for wearing while out and about during the colder weather, but you can also find more formal options for the winter months too. There are also dedicated winter boots which are designed for wear on outdoor job sites. These boots have inbuilt steel toes, non-slip soles and chemical protection to ensure your feet and legs are safe from any potential hazards that they may encounter in the workplace.

There are also dedicated men’s hiking boots which have been designed for wear during the winter months. If you’re planning on heading outdoors to participate in any kind of outside activities in the cold weather, these are the right choice for you.

There are also many excellent men’s rain boots which can be worn during wet conditions without having to worry about your feet being damp and uncomfortable all day long. If you work outdoors, you’ll also have no problems on even the coldest or wettest days with a pair of winter work boots. They will protect your feet against the elements while ensuring that you’re safe on the job site.

You’ll also find many insulated snow boots for men on the market which will offer the ultimate in warmth for your feet and toes during the coldest weather. There are different amounts and types of insulation available so you need to take the time to research which are the best ones to suit your unique needs.

What are the best brands for winter boots? 

There are many excellent brands of winter boots on the market today. So which can you rely on to keep your feet warm, dry and comfortable even on the wettest and coldest days?

There are outstanding winter boots available from some of the very biggest and best brands out there. From UGG boots to Lacoste, there are many stylish yet casual winter boots for men. There are also many high quality rubber boots for men from brands like Muck and Clarks as well as work boots and hiking boots from brands like Skechers and Timberland.

We’ve listed boots from some of the very best brands on the market today so you can make the right choice of quality winter boots for you.

Are all winter boots waterproof? 

Although most winter boots are waterproof, it’s important to realize that not every pair on the market will be equally resilient to the weather. You need to always check carefully to make sure that the boots you have in mind are suitable to wear in inclement conditions. While some inferior quality boots may call themselves winter boots, they won’t actually be waterproof. That means you could end up with very wet feet if you wore them in the snow. On the other hand, all the best quality winter boots should be well waterproofed. All the boots we’ve listed here are fully waterproof and ideal for wearing in the rain or snow.

What to wear with winter boots?

Winter boots might be very practical in poor weather, but they don’t always look great. The good news is that there are lots of ways of styling winter boots. There’s a common misconception that snow boots are unfashionable and unattractive. That isn’t always the case. If you shop wisely and know what to look for, you can look good and stay warm and dry at the same time. Snow boots come in many different colors and styles, so you can find a pair that looks great with your favorite winter clothes.

Jeans work great with snow boots. They can either be tucked in or folded over the top of the boots for a casual look. If you pair jeans and winter boots with a hoodie or casual sweater, you’ll be cozy and warm while outdoors on the coldest days.

There are lots of types of snow boots. Some are laced up while others have a slip on design. If you’re keen to layer several pairs of socks, slip on boots could be a good idea since they have extra space inside. On the other hand, while lace-up boots have less space around the ankle, they fit more closely to the legs and so create a smarter line. They are also adjustable for a better fit and can prevent drafts around your ankles.

In short, winter boots can easily be worn with lots of different items in your wardrobe, so whether you’re going hiking or going to work, you’ll find that winter boots are a closet staple.

Stylish Casual Winter Boots for Men

1) Volcom Men’s Sub Zero Boot

Available in a choice of stylish yet sensible colors, the Subzero survival boot is perfect for all occasions. Its uppers are made from full grain premium leather while it also features contrast stitching for a touch of extra style. Taking their inspiration from engineer-style boots, the Volcom also embraces cutting-edge technology like the brand’s signature RCF foam footbed. There is also an EVA heel strike so you can stay super-comfortable throughout the day, no matter how long you stand and how far you walk.

Comfort won’t be a problem. The padded collar and tongue mean that your foot is not only well supported but also cushioned as you walk. Meanwhile, the speed lacing rings allow you to quickly and easily put on and take off the boots.

The rubber soles are extremely grippy, ensuring optimal traction on wet and slippery surfaces.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Helly Hansen Men’s Stockholm Cold Weather Boot

Made from 100% leather and synthetic materials, these high quality Helly Hansen boots are perfect for wear all through the winter. With their strong rubber soles, they offer optimal traction even on slippery surfaces so you won’t need to worry about falling in the snow.

With their cool sneaker-boots style, these cold weather boots are the ultimate in Scandinavian design with their warm and protective layers. Even though they offer plenty of protection against the cold, these boots are effortlessly stylish, and even though they are lightweight and comfortable, they’re still capable of tackling poor weather conditions.

The seams are sealed to ensure excellent waterproofing while the water repellent mesh and waterproof silky nubuck outers keep snow and ice away from your feet. Add to that the well-padded collar which ensures that your feet stay well supported and cozy all day long and you have the perfect pair of boots to wear during the cold season.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) UGG Men’s Hannen Tl Winter Boot

Made from high quality 100% leather, these boots come from one of the biggest and best-known brands in the footwear sector – UGG. The insoles are made from foam and vildona, while the inner lining of these boots is made from wool to give even more comfort and warmth around your feet on cold days. Meanwhile, the outer soles are made from Treadlite, the brand’s patented material, ensuring optimal traction and complete cushioning as you walk, even on slippery ice.

You won’t need to worry about your feet getting wet when you wear these boots. Their seam-sealed construction ensures complete waterproofing, as does the premium leather construction. Overall, you can depend on these boots to be durable and to stand the test of time. Even better, they are so stylish that you can wear them anywhere, regardless of the season.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Lacoste Men’s Montbard 416 1 Cam Fashion Sneaker Boot

Made from high quality 100% leather, these stylish boots come from one of the best known fashion brands – Lacoste. These winterized derby boots are comfortable to wear and boast an attractive brown leather upper which is as stylish as it is protective against the elements.

Rugged, strong and durable, these boots have strong rubber soles with a lugged tread so you won’t need to worry about slipping even in icy weather. The outdoor-inspired lace hooks ensure a tight fit while the round tonal laces are easy to fasten and adjust.

There is additional padding around the collar so your ankles will be well supported and comfortable. Meanwhile, the felt lining ensures optimal comfort all day long.

These are also incredibly stylish boots, with their trademark crocodile brand logo adding extra street-cred.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Thorogood 1957 Series Men’s 8″ Moc Toe, MAXwear Wedge Waterproof Safety Toe Boot

Made from excellent quality full-grain leather in the USA, these stylish boots are strong, rugged and durable enough to withstand the winter months. They have been designed to be completely waterproof, so you can head out on wet days without worrying about damp feet. The integral breathable membrane ensures that your feet will be comfortable and dry.

The footbed has been designed to have optimal shock absorption and molds to the shape of your foot. However, it is removable, so you can take it out if you would rather add your own insoles or orthotics. The fiberglass shank ensures excellent stability while the MAXWear wedge outer soles are designed to be fully slip resistant on surfaces such as grass and mud.

Even better, if you want to wear these boots to work, you’ll be pleased to discover that they have steel toe caps and can withstand impacts with ease. They are also electrical hazard resistant, which is good news for anyone working with electricity.

Despite all these excellent features, these are very stylish boots, and with their quality workmanship and attractive appeal, they’re the perfect choice for any modern man.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) UGG Men’s Hendren Tl Winter Boot

Made from 100% leather, these stylish boots come from the ever-popular UGG brand. Not only are these boots aesthetically appealing, they are also very warm and cozy to wear. The insoles are made from foam and vildona, while the lining is made from pure wool to offer even more comfort and warmth on chilly days. In fact, this wool lining has been cold weather rated down to -20 degrees Celsius, so you’ll never suffer from cold toes.

The strong outer soles are made from Ugg’s patented Treadlite material, offering optimal traction on slippery ground and excellent cushioning for your foot. Meanwhile, the seam sealed and waterproof construction ensures your feet won’t get damp, no matter how much it rains.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Diesel Men’s Impackt Boot H-Fusionn Winter

The Diesel brand is well known for its high quality, fashionable clothing and footwear. These boots won’t disappoint with their 100% leather construction and attractive design.

These hybrid winter boots aren’t just practical for wear during the colder months, they are also stylish enough to wear any time. The leather lining and sock-liner ensures comfort for your feet while the double fastened construction has laces behind the front zipper for even greater security around your foot.

Meanwhile, the outer soles are made from rubber and offer optimal traction so you can go out on rainy days without worrying about slipping.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) London Fog Mens Ashford Waterproof and Insulated Duck Boot

Designed to have a waterproof shell, these boots have rubber outers for even more protection against the wettest weather. They are also fully insulated with 200g of Thinsulate, so your feet will stay cozy and warm on even very cold days.

The London Fog brand is a long-established one, so you can be confident when you buy these boots that you’re choosing a brand that has been in the business for over 9 decades. Known for fashionable design, this US brand has iconic status.

You’ll be warm, comfortable and stylish in these winter boots that are perfect for any man heading outdoors during the colder months.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Irish Setter Men’s 808 Wingshooter Waterproof 9″ Upland Hunting Boot

Made from high quality leather, these Irish Setter boots will keep your feet cozy and dry in the rain thanks to their UltraDry construction which combines waterproof components with a moisture management lining. Whether the sun shines or the rain falls, your feet will be dry in long-lasting comfort.

These high performance boots are also very stylish, with their iconic white rubber soles being a trademark of the brand. The uppers are made from smooth leather which perfectly complements the sole.

Designed to be entirely waterproof, these leather hunting boots have a contrast stitched moccasin-style toe as well as a laced up vamp which features speed-lacing hardware for even faster dressing and undressing.

There is a polyurethane footbed which can be removed to suit your personal preferences, while the Prairie sole is lightweight while still providing cushioning underfoot as well as optimal traction when walking uphill.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Timberland Men’s Earthkeepers Rugged Boot

Timberland boots are highly coveted for their style and ruggedness. In many ways, they’re the epitome of manliness. These durable winter boots are made from 100% leather and have a strong rubber sole which offers excellent traction on slippery surfaces.

The lace-up design ensures a tight and secure fit while the plush padded collar offers supreme comfort for your ankles through a long day of wear. Meanwhile, the burnished finish on the toe and heel adds even more aesthetic appeal.

One thing that makes these boots really stand out from the crowd is their recycled PET lining. If you’re keen to use sustainable materials, these boots are the ones for you.

They’re also waterproof, with a seam-sealed construction that is guaranteed to keep your feet very dry no matter what the weather. The uppers are made from full grain premium leather while the comfort footbed is designed to be anti-fatigue.

Versatile, good-looking and breathable, these boots will get the job done all winter long.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Sorel Men’s Cheyanne Ii Snow Boot

Made from beautifully soft 100% nubuck leather, these boots have it all – style and excellent protection from the elements. With 200g of insulation, you can rely on these boots to keep your warm and comfortable even on snowy days, while the hand-crafted waterproof rubber shell ensures your feet will stay dry even in the rain. They have also been seam sealed so you can be confident that no water will get into your boots. The inside of these boots features a removable EVA footbed which molds perfectly to the shape of your foot. If you’d rather, however, you can remove the footbed and insert your own preferred footbed or orthotics instead.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) UGG Men’s Olivert Snow Boot

UGG boots are well known for their quality as much as for their style. Now, you can enjoy wearing fashionable boots all winter long with the Olivert snow boots.

Made from high quality leather, these boots feature insoles which have been lined with a moisture wicking fleece. This will keep your feet comfortable and warm on cold days, without sweat becoming a problem. The insoles have integrated ENERG technology for supreme cushioning under your feet. The bi-layered insoles are flexible and light thanks to the combination of polyurethane and foam pods, ensuring your feet feel like they’re walking on air.

Since the whole boot is also entirely lined with Polartec power grid fleece, your feet will be cozier than you ever imagined, even when walking in the snow. Cold weather rated down to -20 degrees Celsius, these are the perfect winter footwear.

The outersoles are made from a combination of white spider rubber pods and Ugg’s patented Treadlite material. This not only ensure perfect comfort but also excellent traction on wet and slippery ground. The uppers have also been seam sealed for excellent waterproofing so you can hike on wet days with no problems.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Columbia Men’s Bugaboot Plus Omni-Heat Michelin Snow Boot

Made entirely from waterproof leather, these seam sealed boots are strong and rugged enough to withstand the rigors of winter. Despite their durable construction, they are surprisingly comfortable to wear thanks to the lightweight Techlight midsoles which ensure lasting comfort with a high energy return and superior cushioning. The Omni-Heat reflecting lining only adds to the comfort level, ensuring your feet stay warm and cozy all winter long.

The soles are made from a Michelin winter compound, which offers a firm grip in temperatures down to -22F. The anti-slip rubber ensures impression abrasion resistance while the 400g insulation inside the boot protects your feet from temperatures as low as -40F.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Timberland Men’s Chillberg Mid WP Insulated Snow Boot

When you want to be confident that your feet will be well protected and dry in all weathers, these Timberland boots really fit the bill. Their premium waterproof leather uppers will keep your feet comfortable in the rain and snow, while the waterproof membrane also works to keep out any water ingress.

The tongue is fully gusseted for extra comfort, and since debris will be kept away from your foot, you won’t have to worry about grit getting into your footwear. Your feet will also be perfectly warm thanks to the 200g of primaloft insulation which is designed to keep your feet warm whatever outdoor activities you’re participating in.

The lace-up design promises an adjustable and secure fit, whatever the shape of your foot, while the anti-fatigue footbed provides optimal support and comfort all day long, although it can be removed if you would prefer in favor of your favourite lining or orthotic.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Sperry Men’s Avenue Duck Winter Snow Boot

These boots are ideal for wear out in the snow thanks to their seam-sealed waterproof construction which ensures your feet stay wonderfully dry even in the wettest conditions. Meanwhile, the leather uppers are both water and stain resistant, so they’ll stay looking great for the long haul.

You won’t feel the cold thanks to the Thinsulate lining, while the memory foam footbed is full length and molds perfectly to the shape of your foot for optimal comfort. The rubber outersole is non-marking and features rubber lugs and molded Wave-Siping so you can have excellent traction on wet ground.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Rockport Men’s Elkhart Snow Boot

Rockport boots are extremely popular as a fashion statement, however these ones are a good choice for colder weather too thanks to their waterproofed design. Although they aren’t insulated like many of the others on this list, they do offer XCS waterproofing to keep your feet safe from water ingress due to rain.

Made from stylish 100% leather, these outdoor-style boots also feature a comfortable padded collar to keep your ankles cozy and supported while you walk. Meanwhile, the EVA midsoles ensure that your feet benefit from lightweight shock absorption which cuts down on leg and foot fatigue.

The collar and tongue both feature a breathable mesh, so your feet won’t get too sweaty and uncomfortable. This will also reduce unwanted foot odor. You can also be confident that the rubber outer soles offer excellent traction on muddy and wet ground.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Pajar Men’s Trooper Boot

These Pajar Trooper boots are very stylish, which makes them perfect for street wear all year round, yet they are still impressively warm and waterproof to wear during the winter months.

Their 100% leather and textile construction is paired with a Sherpa lining so your feet will be wonderfully warm and cozy on even very cold days. The lace-up vamp allows for easy adjustments and a secure fit for your foot and the padded collar keeps your ankles well supported and comfortable throughout the day.

The asymmetric side zipper adds extra style to the design of this boot, while inside the memory foam insole is removable to suit your preferences. It will mold perfectly to the shape of your foot, but if you have a custom orthotic, you can easily remove this insole and fit your own instead.

Not only are these boots very good looking, they also feature an Iso-Lana insulating midsole made of small air bubbles which are between wool, felt and aluminum layers. This ensures that they are capable of withstanding very cold temperatures of up to -74 degrees C.

Waterproofing also comes as standard with a tape sealed and adhesive construction. Your feet will be wonderfully dry, even in pouring rain.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) Columbia Men’s Bugaboot II Snow Boot

These rugged snow boots feature 100% waterproof leather uppers to keep any dampness away from your feet. You’ll never have to worry about slipping on wet snow since the soles are made from non-marking Omni-Grip traction rubber, and the seam-sealed construction and injection molded shell add to the weatherproofing of these impressive boots.

Inside, there are Techlite midsoles which are lightweight and offer high energy return with superior cushioning and lasting comfort. These boots also feature 200g of insulation so they can withstand temperatures down to -25 degrees Fahrenheit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Rubber Winter Boots for Men

19) Kamik Men’s Icebreaker Cold Weather Boot

When you’re looking for 100% rubber boots that will protect you from the rain, this footwear should suit you perfectly. Made in Canada, where they know a thing or two about winter weather, these boots offer superior comfort without compromising on style.

Its knee-high design is ideal for wear in very deep snow or while working in outdoor conditions, while the contrast cuff adds a touch of extra aesthetic appeal. The adjustable drawstring design also helps you to adjust the size to suit your own needs.

As an added bonus, these boots feature a self-cleaning outer sole, saving you the tedious task of cleaning your footwear every time you get home. The textured toe bumper adds extra style and also helps to prevent ice and snow from sticking to your toes.

These boots feature uppers which are made from a lightweight and highly waterproof synthetic rubber and there is also a recycled 8mm Zylex liner which is designed to naturally wick away moisture allowing you to be comfortable all day long. This liner can be removed if you prefer.

The rubber lugs on the sole are designed to grip well in icy and snowy conditions, so even in very severe weather you should be safe from slips and falls. Whether you’re working or playing, these boots are a great addition to your winter wardrobe.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Muck Boot Arctic Sport Rubber High Performance Men’s Winter Boot

Rubber boots don’t come much warmer than these high performance men’s winter boots from the popular Muck brand. Made from 5mm neoprene, your feet will stay flexible and comfortable, while staying well protected from any water ingress. This high quality construction material also boasts impressive heat retention and shock absorption properties, adjusting effectively to the shape of your foot to guard against chafing and blisters which can be so problematic when wearing snow boots.

The rubber shell has been completely sealed, extending above your ankle to protect your calves from moisture. Meanwhile, there is a soft and durable fleece lining to provide outstanding warmth in even the coldest environment. The 2mm of thermal foam in the footbed ensures an excellent comfort rating for wear in temperatures down to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.

The outer sole features molded and rugged lugs offering you better traction on uneven and slippery terrain, so you can wear these boots while participating in all kinds of winter outdoor activities or work. There is also a molded and EVA contoured midsole to offer even more support to your foot.

Well insulated, yet lightweight to wear, these 100% waterproof boots will keep slush, ice and snow at bay, and whether you want to wear them over or under your pants, that won’t be a problem thanks to the stretchy upper shaft. There is even a breathable lining which can keep your feet dry and comfortable on the snowiest days.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

21) Ariat Men’s Conquest Rubber Neoprene Insulated Hunting Boot

Made from vulcanized, waterproof rubber, these strong and rugged boots feature neoprene uppers for better comfort. You’ll feel stable and safe when walking in even the iciest conditions thanks to the ATS Pro Advanced Torque Stability technology which is built into these boots together with a composite forked shank.

The wider and squared toed profile makes you feel like you’re even more stable on icy surfaces, while the 5mm of neoprene insulation will keep your feet toasty and warm on chilly winter days. These boots are comfort rated from 5 degrees Fahrenheit if you’re participating in activities or 45 degrees Fahrenheit at a low level of activity.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

22) Bogs Men’s Forge Steel Toe Waterproof Rubber Work Rain Boots

If you’re looking for rain boots which are ideal for wear if you work outdoors, these Bogs Men’s Forge winter boots are the business. Made from natural neoprene and rubber which is laid over stretch booties, these boots are completely waterproof to keep your feet well protected from water ingress on even the wettest days.

Designed to simply be pulled on and off without any complex fastenings, these boots also feature a steel toe to protect you from any accidental impacts on the jobsite – perfect for those working in the construction industry. The outersole is also designed to be slip resistant and chemical resistant – again, ideal for anyone working outdoors.

Warm feet come as standard with these work boots. They have been comfort rated down to as low as -40 degrees Fahrenheit. You won’t need to worry about bad odors from sweaty feet, however, since there is integrated AEGIS anti-microbial odor protection built in. The rubber soles are also designed for non-slip traction so you can walk in the rain and snow without any concerns.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

23) CLARKS Men’s Bowman Top Ankle Boot

Clarks is a name that’s synonymous with quality footwear, so as you’d expect, these boots are made to the highest standards from premium leather and rubber. These ankle boots feature an OrthoLite footbed and cushion soft technology, so your feet will be well supported and comfortable all day long.

These boots are also completely waterproof, making them the perfect choice for the rainy and colder months. The treaded rubber outer sole will keep you stable on slippery surfaces while the front zip closure helps you to take these boots on and off with ease.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

24) Muck Boot Woody Max Rubber Insulated Men’s Hunting Boot

These knee length rubber boots are perfect for all kinds of outdoor activities. Whether you’re hunting, building snowmen or just walking in the snow, they will keep your feet warm and dry at all times.

Made entirely from rubber with a rubber sole, these boots feature 5mm of neoprene for excellent flexibility and comfort for your feet. You won’t be compromising on waterproofing either, while the neoprene also allows for outstanding heat retention and shock absorption properties. Even better, the neoprene is capable of adjusting to the individual shape of your feet to guard against chafing and blisters, even when worn for extended periods.

Warmth will be sealed in even more effectively thanks to the stretch fit comfort Topline which fits closely to the leg to prevent debris and cold from getting in. Meanwhile, the extended high-grade rubber exterior provides an extra barrier to water as well as additional toughness.

Despite the rubber construction, your feet will be warm in temperatures down to as low as -40 degrees Fahrenheit thanks to the soft and durable fleece lining and the 2mm thick thermal foam footbed. The midsoles are also EVA contoured and molded to provide extra lightweight cushioning for your feet.

The outersoles are MS-1 molded for ruggedness, durability and aggressiveness. This offers you maximum stability as well as optimal protection. Getting these boots on an off is achieved using the rear pull loop – there are no awkward fastenings or zips.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Waterproof Winter Hiking Boots for Men

25) Columbia Mens Newton Ridge Plus II Waterproof Hiking Boot

Hiking in the winter is no fun if you have cold and wet feet. These Columbia men’s hiking boots are designed to combat that problem. Their leather construction is strong and rugged enough to handle the elements, while the rubber soles offer excellent traction on unstable surfaces.

This brand has incorporated cutting edge technology into their waterproof hiking boot design. The lightweight midsoles are made from Techlite, a material which ensures superior cushioning and lasting comfort for your feet. As an added advantage, Techlite also ensures high energy return for reduced fatigue during all day wear.

The rubber soles feature Omni-Grip technology to ensure slip-free movement on wet or muddy surfaces. Meanwhile, the uppers have been crafted from suede and full grain leather for a stylish yet durable construction. The mesh tongue allows for great breathability to reduce moisture when your feet are sweating on the trail, so you can head out for a winter’s day hike with complete confidence.  The lace up closure also ensures a comfortable, secure and fully adjustable fit to suit your individual foot.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

26) Skechers Men’s Relment Pelmo Chukka Waterproof Boot

If you want a pair of 100% leather hiking boots that will protect your feet while out on the trails during the colder months of the year, these Skechers boots are a good choice.

Perhaps their biggest selling point has to be their stylish design. Skechers are known for their fashionable footwear, and the brand is highly desirable. These hiking boots bring your sense of style onto the trails and these boots are just as good for wear to social occasions as on the mountains.

The rugged soles offer good traction on slippery and uneven surfaces while the lace up design allows you to adjust the fit to suit your needs. Although they are sold as waterproof boots, they aren’t quite as protective against water ingress as many of their rivals, and therefore are best described as water-resistant.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

27) Timberland Men’s Euro Hiker Shell Toe WP Winter Boot

Timberland boots are always popular, both with followers of fashion and with keen hikers. These boots are designed for use during the winter months, and lovers of this brand won’t be disappointed by their strong and rugged textile and leather construction.

Your feet will stay wonderfully dry and comfortable on the trails on even the wettest days thanks to the integral waterproof membrane. Also, the direct-inject TPU shell ensures optimal protection from cold, wind, rain and snow.

The tongue has been fully gusseted. This means that debris won’t get into the boot to irritate your foot. It also helps to guard against water ingress while walking through puddles or in heavy rain.

The strong laces are made from 100% recycled PET, a nice eco-friendly touch while the lace up design ensures a fully adjustable and secure fit for your feet.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

28) RAX Men’s Lightweight Backpacking Hiking Boots

Are you planning on backpacking during the winter months? Anyone who has ever tried backpacking knows that lightweight footwear is key and these boots are designed to accommodate that need. Their leather and fabric construction is light enough to allow you to walk all day on the trails while the rubber outer soles feature anti-skid multi-directional traction so you won’t need to worry about slipping and sliding in puddles and mud.

The fabric overlay of these boots adds extra style while the adjustable lace up vamp allows you to achieve the optimal comfort for your feet. The toe is extra protected by the TPU wrap and the padded tongue and collar not only keep the front of the foot and the ankle comfortable and well protected but also very stable. Debris will also be kept away from your foot to reduce irritation and ensure better comfort.

These boots are very breathable, so your feet won’t get too hot and sweaty even after a day of hiking, however they aren’t waterproof so on the wettest days, these aren’t the boots for you.

The EVA midsoles offer excellent all-day comfort, however, molding to the shape of your foot. Offering excellent shock absorption and durable ruggedness to last for years, these boots are great for outdoor hiking on colder days.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

29) CAMEL CROWN Mens Hiking Boots

Perhaps the best feature of these boots is their impressive water resistance. The waterproofed toe cap and water resistant nubuck leather construction protects your feet admirably from the elements so you can enjoy the trails during the winter just as much as in the summertime. The toe cap is made from a three-layered rubber design so water drains away very rapidly without getting through to your feet.

Offering superior protection and comfort, these wider than average hiking boots are perfect for men with larger than average feet, offering a more comfortable option to standard hiking boots which can pinch and rub.

The gusseted tongue is designed to relieve pressure on the front of the foot from the laces while also preventing debris from getting into the boot. Meanwhile, the padded collar will protect your ankles effectively while offering additional support. There is even an anti-extrusion cushioned layer which offers long-lasting comfort.

The blended fabric lining is warm and breathable, taking moisture away from your feet so they won’t feel hot and sweaty after hours of walking. Despite the breathability, your feet will stay warm and dry. The uppers are made from smooth abrasion-resistant leather which isn’t only windproof but also simple to clean for a low maintenance hiking boot.

Fastening your boots securely won’t be a challenge thanks to the metal eyelets. They keep the laces tight and firmly in place so you won’t have to constantly stop and refasten them while hiking. The leather and mesh uppers are lightweight so your feet won’t feel weighed down on the trail, yet the multiple layers strengthens the shoe with double stitching only adding to the durability.

The rubber outersoles are durable and contain numerous lugs for multi-surface traction and multi-directional grip. This ensures you won’t slip and slide on the wettest and iciest days. The traction is designed to work perfectly on mud, but these boots are also ideal for walking on rocky trails, hiking, light mountaineering, backpacking, outdoor travel, camping, climbing, trekking and even city walking. With their stylish look, they can even be worn as everyday boots around town.

The thick heels and leather water-resistant uppers are paired with a waterproof toe cap so water won’t flow easily into your boots. There are also shock absorbing materials in the midsoles which enhance your comfort with optimal cushioning that will allow you to walk for miles without suffering from painful soles.

One thing to be aware of about these boots is that, since the uppers are genuine leather, they cannot be worn in very wet conditions.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

30) Timberland Euro Hiker Mid Jacquard Men’s Boot

Comfort and lightweight support comes as standard with these stylish Timberland boots. Any guy with fashion sense knows that Timberland footwear is highly coveted for its aesthetic appeal and premium quality materials. These men’s boots won’t disappoint. Their strong rubber construction makes them a durable and long lasting choice, and yet they are still stylish enough to wear casually with your everyday street clothes without attracted undue attention.

The insoles are made from OrthoLite comfort foam, ensuring your feet stay supported and comfortable all day long. These insoles are also designed to transport moisture away from your feet so they’ll feel sweat-free and comfortable all hike long. You also won’t need to worry about bad foot odors. These boots also have an antimicrobial function so there’ll be no unwanted smells from your hiking boots when you take them off. The insoles also offer optimal cushioning for your feet, so even on the roughest trail the surface won’t be too hard to bear. You can rest assured that, even though the insole material is ultra-breathable, it won’t be broken down or lose its cushioning with time, so your boots will stay supportive and comfortable.

The uppers are made from 100% polyester jacquard. Not only is this a stylish option which adds aesthetic appeal to your footwear, it also offers lightweight protection and support to the top of your foot and ankle.

The laces have been entirely made from recycled PET plastic bottles, so you can be confident you’re doing your bit for the environment when you choose these Timberland boots.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

31) KEEN Men’s Durand Polar Hiking Boot

The KEEN brand is well known for high quality work boots and hiking boots, so these winter versions are guaranteed to offer excellent support and protection on even the coldest days of winter. Made from 100% synthetic and leather with a rugged rubber sole, these stylish boots are perfect for wear on the trails during the colder months as well as out and about around town.

These waterproof boots feature a quick lacing system, so it’s a breeze to get them on and off. They also have two pull-on loops making dressing and undressing even faster and more convenient. The thickly padded collar also offers additional comfort and support for your ankle.

These boots are well insulated. They feature 400g of KEEN warm insulation to ensure your toes stay toasty even in the snow and ice. There is also a direct-attach polyurethane midsole which offers additional comfort and support for your foot so you can wear these boots for extended periods without suffering any pain or discomfort.

The rubber outersoles are non-marking and are designed for dual-climate wear. You won’t need to worry about slipping and sliding on muddy or wet ground when you’re wearing these polar winter boots. The thermal heat shield footbed offers woolly and warm insulation, meanwhile, there is a faux fur collar which offers even more warmth.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Winter Work Boots for Men

32) RefrigiWear Men’s Extreme Freezer Pull-On Insulated Waterproof 8″ Leather Work Boot

Working outdoors during the cold winter months may not be a lot of fun, but with these toasty RefrigiWear men’s winter work boots you won’t need to worry about freezing your toes in the icy chill! They feature an impressive 1400g of Thinsulate Ultra insulation along with DRI-BLAZE lining so no moisture or chilly winds will get through to your feet. Comfort rated down to -50 degrees Fahrenheit, you’ll not be able to believe how warm your feet can be at work!

You’ll also stay super-safe on any job site thanks to the anti-slip RefrigiWear sole which helps to protect against slipping and sliding in wet, muddy or icy weather. There is also a rubber heel plate and toe guard so they comply with electrical hazard regulations, keeping you safe if you’re working with electricity.

The leather and nylon uppers are waterproof and feature a gravity-fed moisture management system, so you’ll stay dry and comfortable all day long. It’s also really easy to pull these boots on thanks to the incorporated heavy duty handles that make dressing a breeze.

The VitaComfort system is designed so your feet not only stay dry and comfortable but are also protected from shocks and impacts. With no eyelets or laces to worry about, there’s also no way for any contaminants to become stuck in your boots.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

33) Servus XTP 15″ PVC Chemical-Resistant Steel Toe Men’s Work Boots

If you’re looking for some seriously heavy duty work boots for the winter weather on the jobsite, these Servus PVC chemical resistant boots are ideal. They’re made from injection molded PVC and feature TDT (triple density technology) to resist degradation due to harsh chemicals. This makes the perfect for use in all kinds of workplaces. They are also completely seamless, so there’s no chance of any water ingress.

You won’t be compromising on comfort either. Thanks to the FOOT FORM contour cushioned insole, your heels and arches will be completely comfortable throughout your work day. Even better, the insole is removable and replaceable as well as washable, so foot odors won’t be a problem. Your foot arch will be thoroughly supported thanks to the wide and thick steel shank. Meanwhile, the center dual-compound sole offers additional cushioning and will also last longer.

The outer soles feature a self-cleaning open pattern so debris and liquid will be removed without you having to put in any effort. Meanwhile, the outer sole perimeter has been well-formulated to offer long-wearing and tough support. When the time comes to take off your boots at the end of the day, it won’t be a problem with this footwear. The kick-off lugs have been designed so you can easily pull them off without any struggle.

Having protection for your toes is pretty important when you’re working outdoors. These boots have steel toes to protect against accidental impacts and there is also reinforcement at all the critical stress points so there’s even greater durability. Although these boots are recommended for a range of uses including everything from wear on oil rigs to fish processing, they can be used for any kind of general industrial application. With their 15 inch height and 100% waterproof protection, your whole lower leg will be safe and dry. Your entire shin and calf will also be protected from any chemical splashes or spills.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

These Boots Are Made For Walking

When it comes to choosing the right pair of men’s winter boots, it can be hard to make the right choice. There are so many options to choose from that finding a pair that will not only be comfortable but which will also be stylish and protective can be a challenge. Too many pairs are comfortable, but leave your feet freezing cold, while others offer excellent insulation and waterproof protection, but are so unattractive that you don’t want to wear them.

It’s also pretty important to choose a pair of boots that are up to the task in hand. While some boots are ideal for casual wear, they’re no good at all for a day on the jobsite. Others are perfect for use on the hiking trail on colder days, but don’t offer sufficient warmth or waterproofing to stand up to the snowiest days.

If you follow our buying guide and our recommendations, you’ll find it easier than you ever imagined to select the right pair of men’s winter boots to suit your unique needs. Whether you want a pair of boots for hiking, for working, or simply to wear while making a snowman with the kids, we’re sure to have recommended the ideal footwear for you.

January 30, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 33 Winter Boots for Men
0
530

Best 23 Work Boots for Men

I

f you work in an environment which is potentially hazardous, you’ll need to give a little bit of extra thought to what you slip onto your feet. Even if you’re not normally interested in footwear, when it comes to keeping your tootsies safe, you’re going to have to pay attention. Often referred to as PPE (Personal Protective Equipment), work boots shouldn’t be the single factor that keeps you safe. Your environment may be higher risk than something boring (but safe) like an office, but it should still have the protocols in position to keep you free of harm. Wearing proper work boots is a last resort, a safety net to protect your toes, feet and ankles in case other measures fail.

If it were simply about protection, you could just encase your feet in the strongest, most protective pair of men’s work boots. Tick. Job done. In reality, there’s more to consider. You need to be wearing these boots all day, every day so they have to be comfortable and practical for you to get around. A pair of boots which are unnecessarily heavy therefore won’t be the best pick. But fear not, we’ve done the research and trawled through the best boot manufacturers around. Below you’ll find the best 23 work boots for men along with answers to some frequently asked questions.

What to Consider When Buying a Work Boot?

When buying footwear, normally the only things you need to worry about are what feels comfy, and what looks good too. Whether you like stepping out in the latest trend-setters or prefer classic style, everyone appreciates a boot that feels good. However, when you’re buying work boots there’s so much more to think about. Just to complicate matters, not all work boots are suitable for every environment. Here are a few of the factors you’ll need to take into account:

  • Indoor or outdoor wear
  • Extreme temperatures (high or low)
  • Particular climate conditions such as rain, snow or sun
  • Hazards – chemicals or oil, for example
  • Puncture – the risk of sharp objects puncturing the boot
  • Crush injuries – the impact of heavy items falling onto your footwear
  • Slip-resistance
  • Biohazards
  • Static electricity build-up
  • Support for the ankle

You might need a combination of the above areas of protection to a greater or lesser degree. Midsole protection to prevent the sole being pierced may be a priority for some, while others could be at risk of crush injuries to the metatarsal region, meaning they need a boot that offers greater coverage.

While safety is deniably a priority for work boots, the matter of comfort is important too. If you have to stand for long periods in boots which feel like they’re made from concrete, you’re soon going to feel pretty fed-up! Shock-absorbers, particularly in the heel area, can make prolonged periods on your feet far less painful.

Taking all of the above into account, there are still more choices to be made… For some employers, appearance is a priority, in addition to comfort and protection. Work boots come in a variety of styles from the functional welly-boot style to the smarter safety sneakers. For some jobs, the appearance is less of a factor but if you’re in any kind of customer-facing role, you might also need to think about how your work boots look too.

What are the Best Brands of Men’s Work Boot?

If you’d asked this question a few decades back, it would have been a much easier question to answer. In the 1950s there were much fewer companies making high-quality work boots but that’s not the case today. Workers now have the choice of a wide range of manufacturers, all offering work boots with different qualities and at various price points. While it might seem obvious to plump for the most expensive, in some cases the cheaper footwear is just as good as those which cost a lot more.

Brands such as Timberland Pro, Carhartt and Red Wing may be more familiar to the general public as they’re all-American names which produce a wide range of goods. However, there are many other work boot manufacturers which may be less famous, but still offer excellent footwear suitable for the harshest and most demanding environments. These include Justin, Keen and Danner.

The question of what brand is best is almost impossible to answer as it really depends on what you need. Some brands offer more protection for the metatarsal area while others specialize in footwear which can be worn when working with electricity. All of the above-mentioned names produce high-quality work boots that you can trust to do the job. The important part is just making sure you pick a model which suits the safety needs of the job.

What are the Most Comfortable Work Boots?

The most comfortable work boots depend on the environment you’re going to be wearing them. If you’re going to be on wet terrain, boots that are cushioned but leak won’t feel very comfortable at all!

Look for cushioned padding around the collar. This protects the ankle from being rubbed by the top of the boot and also prevents debris getting in. There’s not much more annoying than grit in the sole of your boot! The length of the boot is a factor for some too; particularly tall boots can inhibit mobility or rub on your legs. It’s all really a matter of personal preference and the shape of your legs. It can be a good idea to read reviews of other buyers to see if any common problems have arisen with the fit.

Cushioned insoles are an obvious benefit but look for a breathable membrane on the inside. This will wick away moisture and sweat and prevent your feet from feeling damp. This also helps to prevent them from getting too stinky! The thickness of the sole depends on the purpose of the boot but shock-absorbing qualities will protect your joints. They’ll also prevent your legs from feeling too fatigued after wearing the boots all day long.

What are the Main Benefits of Work Boots?

If you’re wondering whether there’s any real difference between regular and work boots for men, we’re here to tell you the answer is a resounding yes! In some cases work boots can be worn for casual wear, particularly for pursuits such as hunting and hiking, but there are some key differences which set them apart from an average pair of Timberlands.

The toe of the boot is a key area for many workers because of the risk of crush and impact injuries. Working in hazardous environments means that the toes are a particularly vulnerable part of the foot and liable to sustain a much more severe injury. Work boots often incorporate protection for the toe area. Soft toe boots may simply have a double layer of leather but these won’t be suitable for the most hazardous environments. Others have a composite toe; this provides more protection but avoids the use of metal. This makes them lighter and also suitable for use around electricity. The toughest type of boot has a steel toe; this provides the optimum levels of protection for the foot.

The sole of the foot is important because if there’s not enough grip, serious accidents may occur. Many working environments have difficult terrains such as uneven ground or slippery surfaces, such as oil. There may also be chemicals or excessive heat, conditions that normal boots can’t cope with. Work boots are specially designed to be able to endure a variety of hazardous conditions, without degrading or falling apart.

Work boots all have different qualities so it’s essential to look for a work boot that’s been designed for the specific environment you’ll be in.

How to Clean Leather Work Boots

When you have leather work boots it’s absolutely essential to make sure you clean them regularly. Even if you’re a bit haphazard about cleaning your regular shoes and boots, it’s a different matter entirely for work boots. As well as being an expensive investment you will want to protect, the chances are that the environments you’ll be in will be wet, muddy and dirty. If you don’t take the time to clean this off your boots, the leather will degrade far more quickly.

To clean your leather boots, start by using a nylon brush to gently get rid of any surface dirt. Then take a damp cloth and just wipe them clean. Make sure the cloth isn’t too wet otherwise your boots will take a long time to dry. Never use a hairdryer on your leather boots as it can warp the shape permanently.  For boots that are heavily stained and soiled you can use saddle soap, or any other type of cleaner specifically designed to clean leather.

To make the job easier, try treating your boots with a waterproofing spray before wear and periodically after.

Safety/Work Boot Compliance Guide

The degree of protection you need will depend on the environment that you will be working in. Every industry has its own hazards, but some are greater than others. Health and safety legislation specifies exactly what’s needed for each type of environment and the work boots you wear should be adequate to protect your feet appropriately.

Some of the areas of compliance that boots need to meet include:

  • Toe protection. The toe area must be able to withstand both resting mass and impact. This may be achieved with steel toes or the use of alternative, lighter materials.
  • Antistatic protection. A static charge of electricity may accumulate within the body, often due to clothing, climate or seating. Boots can help to dispel any charge being held in the body.
  • Electro-static discharge. This goes hand-in-hand with antistatic protection and is required for the explosives and electronics industry.
  • Heat-resistance. To be able to resist high temperatures for a specified period of time.
  • Cold insulation. To be able to provide insulation against extreme temperatures for a specified period of time.
  • Midsole penetration protection. To prevent the sole being pierced by sharp objects such as nails. This may be achieved by the use of a steel shank.
  • Water resistance.
  • Energy absorbing heel.

The above factors are just a guide to the various areas of compliance that may be required for work boots. For specific information, refer to the industry the boots will be used in.

Now we’ve covered the basics, let’s crack on with our list of 23 of the best work boots for men!

Best Timberland Work Boots for Men

Possibly the best-known brand on our list, Timberland is a name that almost everyone knows. Hailing from New England, their rugged style is loved by the average man on the street as well as celebrities and Hollywood stars. Worn by guys and girls alike, Timberland has become a fashion accessory as well as a legitimate piece of outdoor footwear. Just as comfortable pounding the sidewalks in the city as hiking through wooded trails, Timberland has been around since 1952 and is now a global brand.

However, when it comes to work boots Timberland takes the demands very seriously. So much so, that it’s set up a subsidiary specifically designed to meet what every worker needs: Timberland Pro. This operation was first set up in 1998 and dubbed “Work boots for the Professional”. It was as well-received as the rest of its regular footwear and today it’s become one of the most affordable brands of work boot. With features such as steel toes these work boots deliver the performance needed for industry, but still offer a fashion-forward look and a funky style which is unmistakably Timberland.

1) Timberland Flume Men’s Waterproof Boot

These boots look like a pair of classic Timberlands but they straddle the line between hiking and work boots. On the lighter side of work boots, and the heavier side of outdoor wear, they’re as comfortable as you’d expect but durable too. Made from full-grain leather with a rubber sole, the boots are seam-sealed to provide excellent waterproofing. The D-rings are strong and rustproof so this pair of boots really is ready to tackle even the most damp and wet of conditions.

This isn’t the most specialist pair of work boots but they’re a great introduction to tougher and more robust footwear. They’re comfy too, with a padded collar and a cushion which helps to prevent any blistering on the toe. There are lots of other clever little design touches too, such as a fully-gusseted tongue. For those of you not fully up to speed with the details of work footwear, this means that no annoying debris will be able to make its way into the shoe.

Lightweight but tough, this is an excellent boot for demanding conditions where there are no special safety requirements.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Timberland Pro Non-Insulated Waterproof Boondock Boot

This is the first boot that’s been designed specifically for work, being part of the Timberland Pro collection. They have a distressed look which is appealing, so you’ll never have to deal with that unattractive “new work boots” look. However, it’s not quite so easy to fix the way they feel and you’ll certainly know you’re wearing new boots for a while. They’re stiff and take a while to break down so don’t expect them to mold to the shape of your foot right away.

The upper is made from oiled leather; this is what contributes to the distressed appearance and provides a matte look. As well as looking good, this provides a practical benefit as it helps to repel moisture even more. On the inside there’s a waterproof membrane which lines the whole boot. This not only stops water leaking in from outside but also prevents sweat from being absorbed by the leather upper.

The soles of the boots are where you’ll see the real difference as they’re both shock and slip-resistant. The asymmetrical tread underneath helps to make sure you’ve got grip, no matter what surface you’re walking on, allowing you to plant your feet with confidence. You can choose between a soft toe and a composite toe design, for those who want extra protection against crush injuries. Timberland avoided a steel toe to prevent conducting electricity. Rigid heel cups provide further protection against any possible ankle injuries while the waxed laces limit chemical damage.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Timberland Pro Ridgework Men’s Industrial Boot

The next design from the Pro range at Timberland comes from the Ridgework collection. These are a series of work boots which are designed to offer superior protection, durability and comfort. The uppers are made from leather and the inside has a waterproof membrane lining. This not only enhances the waterproofing from the exterior but protects the uppers from foot sweat. This meets the ASTM F1671-07 standard and repels blood-borne pathogens as well as regular fluids.

Anti-fatigue technology helps to make the boots more comfortable to wear, and also absorb shock at key points. This helps to increase the comfort as well as returning some of the kinetic energy. Smart stuff! The safety toe is made from composite rather than steel but meets ASTM F2413-11 I/75 and ASTM F2412-11 safety standards. Electrical protection is also incorporated into this boot, meeting ASTM F2412-11, ASTM F2892-11 and ASTM F2413-11.

Technology has been used right across the design of the shoe, from the CarbonShield™ toe to the StableStride™ platform that makes it easier to walk over uneven ground. The rubber sole is anti-slip and resistant to oil and abrasions, as well as being able to cope with heat too.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Timberland Pro Steel Toe Pit Boss 6” Boot

This next pair from Timberland are more like a traditional work boot with a steel safety toe that fulfills a variety of ASTM standards, including compression. There’s electrical hazard protection too which also has ASTM certification and with anti-slip plus oil and abrasion-resistant soles, it’s got everything that a worker could ever need. The soles are made from rubber to provide excellent traction and grip on all terrains, including protection from electrical hazards.

The Comfort System™ means that despite the rugged nature of the boot, it’s comfortable to wear and won’t fatigue the legs and feet. Padded top collars provide cushioning around the ankle and there’s a soft fabric lining too. Inside the shoe, the polyurethane footbeds are removable and also have an antimicrobial treatment to prevent odor build-up. You’ll be as well cared-for as an Indy 500 race car too with the Goodyear® welt construction. Aesthetics aren’t ignored either as you can pick from black, brown or wheat in this classic-style work boot.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Timberland Pro Boondock Composite Toe Waterproof Boot

Despite not having a steel toe, Timberland have designed these boots to provide excellent protection and to keep the foot safe. The upper is made from full-grain waterproof leather and is paired with a molded composite safety toe. This combines with a polyurethane midsole and TPU outsole for a tough grip that can tackle any terrain. The leather has been specially tanned to repel moisture and water, and on the inside there’s the same waterproof membrane that the other Pro boots have been lined with.

These boots are capable of tackling all kinds of climatic conditions and include a low-temperature formula to ensure they remain flexible even in subzero settings. The composite toe is non-metallic and there is a tough heel cup protector. This latter feature isn’t always popular with customers but helps to provide stiffness and protection to the rear of the boot. The distinctive Timberland padded collar is included for comfort so the boot will grip the ankle snugly without rubbing. It’s a top-quality work boot which is safe and suitable for use in a wide range of working conditions. However, at more than 2lbs for a single size 9 boot, it’s fairly weighty.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Carhatt Work Boots for Men

Carhartt is one of the best-loved brands which originates from the US. Created more than a century ago, it was first set up in 1889 in Detroit. Their original focus was on making durable workwear for the railroad workers. These initial principles have served them well, providing the perfect grounding for some of the best work boots around. Carhartt have a reputation for professional footwear which lasts well, is safe and also comfortable to stand in for long periods.

It’s fair to say that over the decades Carhartt have committed themselves to researching and honing their knowledge, to stay on the cutting edge of workwear. As well as making boots, they also produce a range of clothing which are suitable for extreme conditions and sports.

It’s this technology which makes their work boots stand out from the crowd. Carhartt say that they should feel no different to a sneaker, yet providing the safety and protection of a traditional work boot. Not many brands can say the same but Carhartt use breathable materials which are waterproof, wick away sweat and are anti-odor too. If you’ve ever caught a whiff of a pair of work boots after a long day, you’ll appreciate just how useful that last quality is!

1) Carhartt CMX402 Lightweight Caswedge Boot

It’s hard to believe that this boot is suitable for work as it looks like a comfy old moccasin that’s dying to be slipped on. Yet those clever bods over at Carhartt have managed to create a soft toe work boot that’s stylish, easy to wear and doesn’t look like your feet have been encased in concrete! It’s a lightweight boot so won’t be suitable for all types of heavy work but the soft toe is certified to meet ASTM 2892-11. The leather has been oil-tanned for a moisture resistant finish and inside there’s a fast dry® lining which gently wicks away sweat leaving feet feeling dry. The insoles are made from Ortholite™ so there’s cushioning for comfortable, prolonged wear.

There’s not really any cushioning around the ankle so these boots can take a little while to wear in. However, the soft finish means the body of the boot molds to your foot far quicker than more rigid designs. A rubber outsole provides great traction and grip and the cement construction offers durability and toughness. Unlike many of the other boots on our list, this is one design you could comfortably wear for leisure as well as work.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Carhartt CMA6331 Force Composite Toe Boot

If you’re looking for a lightweight work boot that won’t weigh you down, Carhartt may have the answer with this composite toe model. Their lightest boot to date, it looks and feels just like an overgrown sneaker but still offers a range of excellent protection for the foot. The upper is made from a combination of leather and Araiprene™. Coupled with a cement construction and a rubber sole it’s entirely waterproof and long-lasting.

Inside the boot there’s the Carhartt Storm Defender® breathable membrane which also wicks away moisture from the foot. This helps to avoid hot, sweaty feet when you’ve been working on a long day! A composite toe is included for protection and this is certified to ASTM 2413-11. Ortholite™ cushioning helps to prevent fatigue as well as getting rid of any nasty whiffs. However, it’s the sole which is something really special as it offers outstanding flexibility as well as grip and traction. This makes it much easier to work in conditions where you need to have good maneuverability.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Carhartt CMW6175  Soft Toe Wedge Work Boot

If you were a fan of Kickers in the 1980s, you’ll love the shape and design of this shoe. There’s something that looks very similar to the retro French brand, but this is a work boot that offers great protection. They look good enough to wear as a leisure boot with your cargo pants or skinny jeans but they’re equally at home in a working environment. The leather upper is completely waterproof and comes with an electrical hazard certification, and that’s just for starters.

Rubber outsoles provide excellent grip while simultaneously shedding debris, allowing easy movement on a variety of surfaces. The soft toe meets ASTM 2892-11 for electrical safety standards and contributes to the flexibility of the whole boot. The soft and pliable design allows the foot to bend and flex as needed, offering agility while on the job. The Storm Defender® technology is back for this boot too, providing a breathable membrane that also wicks away the sweat.

Comfort is taken care of too with the cushioned inners. A polyurethane strobel pad helps to absorb and return energy with every step you take, reducing fatigue and offering a comfortable durability. If you don’t need a tough steel toe but are looking for grip, protection and flexibility it’s hard to find much better than this.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Carhartt Energy 6” Composite Toe Waterproof Boot

There has been some serious technology invested into this pair of boots with an insole which is quite simply outstanding. Carhartt were determined to go one better than the rest of the market and studied more than 120,000 3D scans of feet using CAD software. This produced an insole which has been engineered specifically for the working day. Arch support minimizes fatigue even when worn for prolonged periods while a double foam layer absorbs shock as well as offering comfortable cushioning.

It’s certified to meet ASTM 2413-11 for electrical hazards and in keeping with this, there’s no steel toe. Instead protection is provided via the composite toe which is wide to prevent cramping during a long working day. A suede cover on the insole helps to add almost a third more grip while on the outside, the sole is anti-slip and deeply cleated for traction. Made from rubber the sole is also resistant to oil and chemicals and allows you to walk with confidence on any surface.

The boot itself has the distinctive Carhartt look, combined high-quality black leather with the composite surface. The oil-tanned leather has special moisture-repelling qualities which enhances the waterproofing of the boot. On the inside, the Storm Defender® membrane is both waterproof and breathable.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Irish Setter Work Boots for Men

Irish Setter is a division of Red Wing (more about them a bit further down!) and comes from, yep you guessed it! Red Wing, Minnesota. The very first designs were very similar to Red Wing boots but are widely accepted as being the very first pieces of footwear to be exclusively designed for outdoor hobbies. The name of this brand came from the color of the original leather, a deep reddish-brown similar to the dog of the same name. This leather was specially treated to be acid-resistant and durable in a range of outdoor conditions.

The stunning outdoor landscape of Minnesota is ideal for a brand such as Irish Setter. A premium item of footwear, it offers performance boots and shoes for fishing, hunting and other outdoor pursuits. This has extended into workwear too, a natural progression given the qualities of both Irish Setter and its parent company, Red Wing.

The modern collection from Irish Setter includes a vast range of boots that offer protection against electrical hazards, metatarsal damage, chemical spills and heat. Different designs are also puncture-resistant, waterproof, anti-slip and suitable for wear when working with oil and gas. If you need a work boot, you can be certain that Irish Setter have the kind of protection you need. You won’t find these to be the cheapest on the market but with a variety of fits, including footwear suitable for wide feet, it’s well worth every dollar you’ll pay.

1) Irish Setter 838 Wingshooter Hunting Boot

This may be a work boot but it’s got the appearance of a leisure boot that’s perfect for hiking and hunting. If you’re not planning on using it for work, it will be an excellent bit of footwear for outdoor pursuits that won’t weigh you down too much while you’re on the move. In fact, this is the boot that first launched the Irish Setter brand. Designed as a hunting boot that looks as good as it feels, many generations of hunters have worn this footwear while pounding the fields and forests.

Comfort is really what this boot is all about with a steel support shank and a Goodyear welt construction that’s tough and durable. The ankle high design with contrast stitching and moc-toe is partially inspired by the moccasins worn by the North American Algonquin Indians. This creates a well-fitted and spacious boot that won’t cramp or pinch.

The leather upper is completely waterproof and the polyurethane lining wicks away sweat and moisture so you won’t end up with damp socks. The molded heel and EVA midsole provide extra cushioning and shock-absorbency, helping to make every step bouncy and soft. The grip isn’t deep but you’ll get enough traction for hiking and trekking across uneven ground with a rubber sole that won’t slip. There aren’t any specific safety features that you might find on more industrial work boots, but the excellent craftsmanship, sturdy composition and high-quality materials should be more than enough.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Irish Setter Steel Toe 8” Work Boot

Unlike the first Irish Setter boot, this one is clearly designed for work and provides all the protection you need to get the job done. It’s a tall boot at 8” high but this provides unrivalled support for the ankle on uneven terrain.

There’s extra room in the toe area – 44% extra room in fact – due to the King Toe technology that provides the protection. These are a steel-toed boot so you’ll get the maximum possible protection against crush injuries, meeting ASTM F2413-11. They also offer protection against electrical hazards due to the energized components within the sole and the heel. This makes them an excellent choice for a variety of hazardous environments.

The polyurethane footbed provides soft cushioning for grip and absorbency during wear. However it’s also removable so orthotics can be fitted inside the boot if required. The uppers are 100% leather and benefit from a Goodyear welt construction. This makes sure the boot won’t pull apart when put under pressure. They’re not waterproof but a quick covering with mink oil will increase the resistance to moisture of any kind. The sole isn’t as deeply cleated as some other boots but it still offers an excellent grip. The added benefit of a more shallow tread it that it won’t collect debris and mud so easily.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Irish Setter 83605 Men’s Work Boot

These boots have the advantage of looking just like a casual pair of hunting boots but in fact they provide excellent protection for working environments. They are a soft toe boot but meet the standards for ASTM F2892-11 for electrical hazards. Although they’re not designed for environments where crush or impact injuries are possible, they’re ideal for working with electrical components to reduce the risk of shock.

One of the biggest nuisances about most work boots is that they’re stiff and uncomfortable when they’re new. The majority take some time to wear in, and the process can be less than pleasant. This pair of Irish Setter work boots make a delightful change as you can simply slide into them straight out of the box. They’re so soft and comfortable you won’t need to go through the normal rigors of wearing them in – bonus!

Despite the high comfort factor, these boots are surprisingly tough. With a moc toe and triple contrast stitching, they’re a durable design which will last even with prolonged wear. The upper is made from full-grain leather and the polyurethane sole is removable, if required. The rubber sole has a decent grip which can adequately deal with most surfaces but it’s also heat-resistant, able to cope with temperatures up to 475 degrees Fahrenheit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Keen Work Boots for Men

Originally a Californian company, Keen is much younger than the other companies in our hot list. Founded in 2003, it’s since moved base to Oregon – Portland to be precise. As well as making bags, shoes and clothing, they also specialize in workboots. Both designed and manufactured solely in the U.S, there’s a commitment to quality which is evident from the moment you slip a pair on. Comfortable yet protective, there’s no compromise on safety despite the stylish appearance.

Keen is a great choice for anyone on a tight budget as you won’t find that any of their workboots blow you into bankruptcy. Every pair is hardwearing and durable but doesn’t cost a fortune, a great combination that brings the best of both worlds. You can choose the type of boot you need from the range they have available which specifies the type of protection on offer. Just like Irish Setter, the brand offers lots of different boots for various settings including warehouse, transportation, heavy industry, manufacturing and construction.

1) Keen Utility Milwaukee Steel Toe 6” Work Boot

The Keen Utility Work Boot for men is tough, rugged and strong, and deliver exactly what’s needed. Despite the budget-friendly price tag these boots offer superior protection and are suitable for wear in a range of challenging work environments. The leather upper is abrasion-resistant and provides extreme toughness as well as flexibility while on the move. It ticks every box for men’s work footwear and it won’t break the bank either.

Despite having a tough steel toe, the toe box is roomy and won’t nip at your feet. This reduces the chances of cramping and numbness, and won’t cause blisters during prolonged wear. The design is clever with the KEEN Patented Toe Protection; this involves the outsole wrapping up and over the toe cap. This provides optimum levels of protection and makes the whole boot even more durable.

The upper isn’t completely waterproof but it is water-resistant and using a protective spray can enhance this further. A Goodyear welt construction helps to keep as much moisture out as possible while adding extra stability to the boot. It meets a variety of ASTM standards and with an anti-slip, oil-resistant sole you’ve got all the grip you could ever need to be confident across all terrains.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) KEEN Utility Men’s Seattle 6″ at Waterproof Industrial Boot

It’s hard to believe these boots were designed for work as they’re stylish enough to slip on with a pair of pants or jeans. A short 6” design coupled with a simple upper with contrasting stitching helps to create a boot that looks as good as it feels. We know you might have heard that before – but with this one, it’s really true!

The Utility Seattle boot from Keen allows you to move between work and leisure seamlessly without having to change your footwear. It’s surprisingly tough and durable despite its innocent-looking exterior, and provides excellent protection. Although it doesn’t have a steel toe, it’s got aluminum protection in the toe cap instead. This provides a lighter weight boot while still offering a safeguard against crush and impact injuries.

However; it’s the non-slip design which really stands out, meeting ASTM standards for certification. The TPU shank provides extra support in the midsole while the membrane inside helps your feet to stay dry and sweat-free. If you’re the kind to suffer from stinky shoes, the Cleansport NXT™ might be just what you need to stay odor-free. All of this comes with a leather upper, moisture-wicking fabric lining and removable footbed. Impressive stuff!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Keen Utility Brown 8” Coburg Work Boot

For the times when you need some serious protection for your feet, there’s this pair of Keen utility boots. At 8” tall, they’re a high boot which supports the ankle as well as protecting the toe and heel well too. Unlike some of the other work boots on our list they wouldn’t ever really pass as a leisure boot, but when it comes to professional use, they are few better than this pair.

Built in America, the Coburg boot is made with minimal wastage of materials so if you’ve got one eye on the environment you can purchase these with a clear conscience. The upper is made from 100% leather which provides a waterproof surface that naturally repels moisture. The toe is anatomically correct for the comfiest fit, and provides protection via its steel toe. This also meets ASTM standards for safe wear in hazardous environments. On the heel there’s an additional guard to protect against any accidental scrapes or bumps.

The outsole is both oil-resistant and anti-slip, meeting ASTM standards here also, and they provide outstanding grip. On the inside there’s a moisture-wicking membrane to leave your feet feeling warm but dry.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Justin Original Work Boots for Men

Despite the very modern-sounding name, Justin is one of the oldest brands of workboots in the U.S. A wholly-American brand, it was founded in 1879 and named after its creator, H.J Justin. Owned by Berkshire Hathaway, the brand changed its name from Justin Brands to Justin Original and moved its operation to Texas. One of the biggest plus points about Justin boots is the great variety on offer. You can choose the style you like and match up your safety needs to end up with a boot that looks as good as it feels.

Justin offer extremely comfortable boots and they’re another brand which are kind to the bank balance. With a choice of both lace-ups and pull-on boots, you can take your pick of the design you like, all for the same low price.

1) Justin Original  Steel Toe 8” J-Max Work Boots

For boots that straddle the line between work and leisure, this pair from Justin Original really tick the box. An attractive distressed brown color, these look just like a pair of regular boots. However, beneath the surface is an extremely tough and durable design that’s ideal for work.

The upper is made from 100% leather and handcrafted to a finish in the U.S. However, it’s not just flawlessly finished, it’s also packed full of clever technology to make it feel great all day long. The J-Max® Double Comfort System® includes a mesh spacer cover for the foot bed that creates a much healthier environment, plus ensures comfort. The insoles are removable and can be replaced with orthotics if necessary. The Justin Jel®  is a deeply-cushioned foam that helps to absorb the shock as you walk and then returns energy to prevent fatigue.

In the heel area and ball of the foot there are strategically-placed gel pads to provide support where it’s needed. The Dri-Lex® helps to wick away any moisture and helps to leave the foot feeling dry. The sole is anti-slip and meets ASTM F2892-11 for electrical hazards. It’s all clever stuff!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Justin Original Waterproof J-Max Work Boots

If you like the look of the boots above but don’t need the steel toe, take a look at these bad boys. Almost identical to the first pair of Justin Original boots we featured, this has all of the same benefits but without the inclusion of a steel toe.

That means that this pair feel much lighter and you’ll be more agile, but you’ll still be able to enjoy the benefits of the J-Max® Double Comfort System®. Your feet will stay as dry as ever thanks to the wicking qualities of Dri-Lex®, but these boots have the added advantage of being waterproof too. These also meet ASTM F2892-11 for electrical hazards so it’s really a tight call on which pair to pick!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Justin Original Worker Two Men’s Safetytoe Boot

If you like both of the styles above and can’t decide between them, this boot offers an interesting interim option. The safety toe isn’t as tough as a steel toe but provides more protection than a standard soft toe boot. This can be ideal if you don’t want the heaviness of a steel-toed boot but still need some protection.

The style is slightly different than the first two, but once again it’s a tall boot with eight pairs of eyelets. The upper is made from 100% leather which is softly padded around the collar. On the inside you’ll discover the same cushioning with the J-Max® Double Comfort System®. The technology behind the design means there’s practically no compression with all the energy being returned instead, adding bounce and reducing fatigue. The gel pads in the ball of the foot and heel also aid with conserving energy and mean you can wear the boots for many hours without feeling heavy-legged.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Red Wing Work Boots for Men

As mentioned above, Red Wing have an affiliation with Irish Setter, so it’s not a surprise that the two brands have many similar qualities. Red Wing Shoes became successful very quickly and within a decade of setting up, was produced more than 200,000 pairs of boots every year! They played a major role in equipping soldiers during World War I and went on to produce military boots again for American soldiers who fought in World War II.

Red Wing have flirted with offering fashion shoes but it’s really their workboots for which they’re known. As well as military-grade boots, they’ve also got boots suitable for miners and other specialist industries, such as those which include electrical hazards. As well as producing their own boots, Red Wing also manufacture footwear which is labelled under other brands. These include Irish Setter (as mentioned above), Worx and Vasque. They previously produced boots for Carhartt but this arrangement stopped in 2011.

1) Red Wing Heritage Iron Ranger Vibram Boot

If you’re looking for a pair of work boots that aren’t too industrial-looking, this classic pair of Red Wings could be just what you need. Far more slimline and less clunky-looking than many other work boots, these would look just as good worn casually for leisure. It’s worth mentioning that although there are many redeeming features on these boots, they don’t offer the same safety protection as many others. There’s no safety toe nor any ASTM certification so if these are priorities then you’d need to look elsewhere.

However if you’re simply searching for a boot that is tough, robust and comfortable to wear, this Red Wing design ticks every box. The leather is thick, more than 2mm, so when they’re brand new they can feel stiff. If you persist with breaking them in, you’ll find the boot molds to the shape of your foot, giving you the most comfortable fit of your life!

There’s a long history behind the design of these boots, with Red Wing originally setting out to make a boot for the miners. This meant creating a boot with an oil-resistant sole that could be worn for long hours. Today’s boot still retains many of the first features including the “capped” toe. This isn’t steel or composite, but a double layer of leather that creates the distinctive bulging appearance. The smooth cork sole has been replaced by a mini lug, giving excellent grip in all terrains.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Red Wing Heritage Classic Moc Toes Boot

This is another of Red Wing’s classic styles which combine hardwearing function with beautiful aesthetics. Just like the Irish Setter style above, the stitching on this boot was inspired by the footwear of the North American Algonquin Indians. This style was originally designed for sportsmen in the 1950s but was so comfortable it was quickly adopted by factory and farm workers who needed performance footwear that they could wear all day.

Like the other Red Wing boot on our list, you won’t find a great number of safety features incorporated in the design. Instead, there’s just top-quality craftsmanship and a design which is comfy and very wearable. Oil-tanned leather is used for the upper which gives a far more natural appearance. This means the boots are not completely waterproof but they are water-resistant. As well as being resistant to rain and water on the exterior, it means they’re also sweat-resistant and don’t stain easily.

Red Wing boots deliberately come up large so it’s generally recommended that you move down at least by half a size when purchasing. This means when they’re new they should feel a little on the tight side but should still have plenty of room to wiggle your toes around. There’s not as much grip with these boots as with some of the other work boots we’ve mentioned. However, the wedge style heel and rubber traction sole should be sufficient for most surfaces.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Danner Work Boots for Men

Based in Oregon, Danner is a brand which has always represented high quality, making the focus on the craftsmanship rather than producing volume. They’ve been around since 1932, steadily producing a stream of designs which cater to their customers’ precise needs. The company was bought by fellow footwear specialist LaCrosse in 1994. LaCrosse started up in 1987 and had acquired its own reputation for high quality. Since the two footwear manufacturers combined, the business has gone from strength to strength and has become known for its work boots. Suitable for hunting, agriculture and construction, these boots are the business.

There are lots of reasons why Danner really hits the sweet spot with customers. They’re well-priced and won’t break your bank account, even though each boot is carefully crafted to exquisite standards. They’re durable, comfy to wear and even though they’re practical, they look great on too. Bnus!

1) Danner Quarry Distressed Brown Men’s Boots

This pair of work boots are taller than many of the others on our list with 9 pairs of eyelets. This together with a stylish distressed brown finish means that these work boots look great worn casually too, topped by a pair of combats or slouchy jeans. There’s a number of reasons why this is one of Danner’s most popular boots, and these include the striking good looks of the 100% leather upper.

The soft collar ensures that the boot doesn’t rub the ankle while triple-stitching offers durability. In the mid foot there’s a fiberglass shank which delivers an energizing boost. The composite toe provides ASTM-certified protection against electrical hazards as well as helping to safeguard against crush injuries.

The sole is made from rubber and features an enhanced grip which provides traction even on difficult surfaces. The boots are anti-slip and are also resistant to oil, allowing them to be worn in a variety of settings. Inside, the insole is deeply cushioned and a Gore-Tex membrane keeps every drop of moisture out. If you look carefully at the laces you’ll spot a small metal tag bearing the Gore-Tex name. It’s these small little details which set Danner apart and reveal the meticulous attention to details provided by the master craftsmen.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Danner 6” Workman Brown Boot

The second of our Danner boots is slightly shorter than the first entry, although it’s still a fairly hefty six eyelet design. This means it sits higher than the ankle, providing support and strength, and making it suitable for uneven or difficult terrain. The upper is made from full-grain oiled leather which gives them an authentic distressed appearance. This avoids the dreaded “new boot” look; the first time you slip these on they’ll look as if they’re a pair of old friends!

Aside from the aesthetics, the distressing also serves a practical purpose as it helps to improve the waterproofing qualities of the boot. This is further helped by the Gore-Tex lining which is not just waterproof but fully breathable too. All of this means that your feet will be well-protected and dry without feeling hot and sweaty.

Inside, there are Ortholite™ insoles which provide deep cushioning and comfort during extended wear. The dual design in the sole includes a rigid heel for optimum protection coupled with an alloy toe and flexibility in the front of the foot. This means this boot is a top choice for the times when you need to be able to move with precision and accuracy. The composite toe meets the criteria for ASTM F2892-11 EH and ASTM F2413-11 so you can enjoy real peace of mind over the protection on offer.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Danner Trakwelt NMT Men’s Boot

This is another pair of tall boot from Danner, reaching 8” up from the shaft and incorporating 8 pairs of eyelets. Made from 100% brown leather, they look stylish and smart despite their heavy duty performance. The padding around the collar helps to cushion the boot against the leg and the leather is thick, but soft. This means the boots don’t take a long time to wear in compared to other styles.

There’s a non-metallic safety toe built into this boot which meets the ASTM standard for electrical hazard protection. This means that the boot tends to come up a little narrower than usual; some customers recommend sizing up. The heel is 90 degrees which may feel a little awkward at first, but it will help you to stay on your feet on uneven surfaces. An anti-slip and oil-resistant sole completes the package, ensuring that you’ll get good traction wherever you go.

The technology known as Danner Dry does a top-rate job of waterproofing the boots. Even in the heaviest downpours, your feet will stay warm and snug. The membrane allows moisture to escape from the foot, helping to eliminate sweat. However, it’s worth pointing out that these boots will keep your feet very warm so probably aren’t a great choice for working in higher temperatures. Ortholite™ insoles and shock-absorbing soles mean that even if your feet do get warm, they’ll feel extremely comfortable. Even though they’re a heavy 2.5lbs per boot, you won’t feel fatigued after a day of wearing these, which is seriously impressive!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

So, Which Boots Are Made For Walking?

We’re finished! We’ve now walked you through all 23 of the best work boots for men and there’s plenty to think about! The differences in working environment mean it’s not possible to pick an outright winner because much depends on how and where the boot will be worn. Not all environments are as hazardous as others, and not all require the same level of protection.

What we can say for certainty is that all of the above work boot manufacturers offer outstanding quality. With a range of prices to suit your budget, we’ve got no doubt that you’ll be able to find an excellent boot that will last.

January 30, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 23 Work Boots for Men
0
488

Best 20 Cigar Cutters

S

o you love nothing more than drawing on your favorite cigars or you’re a wannabe mafia hitman that’s looking for an effective torture device and have been looking for a new cigar cutter. Thankfully, whichever of the two that you are, you have only gone and stumbled across the most perfect of perfect pages as we have reviewed 20 of the best cigar cutters that money can buy.

The cigar cutters in our reviews will all be able to effectively cut through the tips of cigars (and similarly shaped body parts, if needed) quickly, easily, and in a far cleaner way than using your own mouth. As much as you all want to put on your best Clint Eastwood impressions when chewing off the end of your cigar, it’ll only end up sodden and with people laughing at you, rather than with you.

In all seriousness though, cigar cutters are not created equal as much as you might think that they are all just a much of a muchness. First of all, you have different types of cigar cutters from guillotine types to scissor types and secondly, some are sharper, provide a better cut, or are simply better looking!

It’s actually quite amazing to learn of all the different types of cutters and the techniques that are used for a task which, on the face of it, seems quite simple. However, only the proper cigar smokers among you will know just how important it is to get the perfect cut at all times. Some cutters will squash the cigar too much rather than cut it, while others will cut a little too deep resulting in the cap unraveling.

So before we go ahead with the reviews of the 20 best cigar cutters available to purchase right now, we thought we would answer a few of the more commonly asked questions regarding cigar cutters and the art of cutting a cigar.

How to cut a cigar

You might think that cutting off the tip off of a cigar is a simple process but even the most experienced of cigar smokers will make an occasional bad cut and reduce their smoking enjoyment. A rough cut can leave tobacco in the mouth and a loosening of the inside of the cigar while cutting too deep or shallow can be the difference between an unraveling cap or a rough feeling on the lips respectively.

If you’re using a guillotine cutter, or cigar scissors, the idea is to cut just before the cap so that you have at least 3- to 4-mm remaining. This will give you a far better chance of avoiding any unraveling. Secondly, any cut should be done quickly and in one movement if you’re looking for the best results.

A big tip though, if you’re trying to cut a figurado, you will not be able to use a guillotine or scissors and will instead have to use a V-cutter, punch cutter or go the Dirty Harry route of chewing off the end.

What types of cigar cutters are out there? 

Well, that torture device that we mentioned earlier is the most basic and more commonly used type of cigar cutter and that is known as a straight/guillotine cutter. These are available with either a single or double blade, with the latter being renowned for providing the cleanest type of cut. Two blades from opposite directions just seem to give a clean cut as an end result.

Other popular cutters include V-cut/wedge cutters which help to prevent cutting too deep, punch cutters which punch a hole into the cap of the cigar, specialist cigar scissors that work as you might expect, and the rather scary but innovative Shuriken cutter that has 6 blades. The latter is a fairly new invention and it cuts six equal slits into the cap of a cigar in the most torture-ristic ways imaginable.

How to take care of Cigar Cutters

After a sustained period of time using the same cigar cutter, you might start to notice that its performance starts to drop. This could be from the cuts not being as clean, the caps of your cigars tending to shred rather than being cut off nicely, the operation of the cutter is not as smooth and becomes difficult to open and close, or that some gunk buildup is starting to appear on the blades.

In most of these cases, your cigar cutter will need little more than a good clean. This can be done by swabbing alcohol on the blades to remove any tar buildup. Furthermore, to help with the movement of the cutter, grab a tiny amount of graphite lubricant and put it on either side of the blades. Follow that up by repeatedly opening and closing the cutter so that the lubricant gets inside and you will quickly notice a marked improvement in the operation of the cutter.

If your blades need sharpening, the only real way to do this is to get in contact with the manufacturer of the cutter to see if they will do this for you. Some of the best cigar cutter brands will be happy to have this done but it may take a few weeks before you get your cutter back

What is the best brand for Cigar Cutters? 

Anyone that knows their stuff when it comes to cigar cutters will know that the two leading brands are Colibri and Xikar. These two are leading the pack right now and have been for some time but there are still a few other notable mentions as you will learn throughout our reviews.

In general though, if you want the very best in terms of the quality and durability of a cutter and excellent aftercare in terms of warranty and sharpening services, these are the two that you should be leaning towards. All that said and done, the likes of Alaska Bear, Palio Burlwood and Cuban Crafter all have some very good cutters and these certainly should not be discounted.

Why personalized cigar cutters make the best gifts for cigar lovers

A man that loves his cigars will always carry around his cigar cutter so what better way to remind him of your love than to buy him a personalized cigar cutter? Each and every time he goes to light up, he will see your personalized message and cast a thought in your direction.

Besides that, this is a gift that will last a long time and will actually serve a decent purpose. Things like personalized pens (who even physically writes anymore?), personalized jewelry (which is just worn permanently and hardly a daily reminder) are great but will never get the message across as effectively.

Best Cigar Cutters to Buy on Amazon

The first part of the list will feature the very best cigar cutters that money can buy over at Amazon. You’ll find others but let’s be honest, not everything sold on that site is always of the best of quality which is why you should trust us with your products!

1) Colibri V-Cut Cigar Cutter

So first up in our reviews is that of the excellent spring-loaded release V-Cut Cigar Cutter from Colibri. As we mentioned earlier, Colibri alongside Xikar, are the leading manufacturers of cigar cutters and once you try this one out, you will quickly see why. It comes in six different colors, is designed to fit your hand perfectly, and more importantly, is designed to produce a deep clean cut that provides a robust and tasty draw.

Designed to be able to cut larger gauge cigars and torpedo cigars otherwise known as figurado’s, you will be able to cut as high as 60+ Ring Gauge with this superb Colibri cigar cutter. What we particularly like about this cutter is the obvious build-quality that can be found throughout all Colibri products. The base is made of metal alloy while the stainless steel blade will give you the perfect cut time and time again.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Alaska Bear Double Cut Guillotine Cigar Cutter

At around half the price of the Colibri above and considered a good quality cigar cutter with great value for money is that of the Alaska Bear Double Cut Guillotine Cigar Cutter. Sure, it might not come from a company with as an extensive and proud history as Colibri but you will actually be very surprised at just how good this cutter is for the money.

It comes in three finishes being antique bronze, gun black, and stainless steel and is a self-sharpening two-blade guillotine style cigar cutter. Those blades are made from stainless steel and having tested this product ourselves quite extensively, we can say that the consistency of the cut is actually very good. We have also read rave reviews about the customer service from Alaska Bear who are apparently very happy to replace any cutter no matter what the issue is.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Tonino Lamborghini Le Mans Cigar Cutter

Now if you were after something that offers up plenty of sex appeal, the Tonino Lamborghini Le Mans Cigar Cutter is something you should be looking at. This attractive dual-blade guillotine cigar cutter comes in seven different carbon fiber finishes with each of them looking absolutely fantastic. Lamborghini, as you will know, is a luxury sports car manufacturer by trade but they are known for putting their name and their skills to making other high-end products as well.

The great thing about this cutter is that it offers more than just stunning looks. A spring-loaded stainless steel blade will cut your cigar against a second stationary blade and will deliver a flawless cut on a consistent basis. The cutter also has a solid and heavy feel which aids clean cutting of cigars up to 54 Ring Gauge.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Visol Sharp Lines Cigar Cutter

Another cigar cutter that is receiving rave reviews for its design, cleanliness of cut, and robustness is the Visol Sharp Lines Cigar Cutter. This dual-blade stainless steel guillotine cutter comes in a variety of finishes such as chrome, brushed chrome, and polished chrome which all catch the eye and make you look like the cool guy that you are.

On top of looking the part, the Sharp Lines also fits comfortably in the hand, has a heavy and firm feel, and uses a spring-loaded mechanism to release its two ultra sharp blades. Cutting is done in a quick and precise way and you should get a neat cut consistently with cigars up to 52 Ring Gauge.

Ideal as a gift to any cigar lover, the Visol Sharp Lines Cutter even comes with a free gift box that you can wrap easily before handing it over to the lucky man who now owns a good quality cigar cutter.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Xikar Xi2 Cigar Cutter

Many cigar aficionados absolutely swear by Xika cigar cutters and it is easy to see why after you have tried one like their Xi2 Cigar Cutter. The Xi2 is one of the most popular, sharpest, and stylish dual-blade guillotine cigar cutters on the market. The blades on this thing have a Rockwell C rating of 57 which, without boring you with the details of exactly what that means, simply means that this is the hardest and sharpest blades you are going to be able to find.

With blades like that, you will never have a problem getting a clean cut. Thing is, they are so sharp that the Xi2 has had to implement a locking system so that you do not accidentally mistake your fingers as cigars. You can just imagine the kind of damage these spring-loaded blades could do to that little piggy before she went to the market!

Made from nylon fiberglass, this product also comes in a wide range of styles and finishes which means you can find one that perfectly suits your taste.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Cuban Crafters Perfect Cigar Cutter

Whether you’re a beginner or aficionado, the Cuban Crafters Perfect Cigar Cutter pretty much lives up to its own name. This cutter essentially takes away any guesswork out of cutting your cigar and makes the whole process of getting the perfect cut extremely easy. You no longer have to try and guess about how much of a tip to take off as a calibrated chamber within the cutter does all of this for you. Just place the head of any cigar up to 54 Ring Gauge into the chamber and it will take off the perfect amount.

Another standout feature is that this chamber also holds on to any tobacco that has been cut off so that you can discard any mess far more conveniently. Furthermore, you do not have to worry about sharpening the surgical grade blades as they are self-sharpening. Did we also mention that should you buy this cutter you are given a lifetime warranty?

Simply put, when you consider the excellent price of this dual blade guillotine cutter and the quality of this product, you’re not going to find much better. It looks and feels great in the hand too which is always a nice touch for a cutter.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) S.T Dupont Chrome Waves Cigar Cutter

Cutting the tip off a cigar in a manner that gives the perfect draw is not something that is easily done unless of course, you own a premium cigar cutter such as the S.T Dupont Chrome Waves Cigar Cutter. With a stylish design, this polished chrome-plated steel guillotine cigar cutter has a good reputation for quick and accurate cuts due to an ergonomic design and dual blades which open automatically when pressed on both sides.

A little pricey compared to other cutters on this list but the elegant nature and luxurious feel of this cutter are definitely going to appeal to many of you. That, on the top precision cutting of any types of cigars up to a Ring Gauge of 50, will certainly make that price so much more acceptable. A cute little gift box is the cherry on the cake too as it makes it an ideal option to give as a gift to any cigar aficionado in your family.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Xikar XO Cigar Cutter

Why not consider a cigar cutter that will not only give you an exceptional cut time and time again but will also be a conversation piece whenever you pull it out? That is exactly what you will be getting from the excellent Xikar XO Cigar Cutter. This circular guillotine cutter looks like nothing else out there right now which is something Xikar are protecting via a patent pending.

Of course, style is nothing without substance and in true Xikar fashion, once again they do not let us down. Their blades operate on a unique gear system and work together to provide the cleanest of cuts that you are going to see. Housed in an aluminum body, the XO is also one of the most durable cutters that you will find on the market.

Available in various finishers, the Xikar XO is one of the best looking and accurate cigar cutters available in our humble opinion.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Palio Cigar Cutter – Composite Cutter

Those of you looking for a budget option simply because you want to have more money to spend on expensive cigars will probably be quite attracted to the efficient and smart looking Palio Composite Cigar Cutter. At a fraction of the price of the many high-end cutters on our list, performance, and style wise, this cutter has more than enough going for it.

Sure it might be quite lightweight and made from polymer but it has an excellent ergonomic design, some of the sharpest blades in the business, and a wide range of different finishes for you to choose from. Those blades are Rockwell C 57/58 grade and are made of 420 stainless steel – essentially meaning that you are not going to find many cutters sharper than this one.

The cutter also doubles up as a cigar rest which is handy when there are no ashtrays around and a neat little pouch can be used to store it in order to prevent lint from getting into the gears.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Xikar Xi1 Cigar Cutter

We know that you’re thinking yet another Xikar cutter but what do you expect? They are one of the best in the business and are known for innovative designs, supreme and consistent cutting accuracy, and even more impressively, a lifetime warranty for all of their cutters. Many people swear by Xikar with the Xi1 Cigar Cutter being one of their most popular.

This attractive tear-shaped guillotine cutter is made of solid and durable aluminum for the casing which houses super sharp HRC 57 stainless steel blades that when pressed together, will provide some of the cleanest cuts that you’re likely to see. The cutting action is also very swift and feels natural when holding the cutter.

This cutter is fairly expensive compared to budget cigar cutters but you know the quality that you’re going to get from one of the biggest names in town.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Table Top Quad Guillotine and V Cut Cutter

Is your desk at home looking a bit bland? Want something to sit next to your automatic pencil sharpener? Then what about the Table Top Quad Guillotine and V-Cut Cigar Cutter? This heavy cast aluminum cutter gives you the option of four different holes to use for different sized cigars. Two of those holes contain guillotine cutters and the other two have V-cutters inside. All you have to do is place the tip of your cigar into the hole of your choice and pull the lever.

While on the surface this might seem a little gimmicky, this product has received plenty of praise for the cuts that it delivers, its ease of use, and its sturdy and durable build quality. It’s also decently priced and would make for an excellent gift to any family member or friend that fancies themselves as somewhat of a cigar aficionado.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Xikar Xi2 Cigar Cutter

Xikar is back with a bang once more with yet another superior cigar cutter in the Xi2 Cigar Cutter. These are essentially the same cutter as the Xi1 in every aspect apart from the base material used. Instead of an aluminum base, this is made from a lighter and cheaper nylon fiberglass instead. This will help you to save some bucks without affecting the quality of the cut that you receive on a consistent basis.

The Rockwell C 57 rated 440 stainless steel blades are still there as you will find in most Xikar products and these are where this brand really stands out. Their blades are the sharpest out there and will always give you a clean cut for that perfect draw. You will also have a variety of finishes to choose from and that same tear-shaped design that has been ever popular.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) CiTree Cigar Case With Cutter

Okay, so technically this product is a cigar case which is obviously very handy in itself but it does also come with a pretty decent little cigar cutter too. The cutter is made from stainless, steel is a dual-blade guillotine type, and it is actually an excellent choice for a beginner or for a gift.

The case is made of genuine leather and it can store up to two cigars up to a Ring Gauge of 52 and has that separate little pocket for the cutter. This is a great little bundle and even if you did not like the cutter, the pocket will be able to house another instead.  We never had any issues when cutting with this cutter though and would have no problems recommending this product considering its price.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Colibri Cut Cigar

Colibri is another of the worlds best manufacturers of cigar cutters so it is no surprise to see another entry of theirs on this list too. The Colibri Cut Cigar Cutter delivers up a spring-loaded double blade guillotine that is made from 440 stainless steel that can provide efficient quality cuts on cigars up to 62 Ring Gauge in size.

We particularly like the fact that there is a wide range of designs that you can choose from and that the metal alloy casing material provides a heavy yet ergonomic feel in your hands as you cut your cigars. Easy-to-clean and designed to be non-stick, there are not many better guillotine cigar cutters that you can buy in this price range.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Xikar Xi1 Titanium Finish Cigar Cutter

Just in case you were wondering, Xikar seem to be quite popular among cigar aficionados. That is why you are seeing so many of their products on our list. They are just the best at what they do right from the durability and sharpness of their blades right up to the stylish designs and innovative cutting actions.

This one is the Xikar Xi1 again but this time it comes with added style as it has been given a titanium finish that will have all your friends green with envy. It looks fantastic, probably the best looking one in the range in fact and still manages to keep the sublime cutting accuracy that you would expect from any Xikar product.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Personalized Cigar Cutters

Cigar cutters make a great gift there is no question about that but even better is when you can find one that you can personalize to make it that even more special. Here are our top picks when it comes to personalized cigar cutters.

16) Visol Personalized Engraved Cigar Cutter

Engraved cigar cutters really are an excellent gift idea for anyone that you know that loves nothing more than a regular puff on a cigar. The problem is that not all the cigar cutters used as part of an engraving bundle are not always that great. However, with the Visol Personalized Engraved Cigar Cutter, you are actually getting a cutter that is mightily impressive. Visol is a well-known brand that has been making top-quality cutters for many years.

Made from solid steel this double blade guillotine cutter will be able to deliver a perfect cut on any cigar up to that of 60 Ring Gauge. As for the personalization, you can place two lines of text with up to 10 characters on each. Perfect for devoting your love, appreciation, or for remembering lost loved ones.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) Visol Personalized Double Guillotine Cigar Cutter

Visol is the number one when it comes to manufacturing top-quality cigar cutters that have just enough space left over for a little bit of a personalized engraving. This cutter has a different design to their previous offering but it provides the same level of accuracy, efficiency, and cleanness when cutting a cigar up to 60 Ring Gauge in size.

This solid metal double spring action cutter has stainless steel blades that work in a guillotine fashion to provide the perfect cut consistently. Simply slide the button to open the blades before placing the top of the cigar inside and pressing down on both sides. 10 characters of engraving will be done for free which is less than the previous cutter but many of you will still be able to get your message across.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) Visol High Polish Silver & Gun Metal Cigar Cutter

If either of the two personalized Visol cutters above do not take your fancy or you feel that the person you are buying for would prefer a polished silver and gunmetal finish, this double blade guillotine cutter from Visol might be a better bet. Capable of cutting cigars up to 56 Ring Gauge in size, the stainless steel spring-loaded blades in this cutter will always give consistently clean cuts.

A little disappointing is the fact that this sleek looking cutter does not leave much room for engraving other than for just three initials. Still, this makes for an excellent gift and one that is great value for money to boot!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Best Cigar Scissor Cutters

While guillotine are the most popular type of cigar cutters there are other types of cutters that are extremely effective at getting the perfect cigar cut. One of those is that of scissor cutters and we feel that the following two are some of the best around right now.

19) Xikar MTX Cigar Scissors

Xikar does not only focus on guillotine style cigar cutters which they obviously excel at making but they also delve into different types of cigar cutters as well. Their MTX Cigar Scissor cutters are one such product and we have to say that the same quality or workmanship has once again shown to be prevalent in these cutters.

Made from HRC 57 stainless steel, the blades on these scissors are about as sharp as you can imagine and they are housed in a lightweight body that also holds a number of other handy tools. Two screwdrivers, a poker, a bottle opener, and a lighter flame adjuster are those additional tools and while they are not important in terms of cutting cigars, they might just come in handy one day.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Cuban Crafters Cigar Scissor Cutter

At more than half the price of the Xikar MTX comes the Cuban Crafters 3-Blade Scissor Cutters that are proving to be exceptionally popular. A lot of that is due to the exceptional value for money especially when you consider a lifetime warranty but the rest is down to the actual impressive quality of the cutters.

Made from stainless steel, these surgical grade scissors use an innovative three-way cutting technique which not only provides a perfect cut but will also self-sharpen. You can cut up to 60 Ring Gauge cigars with these cutters and can expect a quality cut each and every time.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

The Final Cut

Now, whether you consider yourself something of a cigar aficionado or are just starting out, we dare you to suggest that you did not find any cigar cutters in that list of interest! We can assure you that there will be something for everyone among that lot and the best part is that half of them seem to have lifetime warranties – what is there to lose?

Your choice will ultimately come down to which of the cutters has the best reputation for good quality cutting, which looks the coolest, and which is the least likely to turn your fingers themselves into something that resembles half-smoked cigars. If you are of a clumsy nature, we suggest you opt for the ones with the best safety devices but the rest of you should definitely go for something that become an instant conversation piece as soon as you clip your latest cigar with them.

January 30, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 20 Cigar Cutters
0
689

Best 21 Front Pocket Wallets

W

hether you’re a cash or cards kinda guy, you won’t want to leave the house without grabbing your wallet. But before you stuff it into the back pocket of your pants, you might want to think twice. Although it’s more traditional for men to carry their wallets in the back pocket, there’s a growing trend that’s challenging the old school style. Try slipping your wallet into your front pocket and you’ll wonder why you’ve never tried it before!

There are lots of benefits to front pocket wallets – more about that in a minute! – but you’ll need to think about things in a whole new way. With a rear pocket wallet you can go as thick as you like; the only effect is to add more junk to your trunk! That’s not quite the case with front pocket wallets. If you don’t have a slimline design, you could find your visa card giving you a trim in the downstairs department – we can speak for all men when we say “ouch!”

Fear not. You won’t have to choose between cramming a bulky wallet into your back pocket and putting the squeeze on your family jewels. There is another option: front pocket wallets. These are wallets which not only provide plenty of capacity for your cash and cards, but they’re also deliberately slimmer. Available in a range of different styles, these money clip wallets give you the best of both worlds. Sadly they can’t help with filling your wallet with more dollars, but they can at least make you comfortable while you’re carrying it around.

Here’s a closer look at what we think are the best 21 front pocket wallets, but first, a quick run-through of some all-important questions.

Types of Front Pocket Wallet

The defining feature of a front pocket wallet is that it’s much smaller than a standard wallet. Shrinking the size allows the wallet to fit comfortably into a front pocket, rather than being stuffed behind. A large bulging wallet in your front pocket won’t just feel awkward, it will also create a questionable bulge… which will attract attention for all the wrong reasons. Therefore, size really does matter but on this occasion, the smaller the better.

Aside from size, front pocket wallets come in a variety of styles and the one you choose really depends on your personal preference. There are some which are no more than a pared-down bifold design, offering a flip-over style with the cards spread out inside in a traditional layout. For the most compact wallets, look for those which look similar to a cardholder, typically with a money clip on the exterior. For these, extra features to make card retrieval convenient and easy are a major advantage.

There are many other styles too, such as the simple money clip, or the flip-over cardholder. The key features to look for are ease of retrieval and the ability to store all the essentials that you need. Some front pocket wallets offer space for 10 cards, others can only fit four; what you choose is entirely up to you.

Top Reasons to Use a Front Pocket Wallet

We think the fact that they look pretty darn sweet is reason enough to pick a front pocket wallet, but if you need a little more persuading there are lots of other benefits too.

No-one wants to be pickpocketed or even robbed at knifepoint and forced to hand over your wallet. However, if you carry your valuables around on display you’re putting yourself in the firing line. A wallet is easy to spot in the back pocket; you don’t need to be checking out someone’s butt to spot the tell-tale bulging square. In some cases the wallet will even peek out of the top, making it even more irresistible to those who are light-fingered. When you’re moving through crowds, it’s infinitely easier to lift a wallet from a back pocket than when it’s buried deep in the front.

If you’re utterly convinced that security isn’t an issue, the health implications of carrying the load in your rear might be something to make you stop and think. When you slide your wallet into the back pocket, you throw your spine out of alignment. To put it in simple terms, you’ll be sitting all wonky. With one butt cheek perched higher than the other, you’ll cause problems with your hips and press on the sciatic nerve. If you’re getting back pain, the simple solution could be to shift your wallet!

The other consideration to where you should put your wallet is the aesthetics. No matter how accustomed you are to stuffing your wallet in the back pocket of your jeans, it still doesn’t look great. Even if your wallet is as slimline as possible, you’ll have an ugly distortion in your silhouette. If you’re rocking a pair of skinnies, this will be disastrous for your fashion aesthetics and completely ruin your slimline look. If you’ve switched it up and are chilling in a pair of cargo pants, stashing your wallet in the rear can pull the fabric down, causing them to sag in an unflattering way. If nothing else, for the sake of your butt’s appearance, switch to a front pocket wallet today!

How Much Can I Actually Carry in a Front Pocket Wallet?

The capacity of a front pocket wallet depends on the exact style chosen. Although all wallets in this category are designed to be small, some use the available space better than others. Some wallets are more inclined towards carrying cards, with just a token nod towards cash, while others don’t have much room for cards. As a general rule, wallets which are primarily a money clip are far better for cash. In contrast, cardholder designs often don’t have much space for bills, but can accommodate large numbers of cards.

Carrying a front pocket wallet offers the ideal chance to examine the contents of your wallet: do you really need all those cards? Assess what are the essentials that you need to carry around and choose your design accordingly.

What is RFID-Blocking?

RFID-blocking may sound like some kind of weird sci-fi plot…oh no, wait…that’s triffids. RFIDs are the tiny chips that are embedded in cards, passports and other similar items and are designed to speed up processes. Radio Frequency identification, to give RFID its full name, has revolutionized the world today, offering a new way to store, transmit and share personal information. Some of the places that RFID is most commonly found include credit cards, debit cards, passports, driver’s licenses, travel passes, electronic room key cards and ID cards.

RFID-enabled items can be used without the need to swipe cards or enter codes. Instead, you simply need to pass your card close to a scanning device and the reader connects with the chip directly. This is more convenient as you don’t need to be constantly hauling your card out of your wallet, and is also much faster too. This makes it ideal for places which are crowded and where there’s the need to get queues moving quickly.

Although there’s no denying that this technology is fantastic, it also presents the potential for new ways for fraudsters to rip you off. It’s not difficult to develop a RFID reader which means that your private, financial data can be stolen. RFID technology means it’s easier to steal your money digitally than it ever was to pickpocket. To successfully scam you, all the criminal needs to do is wander past you at close range with the reader. This picks up your data and bam! Your details are stolen.

RFID-blocking is a type of counter-technology which involves the use of a physical shield. The effectiveness of this varies but to a greater or lesser extent, it blocks the transmission of the data from the RFID chip. This prevents fraudsters from being able to steal your financial data unlawfully by passing close to you with a secret RFID reader.

Do You Really Need a RFID-Blocking Wallet?

The problem is that RFID doesn’t have an off switch so there’s no real way to guard against the crime known as “skimming”. Illegal card readers can very easily come into close proximity to your wallet without your knowledge, leaving you at risk of having your information fraudulently stolen. It’s tempting to assume that if you’re careful you won’t become a victim but it’s not that easy. While some experts claim that credit cards have to be placed directly onto the device, other sources claim that if a reader is within a few feet, the details can be lifted.

What’s known is that at present, fraudulent card reading is a negligible risk but as technology increases, it’s one that’s expected to rise.  RFID-blocking wallets aren’t an essential right now but they certainly do offer value protection against a hazard which is undeniable. If you’re planning on keeping your wallet for some time, looking for a design that includes comprehensive RFID-blocking could be a real asset. However, right now, for most people this type of technology wouldn’t be essential.

1) Distilunion Original Wally Leather Front Money Clip

This clever wallet manages to fit in everything you’d expect in a full-sized money clip but in a much slimmer design. Approximately half the size of a traditional wallet, the Original Wally only gets slimmer with use as the leather softens with wear. This is partly due to the superior quality of the leather which is sustainably-sourced and only procured from tanneries which hold the Leather Workers Group certification.

In this design, the bills are held securely in the center which allows the removal of the cards without having to show off your pile of money. However, as it’s NFC-compatible you won’t even have to take your cards out of your wallet to make a payment with tap-and-go technology. They also won’t block the signal on keyless entry cards, helping to prevent accidental loss by keeping the card safely in the wallet.

There are lots of pretty neat features that make this wallet something special. These include a pull-tab feature for instant access to your cards, a money clip with adjustable tension, hand-rolled edges and Flexlock, an integrated steel-spring system which prevents the leather from becoming distorted and stretched. The latter is an excellent way to ensure the cards don’t fall out but it’s essential not to overfill the wallet. If too many cards are inserted, the Flexlock feature becomes over-stretched and quickly breaks.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Serman Brands Leather Bifold Slimline Money Clip

This design was originally funded by Kickstarter and it’s not hard to see why. With some well-thought out features and intuitive design, it’s a wallet that challenges the status quo. If you’re looking for the slimmest design on the market, this isn’t it, but nevertheless it’s still a sleek and streamlined option suitable for carrying in the front pocket. The makers advertise a capacity of 10 US bills but user reviews suggest it’s possible to comfortably fit double inside.

Like most other front pocket wallets, you won’t find a coin pocket included but other than this small detail you’ll find everything you could possibly need on this design. It has RFID protection but only to a limited degree. The manufacturer says that it will block the signal from credit cards, but all other types of card can still be transmitted. For some, this is a handy feature as it means you won’t need to whip out your card while going through public transport barriers, for example. However, it’s important to be aware of this limitation because it could mean you accidentally unlock a door. This doesn’t mean the RFID mechanism is faulty, but it’s a lower level of blocking that really only protects the critical transactions.

The design of the wallet is classy and elegant with a broad range of muted colors. Whether you like the branding of the manufacturer on the front is very much a personal decision. Some might find it makes the wallet look too much like a piece of corporate merchandise, but others may appreciate the stylish embossing.

This front pocket wallet particularly excels with the design of the card-pocket. You can comfortably fit 6-8 cards inside without the compartment feeling stuffed full. There’s a smart tab which slides the cards in and out to provide rapid access when required. This also means you don’t need to fully open the wallet and expose your dollar bills to anyone looking over your shoulder. A little extra that not many other designs have is the additional slot for your most-used card. This holds the card separately and provides instant access. Clever Serman Brands, clever.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Tom Ford Nubuck Camouflage Money Clip Wallet

If you’re looking for a high-quality gift for the man in your life, look no further than this gorgeous creation from Tom Ford. Available from Selfridges as well as Tom Ford directly, this is an exquisite little number that we’d be constantly waving around. Quite frankly, it’s too darn beautiful just to keep hidden in your pocket. But you would be able to do that pretty well as it’s a small size that easily slides into your front pocket without creating a worrying bulge.

However, for a price that’s high enough to make your eyes water you’d expect this money clip for men to be more or less perfect. Unfortunately, there are a few things which maybe won’t suit everyone. Firstly, the design is no different than a traditional wallet. With six credit card slots inside, two additional open slots plus a central area for your bills, it’s just like every other wallet you’ve had in the past. While other manufacturers are offering clever tabs for rapid access to your plastic, security features to prevent bills or cards from dropping out and RFID protection, Tom Ford is just sticking to the same traditional formula you’ve had seen many times before.

This classic style will be undoubtedly preferable for some, but for those who are switching to a front pocket wallet for the first time, it may seem a little well, meh. However, if you like the traditional structure the flawless finishing of the soft nubuck and Italian-crafted finish still make this wallet a real contender.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Timberland Slimline Leather Men’s Money Clip

If you want a small wallet that’s easy to slip into your pants, this streamlined style from Timberland could be a real winner. Quite apart from having the high-quality you’d expect from Timberland, it’s a masculine yet minimalist design that will suit almost any guy. Choose from lighter tan brown, dark brown and black, all made from soft Italian leather that will age well rather than simply becoming tattered.

Similar to the Tom Ford wallet, there’s nothing particularly revolutionary about the design of this men’s bifold but unlike the Tom Ford, this money clip is available at a phenomenal price. Great value for money, it’s a top option for a wallet to use every day. Inside you’ll find there are four slots for your plastic, plus there’s a window too. Not every front pocket wallet features this, and it’s a useful addition if you need to display ID. As you might expect from a money clip, the bills attach to the exterior. We’ve never been the biggest fans of this style but if you like the easy access this offers, it’s another tick for Timberland.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Leather Architect RFID-Blocking Money Clip Wallet

For guys who like the appeal of a simple, basic wallet but want a little bit extra on the technology front, this design from Leather Architect is a winner. There’s nothing mind-blowing about the overall style – no hidden pockets or clever tabs – but it is attractive and practical to use. Add to this the fact there’s RFID-blocking, and offered at a budget-busting price and it’s starting to look like a front pocket wallet which is hard to beat.

The exterior is textured leather which may not feel as soft to the touch as some other leathers but it’s extremely durable. This makes it a good choice for front pocket wallets that will see a lot of wear. This isn’t a sign of low-quality; it’s a process of texturing known as Saffiano and is used by many top designers, including Prada. The crosshatching makes the leather more resistant to scratches and staining, keeping them in better condition for longer.

There are five colors to pick from including black, brown and dark denim blue. The design is fairly traditional; just flip this bad boy open to reveal six slots for credit cards. One row of the slots is completed in the same Saffiano finish as the exterior; the others are a contrast pebble leather texture. Bills are held with a metal clip. We like the fact this is situated on the inside so there’s a bit of extra protection for your cash. Although the design is traditional and minimalist, the addition of RFID-blocking makes it feel far more modern. If you’re looking for a wallet that doesn’t cost too much, is practical and easy to use but also has a bit of clever tech, then Leather Architect scores three big ticks. Boom.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Trayvax Metal Element Wallet

This compact wallet is particularly diminutive, but although it’s small on size, it’s big on style. Unusual and striking, this isn’t your average money clip. Made from stainless steel and covered with oil-tanned leather, this wallet offers a robust yet classy look that won’t be out of place on any occasion. Whether you’re out in the field or paying for dinner in a restaurant, there’s a hint of ruggedness that’s effortlessly masculine. We can feel our testosterone levels rocketing just holding this beast in our hands…

The design is extraordinarily slimline so you’ll be able to pack it into any pocket without dragging your pants down. However, you won’t be compromising the capacity either as it can take a surprising number of bills and plastic. There are no secret compartments or complicated features; the cards just slip inside with a metal clip alongside for the bills to be secured. We like the fact that the bills are clipped to the interior of this wallet. We liked it even more when we discovered that it has a built-in bottle opener too. In our mind, the Trayvax wallet is a bit like a money clip crossed with a Swiss army knife!

One point worth mentioning is that you’ll need to do a bit of work to get this wallet in the shape that you need. Yes, you read that right. While most wallets of any description are ready to go right off the shelf, the manufacturer advises that you place the required number of cards in the wallet and then soak it to stretch it. The whole process of soaking, stretching and then drying is a bit of a nuisance and some reviewers reported a slight bleeding of color. However, if you don’t mind putting in a bit of effort first you’ll end up with a wallet which precisely meets the dimensions that you need which is kinda cool.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Serman Brands Carbon Fiber Money Clip in

Serman Brands are the first manufacturer on our list to have two entries, so it’s testament to the high quality of their items. This particular design is more of a money clip than a true wallet but it could certainly slip into your pants pocket without a murmur. Made from carbon fiber, it’s a minimalist design with a black gloss finish that is elegant and sophisticated while still providing practicality too.

The exterior of the clip is aircraft grade composite material so it’s tough and long-lasting. It also holds its shape well and will snap back to its original position every time it’s used. This means that even if you’re using it to hold just a single note, it will hold the bill tightly. There’s no gap and this is integral to the overall design, and why bills and cards feel so secure.

This money clip is one of the smallest on our list so even if you’re rocking a pair of skinnies, you can slip this into your front pocket without destroying your overall look. The architecture of the design is impressive and reviews suggest that it doesn’t loosen or degrade with use. As it’s made from carbon fiber, it’s light so won’t weigh your pants down. However, at the same time it’s extremely strong so won’t easily bend out of shape. Consider us impressed!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Radix One Polycarbonate Money Clip

This nifty little number is another unconventional design, offering a sleeker silhouette and making it much easier to fit into the pocket of your pants. Gone is the traditional bifold structure, and in comes a minimalist look that provides a more compact way to look after your cards and cash. Despite the small size, you won’t need to compromise on what you’re carrying as there’s plenty of capacity to accommodate both cards and cash.

This front pocket wallet is made up from two separate polycarbonate plates which are bound together with a strip of silicone. This creates a flexible but secure space which can carry up to 10 cards without any bulk. The stretchy silicone band holds everything in position but offers an easy means of access. Bills can simply be folded and slid under the band on the outside, creating a type of money clip. Combined together, the wallet is suited for both bills and plastic but retains its very small dimensions.

The design is very simple and doesn’t include and RFID-blocking technology. This means you can use your access or identity cards without needing to remove them from your wallet.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Wigerlon Carbon Fiber and Aluminum Wallet

This front pocket wallet from Wigerlon is a beautiful industrial design that is small and slim making it easy to slide into a jacket or pants pocket. Just a fraction of the size of traditional wallets, this design from Wigerlon holds everything you need it to, plus includes RFID-blocking technology too.

Available in a range of different colors, the wallet is made from carbon fiber and aluminum. This gives it an edgy and cool look that every guy will appreciate. As well as looking pretty funky, the materials mean that this wallet is tough and durable. It won’t bend or snap and will easily withstand the pressure of being in your pants pocket. At the same time, it’s also very lightweight so won’t cause any unsightly bulges. Oo-er.

The basic design is well-thought out with a Y-shape to allow cards to be slid in easily. Up to 12 cards can be held firmly without any dropping out. There’s a smart tab which you just pull to pop your cards up, a clever design that makes access really simple. If there are any criticisms, it could be that the tab is slightly too long and can flap around a bit when not in use. However, that’s really a minor grumble and once the wallet’s in your pocket, you won’t notice it. Bills are carried externally on a strong money clip. Up to 5 bills can be folded and comfortably accommodated.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) The Ridge Aluminum Wallet

The Ridge is a front pocket wallet which is a futuristic design, and wouldn’t look out of place as an accessory in a James Bond movie. We’re pretty sure 007 would be more than happy to whip out this wallet with its stylish appearance and minimalist appeal. Made from anodized aluminum external plates, stainless steel screws and an expandable elastic track, it’s both attractive and practical. Blurring the boundaries between a traditional bifold wallet and a basic money clip, this design offers the best of both worlds.

The aluminum is tough but lightweight so you won’t have a clunky bulk that drags your pants or jacket down on one side. The metal design provides strength and durability so it won’t bend out of shape or warp while it’s in your pocket. The anodized aluminum also serves another purpose: it acts as a RFID-blocker. None of your cards will transmit a signal while they’re held securely in your wallet, providing you from the risk of fraud and identity theft.

The wallet is made from four aluminum plates which are screwed together and then attached with elastic on the inside. This elastic is easily replaceable if it ever shows signs of wear or loss of stretchiness. This design creates a firm but flexible pocket which can hold between 1 and 12 cards comfortably. The way the wallet is constructed means there’s no risk of them falling out. Like many of the others on our list, the bills are held on the outside of the wallet, via a strong money clip. This snaps tight to the body of the wallet so your bills will be held very firmly in position.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Speidel Stainless Steel Engravable Money Clip For Men

Woah! It’s fair to say this design takes the concept of front pocket wallets and money clips for men and reinvents the design. If you like oversized binder clips made from stainless steel, accented with soft pads of leather and with oval plates that can be engraved, you’re in the right place. On the first glance it may look like some kind of binder clip-mouse trap hybrid. However, it’s actually a stunningly beautiful creation which offers a striking yet practical way to stash your cash.

Unlike many other designs where the storage of bills appears to be of secondary importance, Speidel have placed carrying cash right at the heart of their design. It is, for all intents and purposes, a giant binder clip. However, there are subtleties in the design which really make it stand out. The self-adjusting spring in the center means that you can carry either just one bill or as many as 75 bills and still enjoy the same security. The tapered barrel cut has a rapid flip-back action and there are two points of grip on the exterior to make doubly sure your valuables are safe. This is enhanced by a corrugated tooth feature; when it comes to your cards and cash, those suckers really aren’t going anywhere!

The exterior is made from stainless steel paired with soft brown leather inserts to provide a timelessly elegant appearance. There are other options which include carbon fiber if you prefer a different design. The stainless steel construction which provides so much strength also offers a clean and simple look. The oval pads which can be flipped into position for extra security can be engraved with up to three letters. As a money clip design, this doesn’t provide any RFID-blocking technology but it’s a small omission in what is otherwise a simply incredible-looking clip.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Carhartt Magnetic Men’s Wallet

A little larger than many of the others in our countdown, this beautiful design from Carhartt treads the line between a traditional bifold and a front pocket wallet. It’s made from soft brown leather, but is also offered in nine other colors too. What we particularly like about this wallet is that there are lots of different slots to stash your cards so they’re not all just piled in together. What can we say? It’s the little things that make us happy…

There are four card slots on one side, two cards/ID slots on the other plus a central third space too which can take larger cards, if needed. This central area is also suitable for holding folded bills, as an alternative. All of these slots are flawlessly stitched and won’t allow the card to slide out. There’s a money clip on the exterior for up to 30 folded bills. However, what’s cool about this clip is that you don’t have to wrestle with a stiff metal grip. Instead, there’s a soft leather tab which flips back and forth, folding over the top of the bills. This may not sound particularly secure but the four super-strong earth magnets hold this tab tightly in position. This means your bills will remain safely attached to your wallet, even in your pocket.

This wallet does include RFID-blocking technology but the protection is limited. Credit cards run at 13.56 MHz, and this signal is successfully blocked by the wallet. However, other frequencies such as 125 KHz will not be blocked.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Andar Brown Leather RFID-Blocking Money Clip Wallet

This is a very sleek and slimline wallet which can pack a surprising amount into the clip and slots. If size is your priority this money clip will score highly as it’s a discreet size that will suit any kind of pants. Made from brown leather, it looks elegant and sophisticated. This is echoed by the manufacturing process as each wallet is crafted by hand. Exquisite stitching and beautiful materials make the slightly higher price more than worth paying.

The wallet has a slot either side for your cards. Andar claim you can fit five cards per side but some customers felt this would be a bit of a stretch. Bills are kept inside the wallet – which makes a nice change – and secured in position with a simple metal clip. The money clip design is fairly basic but functional, and it does everything that it promises.

The RFID-blocking technology is one of the ways that this front pocket wallet stands out because it offers comprehensive protection. All signals, from 10MHz to 3000MHz  are blocked with this wallet, regardless of how many cards you are carrying.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Alpine Swiss Leather Front Pocket Wallet

Enjoy elegance with a practical twist with this beautifully—crafted leather wallet from Alpine Swiss. A diminutive size that’s perfect for stashing in your front pocket, this wallet includes a handy money clip for bills too. With three pockets, including slots for ID, you can make bulky wallets a thing of the past.

The design on this wallet is fairly simple but that’s part of the appeal. It’s also what helps to retain its smaller size. Made from brown leather and bearing the Alpine Swiss logo, it has three separate slots for cards. Each of these is capable of holding three cards, reaching a maximum of nine. The third slot has a thumb cutout, making it ideal for ID cards that can be easily slid in and out. Bills are held on the exterior via a money clip. Similar to the Carhartt design, the money clip is made from magnets rather than metal. This provides a softer and more comfortable shape to slip into a pocket.

It has RFID-blocking technology which has been verified by Met Labs in Santa Clara, CA. The blocking is deliberately set to catch the 13.56 MHz frequency, ensuring that no credit card data can be fraudulently transmitted. It doesn’t block 125 KHz, which means that hotel cards and ID badges can still be scanned without the need to remove them from the wallet.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Fidelo Black Carbon Fiber Wallet

This innocent-looking wallet is a real game-changer as it challenges all the other manufacturers to up their game. Appearing to be no more than a basic money clip, there are some neat features incorporated which really make this design stand out from the crowd. It’s made from black carbon fiber which provides strength and durability as well as a light weight. This means your wallet will be tough without weighing your pants down.

The modest dimensions makes this ideal for a front pocket wallet, but despite it only being small there’s room for an impressive 15 cards. They’re not packed in tight like some other wallets either, thanks to the smart carbon fiber plate design. To get the cards out, squeeze one end of the plates together and it fans them out at the opposite end. This makes it easier to select and slide out the card that you’re looking for. A strong elastic clip band goes around the outside to secure bills in position. Four different elastic clip bands are included with the wallet.

There is also RFID-blocking technology included, but like many others, this is limited to the frequency that will only block credit cards. All other frequencies can still be transmitted so hotel key cards and ID badges can be scanned without removal from the wallet. If you were hoping for a complete RFID block, it’s important to understand the difference in the data that can still be transmitted.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Cole Haan Pebble Leather Money Clip For Men

Cole Haan produces outstanding bags and wallets, and this one is no exception. Unlike many of the others in our top 21, this design is a flip-over. This makes it closer to a bifold so may be preferable for those who don’t really like the money clip style. There is a leather-covered clip on the exterior but if you would rather keep your bills on the side, you can use the ID slot instead.

There are three slots for you to squeeze your cards into and the wallet simply flips over to close. There’s no fastening so the wallet can be opened quickly when needed. The style is slightly bulkier than some of the other slimline designs but it’s still smaller than a traditional bifold. There’s no RFID-blocking technology or smart features, so this is a good choice for a basic, everyday wallet.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

17) F&H Leather Money Clip for Men

If your style is more bold and modern, you’ll like this front pocket wallet from F&H. Less of a classic look and more contemporary, the wallet is two-tone leather with a contrasting lining. There’s a choice of eleven different color combinations, some of which are more striking than others. For example, electric blue and sand is more eye-catching than black and gray.

The wallet itself is another flip-over design which means it’s not as streamlined as the slimmest wallets in our list. It is smaller than traditional designs though and will still fit comfortably into the pocket of your pants. That makes it a tick in our book. There are a total of four slots for cards, three of which are inside. This means it’s possible to fit a total of eight cards in, but some reviewers suggested it’s a bit of a tight squeeze.

RFID-blocking technology isn’t included in this wallet, but there’s a handy slot on the outside. You could use this for your favorite card, or instead, slide your ID or pass here for quick and convenient access. Bills can be accommodated in this wallet too, thanks to the metal money clip. This holds the notes inside the wallet with the band of brushed steel visible on the outside.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

18) HOJ Co. Deacon Leather Bifold Money Clip Wallet

This isn’t the slimmest front pocket wallet you’ll ever find but it’s very close to being a bifold. This means that it’s a good fit for the guys who want all the style of a traditional wallet but with the ability to slip it seamlessly into their pant pocket. There isn’t any magnetic closure but the wallet stays shut pretty well anyway. It’s made from tan leather which is soft to the touch and has a classic style. Over time a patina will develop on the leather, naturally darkening and aging the appearance.

Flip this little baby open and inside you’ll find a total of six card slots. There are also two interior receipt pockets plus an exterior window slot, complete with thumbhole cutout. This is ideal for ID cards which need to be easily accessed. For those who want to carry bills, a metal money clip is included too.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

19) The Ridge Carbon Fiber Cash Plate and Wallet

If you cast your mind all the way back to number 10 on this list…it seems quite a while back now, right? Go and have a little scroll if you like while we wait… This wallet is an identical version of number 10, but the only difference is that this is made from black carbon fiber rather than aluminum.

You’ll get the same futuristic appearance, immaculate design and RFID-blocking technology. In summary, if you aren’t keen on aluminum and prefer a darker style, try switching out number 10 for this design instead.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

20) Houston Leather RFID-Blocking Men’s Wallet

The styling of this men’s front pocket wallet is very similar to the design from F&H, number 17 on our list. Like the F&H wallet, this one is a simple flip design which is available with a contrasting color on the inside. This wallet is made from soft leather, and is a super-slim design, making it much easier for front pocket wear. Despite having the flip-over design, there’s no bulk to this wallet and it’s a very minimalist design.

On the inside there are four pockets, plus a metal money clip which holds your bills firmly in position. Although this is a snug fit against the wallet, it’s possible to slide several folded bills under the clip. On the outside there’s a further pocket which features a thumb opening at the base. This makes it quick and convenient to slide out any ID or key cards you’re carrying.

The final feature is the inclusion of RFID-blocking technology, which provides protection against data theft. The lining blocks out the 13.56 MHz band and has been independently tested at an industry-leading quality control institution in Germany.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

21) Bosca Brown Leather Flip Wallet

For a whiff of authentic leather, old-school style, take a look at this classic design from luxury brand Bosca. Made from hand-stained Italian vegetable tanned leather, this wallet has a gloriously glossy finish. Available in three different colors, the overall design is beautifully simple yet functional. This wallet offers everything you need to stash your cash and cards, while the sleek dimensions won’t ruin the line of your suit. At a much higher price than most of the wallets on our list, it’s an undeniable indulgence but if you want to be a city gent, it’s the ultimate accessory.

Flip the wallet open and you’ll find there are four card slots inside, plenty of room for the essentials. There’s also a discreet flap behind which you’ll find another pocket for receipts or folded bills. On the exterior of the wallet there’s a magnetic clip, covered in the same high-quality leather. This holds your bills in position firmly, creating a hybrid of flip wallet and money clip design. There’s no RFID-blocking technology which for the price, is a bit of an omission.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Bill, please!

That finishes up our list of 21 front pocket wallets, and as you can see, there’s a great variety on offer. Different styles and different shapes all offer streamlined space for your bills and cards. There’s no right or wrong answer and much may depend on the type of pants you like to wear. If you normally rock a baggier style you could consider some of the bulkier designs more easily than a guy who sticks to his skinnies.

There’s really no excuse to carry on sliding your wallet into your back pocket any longer. Not only does it look outdated, it could end up causing you physical pain too. Move your wallet round to the front of your pants and your back will really thank you for making the switch. Whatever your budget and personal taste, you’ll find a great front pocket wallet that you’ll be proud to slap on the table when the moment comes.

January 30, 2019 / Comments Off on Best 21 Front Pocket Wallets
0
706

Top 15 Posture Correctors For Men

O

ur posture matters! From the boardroom to the dance floor, how we hold ourselves reflects how business partners, our buddies, and strangers perceive us. Although our cavemen ancestors did okay with the ladies without perfect posture, you’re not going to get away with it these days. That’s why posture correctors for men have become a lifesaver, at times literally.

Poor posture also has a heap of health concerns that make everyday tasks difficult, excruciatingly painful, and frustrating. In some long-term cases, it can even cause depression and mental suffering.

Lately, our constant engagement with electronic devices is contributing to poor posture and the aches and pains that come with it. Well, you’re using one of them right now! How’s your neck feeling? How’s your spine doing? Oh, you’re starting to sit up a little now!

Don’t panic if you’re just noticing your slight hunchback and wonky alignment – we’re here to help!

Of course, technology isn’t the only culprit to blame for poor posture. Poor posture can also be the result of a serious accident, a sporting injury, or just our sedentary lifestyle at the office. There are lots of ways to improve your troublesome posture.

Being aware of it is the first stage and you’re here so you can tick that step off the list.

Chiropractors, spine specialists, and orthopedic doctors are great aides in this. However, these people can be expensive over time. Why not try other things before you visit them?

A posture corrector is a fantastic way to support your journey to improved posture and increased mobility. We’ve been researching these effective devices to find out more about them and the best on the market right now.

First, we need to get to some FAQs.

How Do Posture Correctors For Men Work?

Posture correctors are a series of adjustable straps designed in a way to comfortably sit on the upper half of your body. Some designs include waist traps while others focus on the upper region of your back and your shoulders. T

he straps are secured tightly to push your spine and shoulders into a healthy and desired posture.

They can then be worn under or on top of clothes for inactive and active tasks. You can wear one while you’re seated at your desk or while walking the dog. These products are highly versatile aids and significantly growing in popularity.

How do they even work, however? Good question!

Posture correctors for men work in two ways. The first way it improves the back is by making you aware of your specific issue. Not everyone with posture problems suffers from the same faults. People with spines that curve inwards at the lower back region will suffer from lordosis – imagine someone gearing up for the limbo bar.

Others may have that hunchback-look known as kyphosis or even a sideways curve referred to as scoliosis. The posture corrector will help you identify your individual posture issues and behaviors.

Posture aids train your body to behave and sit in the correct and healthy way. You won’t have to use a posture corrector forever. Rather, it’ll be part of the process of achieving improved posture.

This doesn’t mean you shouldn’t reach for it again next time you struggle to reach for your coffee.

After you’ve been using your posture corrector for a short while your body will start to remember the correct posture. This means when you’re not wearing one, your muscles should be starting to react to their training and naturally sit in an injury-free and healthy way.

Can They Be An Alternative To Expensive Medical Treatment?

Posture correctors for men have been proven to be effective at improving posture and increasing mobility. Many people with problematic posture have seen drastic improvements from posture correctors.

In fact, they haven’t been back to see their expensive physiotherapists since.

The posture correctors for men below are a great example of ones that have reduced many men’s medical expenses.

This doesn’t mean everyone can abandon other methods and stop seeing their physicians. Everyone is different and you’ll have to find the best methods for you. In fact, for some people who suffer from lower back pain, their aches may stem from other areas of the body.

Stable joints such as the hips, knees, and even the ankles can be the cause of your aching back. This among a sea of other things too.

There’s an easy way to think about this. When the gas light comes on in your car, do you rip out the dashboard and see if the light is broken, or do you fill it up with gas? Fixing one area influences another! After all, having perfect posture requires the combination of a lot of attributes like muscular strength, flexibility, and balance.

Posture correctors for men are great at helping you get rid of your pains, but for these reasons, it’s best to combine uses with professional sessions and tailored exercise programmes.

To sum up, a posture corrector can be an alternative to expensive treatment for some people. However, for others, they’re a tool in the toolbox rather than the full-blown solution.

What Are The Main Things To Consider When Buying Posture Correctors For Men?

Before buying a posture corrector you need to organize your thinking. Picking a quality posture corrector for your individual needs will be key to getting you moving at your best.

One of the first things to consider is the specific reasons you need a posture corrector.

Do you have lordosis, kyphosis or scoliosis? A combination maybe?

To find this information out you can ask a friend to look at your profile and trace the bone of your ankle up to your ear. The perfect posture will have these two things exactly in line. If your ear is obviously behind your ankle it’s usually a solid indication that you have some degree of lordosis.

If it’s in front of your ear there’s a good chance you have kyphosis. Major issues will be obvious and won’t be hard to diagnose. Lesser issues may require more educated eyes.

Once you’ve discovered your problem, you can choose to correct it. Posture correctors mostly come in two different designs. Some will include lower back, upper back, and shoulder elements and aids

. Meanwhile, others don’t have the lower back aid.

People suffering from kyphosis will require more correction to their shoulder and upper part of their back. Other people may need a more thorough posture corrector to target all areas. If you’re unsure and unwilling to pay for a professional diagnosis then choose a posture corrector that includes lower back correction as well.

In these instances you may use one in public, you should seek out a streamlined posture corrector without the bulkiness that’ll give the game away under your shirt. Similarly, some posture correctors will give themselves away due to color.

Simply find the right type that works for you.

How Long Will It Take On Average To See An Effect?

You’ll see an immediate effect from the use of a posture corrector. This is because your posture will have been corrected inside the corrector, and you’ll be standing taller and more confidently that you’ve probably ever done before.

However, that’s not really the question we want to answer.

As we already mentioned, the purpose of these tools is to train your body into taking on a healthy posture when not using these aids. That said, how long will you have to use one before your body starts reacting without the posture corrector in use?

The answer to this question will depend on the amount of time dedicated to correctly using these aids for the right amount of time. You also need to incorporate progressions into your usage to increase muscle memory and get your body naturally taking up the correct form.

In most cases, this can take a few weeks but may need to be regularly maintained to avoid slouching back into your old habits.

To see better results it’s also important that you use a quality posture corrector that fits you correctly. Choosing poorly made products can make your posture even worse. Finding the best posture corrector for you is really important.

On that note, we believe we’ve found some excellent posture protectors for men that will be perfect for you!

1) Copper Compression Posture Corrector

The first posture correctors for men that we can’t wait to show you is this one from Copper Compression. A lot of posture correctors include a small amount of copper within their product. With a name like Copper Compression, you can bet these guys will outdo them in this department.

In fact, 88% of their posture correctors for men are made with copper nylon.

This model targets the full upper body by drawing the shoulders back, straightening your core, and including the sometimes-missing lower back wraparound element. The product is very breathable to avoid discomfort and the straps ensure an effective fit by adjusting to your stature perfectly.

They support your muscles and joints without becoming restrictive so you can wear this posture corrector without inconvenience. To add to its convenience factor, it can be washed in the laundry machine and caters for small and large men with waists between 26 and 42 inches.

Wear this awesome posture corrector from Copper Compression on top of your clothes or wear it under your outfit to go undetected. This product is great value for money and if you’re not completely satisfied they’ll refund your payment. What’s not to like?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Back Brace Posture Corrector

This model has a similar design to the one we’ve just seen by supporting the shoulders and the upper and lower back. It’s also a strong and breathable material with additional cushioning to its straps.

This will make it much more comfortable for extensive use.

Other features include a secure Velcro strap on the lower back part and an adjustable strap in the center of the product that is easy to use.

What makes these posture correctors for men so special? You know how we were saying that a posture corrector can be used as part of an exercise plan? Well, these literally come with an exercise plan. Along with the posture aid, you’ll receive an accompanying booklet produced by fitness and health professionals.

Inside you’ll find a heap of useful tips and exercises to get the most out of your posture corrector. You’ll be putting those socks on pain-free in no time!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Advanced Posture Corrector

This is the second Copper Compressions design you’ve seen and this one is a bit different from the first. Unlike their other one, these posture protectors for men do not have support for the lower back. You simply throw it over your shoulders like you would a backpack and adjust the straps to set your shoulders in the correct position.

This will stop your slouching and support your spine.

It’s lightweight and suitable for going under your clothes, taking away a ton of bulk others have. The only issue you may have is that it’s black.

The black may not hide under lighter shirts as well as a posture corrector which comes available in skin-like tones.

This is one of the cheapest posture correctors for men you’ll ever find, however. If you’re not happy with its effectiveness at helping you get off the recliner easily, then they’ll give you your money back!

The manufacturers have recommended that you should wear their design for half-an-hour each day and increase your usage by 20 minutes per day each week.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) SHL’s Back Posture Corrector

SHL’s posture corrector is the next design not to feature the lower back element and is put on just like a backpack. The product is predominantly made of Neoprene. This gives their posture correctors for men the perfect combination of rigidness and flexibility.

It also makes it exceptionally breathable and provides much-needed ventilation – especially if worn under clothes. Some poor-quality posture correctors don’t offer this and can lock in sweat that causes the skin to get irritated.

You won’t get any uncomfortable chafing across your shoulders when wearing this product because it’s been removed due to the soft shoulder padding. This spinal aid for men comes in one size to be adjusted between sizes.

This means you’ll never be left disappointed by ordering the wrong size.

It achieves this through a combination of Velcro straps. Just be careful if you’re a surfer-looking dude rocking a man bun! Your hair could get trapped in the Velcro every now and then.

If you’re already sold on this awesome posture corrector, you’ll be pleased to hear you get even more for your bucks. This option comes with a free eBook where you can get to know more about the product and use it to its full potential.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) VIBO Care Posture Corrector

VIBO Care offers a strong and durable design to help with your posture recovery. They’ve made sure it will do just that with clever reinforced cross stitching. It has multiple holes to ensure breathability that simultaneously makes it very light.

It won’t weigh you down if you’re rushing through town or zooming to the office on your electric scooter.

Their machine-washable product is very simple to put on and take off. It requires four simple steps you can complete on your own by adjusting a strap here and there. Wear it on top of your clothes or keep your posture-enhancing secret under wraps.

This is another one-size-fits-all design, but the waist measurements start at 33 inches. Some smaller men and our younger readers probably won’t be suited for this one. Posture correctors for men are the name of the game here, so one would assume the younger readers wouldn’t need to correct their spine right now.

Just be careful if you’re allergic to Latex as this model does include it. The manufacturers also tell us this is FDA approved. If you have it for 60 days and decide it’s not for you, then just send it back for a full refund!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Sports God Adjustable & Portable Basketball Hoop

These computer-designed posture correctors for men was thought up by BeFit24 over in Europe. Their design has passed hygiene and quality standards set by the European Union, which makes it safe to use for everyone, everywhere.

You can get this posture corrector in a choice of colors – a rarity with products like these.

They’ve clearly thought about putting the product underneath your shirt because they also offer it in beige and nude color.

It’s easy to put on and your muscles will be thanking you after three easy steps. Manufacturers warn against the extensive use of this product and recommend not wearing it for longer than two hours at a time. They’ve also suggested that you should brace yourself for slight pain when wearing it.

This may make sports physiologists wince. Medically speaking, it makes sense if something trying to correct your spine is a bit painful.

However, this could also be a sign it is making things worse as well. That means you need to be careful using it. The better news is that this posture corrector comes with a substantial five-year warranty.

Do you like it as much as we do?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) REXSO Posture Corrector

If you want to fix that smartphone-induced stiff neck so you only have to concentrate on your arthritis thumbs in 20 years’ time, then this is another awesome option. Rexso is the team behind these phenomenal posture correctors for men. and we feel you’ll love them as much as we do.

They’ve made the full package by including lower back support as well as straps to straighten shoulders and control spinal movement.

Their posture aid is reliable due to being predominantly put together. They do this by using breathable Neoprene material and held together with reinforced stitching. The adjustable straps pose no obstacles and won’t have you cursing like a trapped escape artist.

Rexso has even thrown in a six-month warranty to back up their product – no pun intended!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) OPTRONYX High-Back Support

Otronyx is known for being among the best when it comes to making posture correctors for men. It’s also the first posture corrector to come in a gray color. This is a full upper-body device that will keep your shoulder from rounding over and your spine in a healthy shape.

Did you know that a posture corrector can make you look taller? They do not exactly extend your height but rather make you stand up straight and even straighten the spine a bit. This means you get your full height rather than that Quasimodo issue you’ve had for most of your life.

Their product has made use of elastic materials and a welded technique. This makes it easier to adjust the size of the posture corrector and maintain comfort for daily use. That’s on top of some additional foam padding around the shoulders to keep you comfortable.

This is a unique posture corrector because you can actually cut the straps to tailor it to your size. There are no fancy bits to this design but it’s a solid option for any guy looking to improve posture and become more mobile.

Did they do a stand-up job?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Evoke Pro Posture Corrector

We’re not going to deny that the differences between the top-quality posture correctors can be minimal rather than massive. However, Evoke Pro break the mold by offering a special feature within their design.

Their posture correctors for men can be adapted between three different intensity levels.

At level one, it doesn’t look any different to what we’ve already seen. Level two includes a PVC insert down the spinal area for increased rigidness and less mobility. The final level adds aluminum bars to the PVC bars for a more intense correction.

This makes it more versatile and usable throughout the family for those with different needs.

It has a number of spots with soft padding to maintain your comfort. It’s made from breathable Neoprene and has exceptionally durable elastic elements.

The CoreGear module ensures adjustments are made evenly and It has anti-slip strips throughout the design.

All of this comes with a money-back guarantee in case you’re not satisfied.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Magnetic Therapy Posture Support

We may have underestimated the innovation of manufacturers earlier. The reason has to do with these posture correctors for men by Magnetic Therapy. Ten magnets run down the spinal region of the product. These are to provide a type of therapy that is an alternative to standard medical practices.

It claims to work by using a static force to alleviate posture troubles.

If you’re a believer in magnetic therapy then this may be a fantastic option for you. If you’re not sold on magnetic therapy just yet, this is still a great product to own. Either way, it has great potential to correct your hunchback, your lower back pains, and get you moving correctly after injury.

However, chiropractors, orthopedics, and spine specialists have not completely backed this product. Remember this going in.

Another feature worth noting and not to be underestimated is its breathable cotton composition, which makes wearing it for longer periods less problematic. The straps adjust with minimal effort and you won’t need a second pair of hands to get you fitted correctly.

We really like it! What do you think?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Syntus Posture Corrector

It’s taken us years to evolve into upright creatures, but it only takes a couple of months working in an office to rewind that evolution. The Syntus Posture Corrector can take care of these painful and mentally draining changes.

Their Neoprene design offers breathability so you don’t get irritated skin. To further help your skin from troubles, it’s made without harmful chemicals.

This is a cheaper option that can be worn under or on top of your shirt. It aims to correct the posture of your upper back and shoulders but doesn’t aid your lower back. It’s kept in place with a combination of Velcro straps and threaded straps to ensure it sits on you securely and effectively.

Syntus recommend using their product for 30 minutes, to begin with, and gradually increase the time as you feel more comfortable. This is a good rule of thumb for the use of any posture correctors for men!

They also state to never wear their invention for longer than two hours at a time.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Emma Ya Back-Support Belt

If you thought these posture correctors for men was on the way to becoming a big jetpack, we wouldn’t blame you. It has a much wider spinal support than we’ve seen and it’s a bulkier option. This is good in a lot of ways, but it also means it’ll be a little trickier to conceal under your tee.

The lower back part of the design is secured with Velcro and just one step in a five-step sequence to being fitted. Don’t let this put you off as all steps are simple to follow and can be easily completed alone.

The product is made with durable elastic materials to make sure it fits securely enough to do its job without becoming restrictive or uncomfortable to the back. Emma Ya have also ensured their posture correctors for men are made for bigger guys and is machine washable for convenience.

This is a solid choice for those who want to be proactive in their strides for a healthy posture.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Carexelli Posture Corrector

Carexelli comes in with a bang with their posture correctors for men. It’s clear they took their time on this design due to how well it’s made.

You get extra padding when ordering this design so you can add additional comfort where you need it most. You also get a workout resistance band to help perform mobility exercises. Remember at the start of this buyer guide when we said that poor posture can stem from other areas of the body?

This exercise band is perfect for targeting those areas. You even get a carry bag to keep all your posture-enhancing kit together and easy to transport.

The design is very light and won’t weigh you down during more active use. Apologies for sounding like a broken record but that high-quality Neoprene material is back again, giving durability and increased ventilation. The spinal area has padding for more comfort and all the straps are easy-to-use Velcro ones.

The straps have been extended to make solo fitting even easier! To round everything off. you’re given a money-back guarantee if you don’t believe the product is working for you.

This makes the product completely risk free!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Posture Corrector By ORTONYX

Ortonyx is at it again with these posture correctors for men. They actually offer one is the largest size options available, reaching a whopping 53 inches. They’ve stuck with their gray design and stuck to a holistic approach.

They aim to serve lower and upper back posture issues with this device.

Your shoulders are pulled back to reduce the hunchback look and aluminum is added to the spinal region.

Their posture corrector is made of moisture-expelling elasticated fabric which keeps you cool and is unbelievably light. Just because it’s a lighter and slimmer design doesn’t mean it’s insufficiently padded for comfort. The crossed-over strap is easily adjustable.

This allows you to find the perfect fitting and is one of the easiest to hide beneath your new white shirt. This would be a perfect option for those warmer months.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) BETTER SUPPORT 3-In-1 Posture Corrector

We’re finishing our showcase of the best posture correctors for men with an excellent bundle option. The design of the posture corrector focuses on correcting the shoulders and upper section of the spine. However, included with this product you also get a separate neck brace and separate lower back support.

You then get to keep all this awesome gear in a complementary and convenient carry bag.

Sadly, you don’t get a choice in sizes because this is one of those one-size-to-fit-all options. Those who buy can simply adjust the strap to cater to their specific needs. They’ve added extra padding to allow your arms pain-free mobility.

This is a posture corrector for both active and inactive use which can be positioned on top or beneath clothes. If you’re strapped for cash, but want posture enhancement at an exceptional value for money, then choose this one!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

We’ve Got Your Back

Did we manage to help find you your next posture corrector? We certainly hope so! We’ve seen some exceptional posture correctors for men that are capable of retraining your body movements in a healthier way.

All of these come from recognized and celebrated manufacturers you can trust.

Poor posture is a serious issue that impacts on quality of life. There’s no reason why you shouldn’t consider one of these products if you’re a sufferer. We ultimately feel you could benefit from any one of these products.

However, we also would want you to be sure you pick the right one for you.

You may also want to consult your doctor to let them know that you are wearing one. This will allow them to keep a track of your progress or warn you if you’re making a bad product choice. Your specific needs may be known to you, but a small consultation may do some good too.

At least you won’t need to make it a monthly thing like before, right?

January 1, 2019 / Comments Off on Top 15 Posture Correctors For Men
0
503

Top 12 Weightlifting Gloves For Men

Y

ou’ve decided that you’re going to start making the most of your $30 per-month gym membership, or is it $60 per visit? You’ll start exercising more and start lifting heavy weights. Your pals are going to notice the difference, you’ll soon become the alpha male of the group and the ladies will be turning their heads for a second glance. You need to be safe in the gym, so a quality pair of weightlifting gloves for men are needed.

Before any goal becomes even close to reality, there are many decisions to make. Which protein powder do you use? Do you need a personal trainer? What does that term mean? What are these energy bars for? Put them down and stop Googling that for a second.

The first step in any weight-training program should be finding weightlifting gloves for men to help you even get to the next week.

Weight training is an exceptional way to build muscle, get stronger, and manage your daily routine with more energy. The lesser known benefit of weight training is that it’s also very effective in helping you lose weight!

Weightlifting gloves will make achieving any of these things so much easier.

These gloves aren’t just used by bodybuilders and everyday people pumping iron. Even though that is their primary market, they’re also used in other exercise niches like CrossFit and cycling. If you wanted to, you could even do your gardening in them.

To make your transition into a man-mountain easier, we’re going to tell you everything you need to know about weightlifting gloves for men. This will mostly include their benefits and what to look out for when buying them.

We’ll then go on to show you what we believe are the 12 superior weightlifting gloves on the market right now.

What Are The Main Benefits Of Weightlifting Gloves For Men?

There’s a reason that weightlifting gloves for men are common accessories in health club locker rooms and CrossFit gyms across the globe. They offer a number of benefits that are both cosmetic and performance related. These benefits can be crucial to your overall workout routine.

While some think they will help you merely pick up weights easier, that isn’t all they can do for you. In fact, some can even save your life by protecting you from possible disasters.

That said, let’s find out about these benefits.

Performance benefits:

If you start slipping as you lift weights, you can tense up and compromise your form. Before you know it, you’re lying in the hospital bed wrapped in cotton wool and unable to move. Maybe that’s slightly exaggerated, but it’s true that the best weightlifting gloves for men can definitely improve your grip and keep your form perfect.

Similarly, they also prevent you from sweating all over the bar. This aids your grip, but it’s also a hygienic move – especially if inconsiderate gym-goers were there before you. (side note: wipe down equipment when you’re done, you animal).

Some of the best weightlifting gloves for men come with wrist support. Wrist straps are significant at enhancing your weightlifting potential. A wrist strap acts as a kind of outer-body ligament and tendon to displace pressure from your fingertips during pulling exercises such as deadlifts.

Instead of putting your fingers under pressure, it’s spread over the forearm as well. This enables you to lift heavier weights, increase size and strength and help you take down Timmy the Bully easier.

Well, we can’t promise you the last part. Timmy may know karate…

Injury prevention:

We’re going to stick with those wrist straps for a moment. They don’t just help you improve your lifting performance, they also provide unrivaled support for your wrist. You put your wrists under severe and repeated pressure when lifting weights.

Poor form or pushing yourself too hard can cause significant pain and injury.

A wrist strap can prevent this by holding your wrist and its inner workings firmly together. Reinforced finger joints also give similar injury-prevention benefits but to a lesser extent. To top it off, the lack of sweat that the gloves provide allows you to keep a grip easier on weights.

Imagine if you dropped a bar at the wrong moment, not just for you but even spotting for someone else. Starting to see why they’re so useful?

Cosmetic benefits:

Hitting the gym without weightlifting gloves for men can leave your hands in a bit of a mess. Our body is a magnificent thing and it will adapt to common occurrences to protect itself. This is why you see manual workers with calluses and blisters all over their hands.

The same happens to weightlifters who prefer a natural feel and don’t wear gloves. We know our Men’s Gear readers are too smart for any of that.

An accumulation of calluses and blisters can become unsightly. It’ll definitely get the attention of your potential business partner upon the first handshake or put the cute girl off as you wave across the bar. However, this can cause issues with your overall hand too.

Gloves help to give a proper grip, thus it’s unlikely any damage can come to your hand in them.

Without them, you could not only manipulate your fingers too much but cause them to go out of place a lot. That could be through jamming, fracturing, or even breaking them by picking up weights the wrong way or trying to hold on too long.

Imagine how those fingers could look after a long period of time doing this. Bad, right?

What Are The Main Things To Consider When Buying Weightlifting Gloves for men?

Weightlifting gloves for men aren’t the most expensive of items. However, they can get pricey if you have to keep buying them because they didn’t last long due to poor quality, or weren’t quite right for your specific needs.

To help you choose the best gloves for you, we wanted to highlight a few key things to consider before you buy.

To Strap The Wrist Or Not Strap The Wrist, That Is The Question

Consider the wrist strap. Do you suffer from joint pain? Are you getting into weight training later in life? Will it be your first time lifting weights? Do you lift exceptionally heavy loads? If you answered “yes” to any of these questions then you’re probably the perfect candidate for weightlifting gloves with wrist straps.

Wrist straps are great and we strongly endorse them. However, we also get that some guys prefer more minimalist support and don’t like things on their wrists. Therefore, we’ve also found some quality gloves without these straps that you can check out too.

Although, we feel these would be needed for the older weightlifters out there without question.

Protection Type

You may also want to consider the type of protection that the weightlifting gloves afford. For many people, the type and extent of the padding is the most important aspect of any weightlifting glove. Check out what materials were used and where the padding is added.

Do you want double padding? Do you want the thumb to be padded? Perhaps, you want to limit the padding and enjoy more mobility and feel?

The breathable capabilities of gym gloves is another important thing to think over. Obviously, it’s a gym and you’re allowed to get sweaty without too much judgment. However, having extremely moist gloves may cause you to get skin irritation, worsen your grip, and affect your form. Heck, they may even make your gloves stink.

If you’ve been trying to get the attention of the attractive girl at the gym reception, having smelly gloves is definitely going to do it. It’ll just be for the wrong reasons.

Size Matters…Sometimes

Another important consideration is the size of the gloves and how to make sure you get perfectly fitted gloves. There is normally some wiggle room because most gloves fasten with Velcro. Velcro is great because it means you can give your gloves a more personal fitting.

However, this topic requires more detail so we’ve added a section on just that too. In any case, the size of the glove can be a huge thing to consider due to possible slippage. Imagine having your gloves on only to see them slip off as you pick up some high weight.

Not only is this a bad thing for the weights, but you could injure anything under the weight including yourself. Proper size not only matters, but it’s also a massive need to consider.

Are Weight Lifting Gloves Comfortable?

Weightlifting gloves for men can be comfortable, but they can also be irritating. As we just mentioned, If you get weightlifting gloves made with a poor choice of material, it can be costly.

The same situation comes up with those that are overly padded without adding some sort of ventilation.

You can get skin irritation from the build-up of sweat. This will make wearing them very uncomfortable, as well as any gloves if we’re being honest. To make sure you get comfortable weightlifting gloves for men that aren’t going to have you itching to finish your grueling workout, you need the right balance of support, padding, and ventilation.

Another way to make sure your weight lifting gloves are comfortable is to buy weightlifting gloves that fit your hands perfectly.

How Do I Find The Right Size Weight Lifting Gloves?

To get all the safety and performance benefits we mentioned earlier, you’ll have to make sure you buy a pair of weightlifting gloves for men that fit you properly. Men are usually guilty of “knowing their size” and you’re probably mentally telling yourself “medium” as you read this sentence.

Learn from your past mistakes – it’s time to get measuring!

To know what weightlifting gloves for men you need, you have to measure the circumference of your hand from just below your knuckles. Don’t include your thumb in this measurement. Now you know your size you’ll be able to measure up against the size guides provided by the best weightlifting glove manufacturers.

This is an important consideration, so most manufacturers supply this at their checkouts. The 12 awesome options below all have one! Some manufacturer may have a ‘small’ size that’s equivalent to another’s ‘medium’ size. Always consult their sizing guides even if this isn’t your first pair of weightlifting gloves.

You swear you measured right? They fit before! Why don’t they now! Even some of the best quality weightlifting gloves for men aren’t machine-washable. This means you need to make sure you check this little but important detail.

Machine washing and tumble drying can shrink them significantly and damage some Velcro straps.

You can thank us later.

What Is The Best Thing To Do If The Wrist Tape Breaks On My Weightlifting Gloves?

The wrist tape is a common part of weightlifting gloves for men that falters first. You could attempt a cheap home-made job of tidying things up yourself to get a few more sessions or weeks out of your gloves.

However, you can avoid becoming the subject of negative interior gym-goer monologues and save your image.

The way to do this is with a new quality pair of weightlifting gloves for men. It just so happens we’ve got 12 awesome weightlifting gloves to choose from below. Plus, the price on every single one is reasonable and well worth the investment.

When has Men’s Gear ever steered you wrong, right?

1) Trideer Weight Lifting Gloves

The first rep will be taken by the Trideer Weight Lifting Gloves. Trideer happens to be big players on the market when it comes to weightlifting gloves for men. They offer their quality gloves in a choice of five sizes and four colors, but only two of the colors are going to appeal to most guys.

While they offer more color options than many gloves we’ve come across, they are a unisex product. That means their color options will lean toward women as much as men.

They’ve manufactured these gloves with a lightweight microfiber to be kind to your hands and provide outstanding comfort. To make sure you never slip at the crucial moment, they’ve inserted silica gel into the palm to maximize your grip.

With these gloves, you’ll have a secret weapon to make sure your form remains as strong as possible. The wrist strap is one of the best you’ll see here too. Why is it so impressive?

The wrist strap is a colossal 18-inches long for continued wraparound and exceptional support. The strap is then tied together with Velcro fastening and the whole product is finished off with a one-year warranty!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Fit Active Sports Ventilated Weight Lifting Gloves

Next entering the Men’s Gear gym are the Fit Activated Sports Ventilated Weight Lifting Gloves. These gloves have a design you don’t come across very often. They definitely win the best-ventilated weightlifting gloves for men award. The back of the gloves has no material whatsoever.

Weightlifting gloves can sometimes get a bad rep – no pun intended – for their ability to start smelling bad real fast. With this exceptional breathability feature, you’ll never have bad odors taking over your gym bag.

The complete palm section, as well as the thumb area on the glove, is layered with special neoprene material. This makes these gloves water-resistant and prevents premature damage. They also have wrist straps for extensive protection. Simply pull the Velcro as tight or as loose as you prefer for a secure feeling.

Overall, these weightlifting gloves for men may be different from what we normally see. However, they’re no different at providing outstanding comfort in uncomfortable situations.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Harbinger Pro Non-Wristwrap Weightlifting Gloves

They don’t come with a wrist strap, however, these Harbinger weightlifting gloves for men are excellent. While wrist support is always encouraged, we know not all need this. Men who have been hitting the squat racks for a while will not be as prone to poor form and potential wrist injuries.

Unless you’re a man lifting some astonishing heavy loads, of course.

These gloves come in black and range in size from small to extra-extra-large. This sounds great, but in reality, the difference between sizes isn’t substantial. In fact, all five sizes combined only have a three-inch difference between them.

They have been double stitched to make them last longer – saving you money! They will keep blisters at bay with a cushioned wrap-around thumb area and a leather palm. Also, if you push your limits and work up a sweat, your hands will stay ventilated using open-cell foam to remove moisture possibilities.

They even come with a 90-day warranty for added peace of mind!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Skott Evo 2 Weightlifting Gloves

The Skott Evo 2 Weightlifting Gloves come in a great range of sizes. They even have an extra-small version so our younger readers – or some presidents – can get in on the action.

The glove has a unique design that allows them to always remain a snug fit.

This will provide better support when you’re struggling through your last rep.

The double-length wrist straps will keep you even more secure. They have also been fitted with an industrial-strength Velcro so they don’t become weakened after hot soaks and washes.

This is useful because some of the top reasons for getting new gloves is worn straps and Velcro.

The palm of the gloves is padded with exceptionally-dense foam for comfort. They even have anti-slip prints to help you stay in control of the barbell or dumbbell as you lift. This anti-slip feature is made from a gel print and is not a feature you find on too many quality weightlifting gloves for men.

The gloves also have an easy-pull tab to let you take them off effortlessly. Plus, they come with a hook so you can store them and hang them out to dry conveniently.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Trideer Double Protection Weight Lifting Gloves

These weightlifting gloves for men by Trideer are fantastic all-purpose gloves. You can use them for all types of exercising from bodybuilding and CrossFit to things like cycling. They come in four color options which is something not very common with gym gloves.

Although the colored part on each design is minimal.

These gloves don’t just protect your palms with robust padding. Trideer has also added protection to the back of your hands using a silica gel to improve all-around shock absorption.

They’re mostly manufactured using a breathable microfiber material, which is especially lightweight and comfortable.

The wrist strap will stop your fingertips from being overworked. They properly lock in place using Velcro for a tailored fit that you’ll enjoy.

These weightlifting gloves for men are a half-finger glove like most the gloves like these on the market. Half-finger designs are useful because you can update your fitness-tracking app as you exercise without having to remove the gloves.

If you buy these gloves, Trideer will throw in a 30-day-no-questions-asked return option. Plus, they include a one-year warranty to protect your purchase!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Steel Sweat Weightlifting Gloves

Steel Sweat makes their weightlifting gloves for men in various sizes, so you’ll always be prepared. They come in a black-and-white design which may cause a few problems. White tends to pick up marks from dumbbells and barbells quite easily.

Unless you have some really good laundry detergent, don’t expect these to stay white for long.

These gloves are made from a flexible material to provide a tighter fitting, yet they also provide a great ventilation ability. That means despite how close they hug your hands, no sweat will build up.

They also include friction dots to improve your grip on the weights and they’re double stitched to last longer. The back of the glove is made from genuine leather to improve the durability of the glove’s structure.

This will keep you protected in harsh gym environments where accidents can happen. These gloves are one of a few that help you in taking them off. They have added pull tabs on the fingers and the thumb to do this.

We haven’t even had a chance to mention the wrist strap and, yet it’s one of the most supportive on our guide. It’s a phenomenal 18-inches long, meaning it’ll wrap around your wrist multiple times giving you even more protection.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Trideer Workout Gloves

We have another Trideer option to add to our list of the top weightlifting gloves for men today. You can get these gloves in black or gray color. In our opinion, both look really cool and won’t overly standout on the gym floor.

The palm area is covered in a silica gel to maximize your grip and other areas are made with a lightweight microfiber so you remain comfortable. The back of the gloves is covered in a mesh to avoid a build-up of irritating sweat and odors.

These are one of the pairs of quality gym gloves that help you remove them easily via the pull tabs on the fingers. They even come with a 12-month warranty for purchasing peace of mind.

Just be careful when washing these gloves. They require a hand wash and air drying so they don’t shrink or damage.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Steel Sweat Workout Gloves

The Steel Sweat Workout Gloves are quality weightlifting gloves for men at a great price. Steel Sweat is getting a few mentions here, which is a testament to their commitment to making exceptional gym accessories for men. They’ve also decided to add some color to this glove model.

You can grab a pair in either black, red, or gray in a selection of sizes.

The gloves have been made to fit the shape of our hands exactly. Their anatomical approach allows them to always sit comfortably. This is aided by the use of stretching seams along the fingers and their special StretchAir material. This material enhances ventilation while hugging the contours of your hands.

This doesn’t mean they aren’t padded. The natural shape is supported by double padding and friction dots. The dots are there to improve your grip on the weights so you don’t waste energy with an over-tightened fist. When the hard work is done, you’ll be able to remove the gloves easily and head to the locker room for an Instagram-worthy selfie.

Just pull on the finger tabs to reduce their restrictiveness and slide them off with your other hand.

The other good news is that these gloves are easier to care for because they’re machine washable. The only bad news is that you shouldn’t be fooled by their Velcro strap.

These gloves don’t provide any substantial wrist support. Can you forgive them? We certainly can!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Tourdarson Weight Lifting Gym Gloves

The Tourdarson Weight Lifting Gym Gloves are yet another pair of weightlifting gloves for men that are missing wrist support but still manage to excel in other areas.

They come available in a solid range of sizes, plus they come in a few more colors than others.

This includes a cool blue color some of the Men’s Gear writers have their eyes on.

There is a stitched in cloth on the back of the thumb that has been added so you can wipe the sweat off your brow between sets without having to take off the gloves. It’s a unique addition and we like their creativity to come up with such an innovative feature!

These weightlifting gloves for men are lightweight and have breathable materials. This is on top of a sweat-removing mesh on the back of the gloves. Other plus points include finger pull tabs for effortless removal and anti-slip print layers to improve grip.

Are these what you’ve been waiting for? Maybe?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Steel Sweat Weightlifting Gloves #2

Steel Sweat may not be the best at naming their gloves, but they certainly make up for it in the actual making of their products. These gloves come in a blue, white, and red design termed as “zed blue.” Very patriotic of them.

These weightlifting gloves for men have been manufactured to last. They’ve been double stitched throughout and the thumb has been double layered.

Meanwhile, the fingers and back of the hand have been designed to increase airflow.

They also have a wrist strap made from robust canvas that secures down with Velcro for a tailored fitting.

One of the coolest things about these weightlifting gloves for men is that they’ve kept a good range of mobility in the joint areas. When you consider this freedom of movement has been added without disturbing the quality of protection, you realize that these gloves are the full package.

You’ll get a full range of movement without any restrictions. However, you’ll still feel secure and protected as you strive towards a personal best. If you buy these gloves you can save some hard-earned cash on one of their weightlifting belts too!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Dark Iron Fitness Leather Weightlifting Gloves

Dark Iron Fitness made a pair of black and red weightlifting gloves for men that looks like something a superhero would wear to fight crime. Even the company’s name is bordering on the superhero theme, or possibly a supervillain one.

These weightlifting gloves are made from premium leather for the most part. The seams have reinforced stitching to finish off their durable construction. Instead of stuffing the palm with padding and claiming unbeatable protection, Dark Iron Fitness have made sure their padding follows the exact contours of your palms.

They also have a wrist strap to give considerable support. One last feature you should be aware of is that this product has two finger loops on each glove to help you pull them off.

If you decide to go to the Dark Iron Fitness side then they’ll replace your gloves for free. That’s as long as they have structural failure. If that is the case, they’ll replace them at any point in time. This clearly shows confidence in their creation.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Bionic Premium Full Finger Fitness Gloves

We’re going to finish our set of the best weightlifting gloves for men with an unusual design. These gray and orange gloves are different compared to what we’ve shown thus far. What makes them unique is their full-finger design.

Despite being full-finger gym gloves, they’re touchscreen compatible!

You’ll still be able to update MyFitnessPal and Facebook without taking them off as you wait for the foam roller to become free! We think these may be the best weightlifting gloves for men on our list. The reasons are numerous.

The leather palm has been padded strategically to spread out pressure and absorb shock. The pre-rotated fingers will imitate the natural curves of your hands. Don’t believe us?

Put your hands out in front of you with your palm facing you.

Now curl your fingers up. What did you notice? They all came into the center of your palm, right? Their patented design doesn’t interrupt this natural hand motion when gripping weights to support a better grip. Science!

They also have a stitched-in towel to wipe the sweat from your brow, plus, they’re phenomenal at reducing perspiration. These weightlifting gloves for men have the same terrycloth pads inside the gloves at strategically-placed areas. This also comes with a special material on the back of the gloves to expel moisture.

What more do you want? Oh, you want them to be machine washable as well? Good news, they are!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

That’s Our Set of 12 Done, Now It’s Your Turn…

We’ve taken the weight off of your shoulders by researching the best weightlifting gloves for men currently on the market. There’s a lot to think about and many different features to ponder over. Nevertheless, we’ve managed to show you 12 outstanding options for all types of gym-going guys.

Whether you’re getting into weight training for the first time or are a professional bodybuilder, these exercise gloves can be a fantastic addition to your gym arsenal.

Thanks for your attention. Remember to keep our key considerations in mind when buying such gloves and we wish you well on your fitness journey to becoming The Hulk!

January 1, 2019 / Comments Off on Top 12 Weightlifting Gloves For Men
0
772

Top 15 Inflatable Kayaks Every Man Needs

S

ometimes, there’s nothing better in life than paddling along through a gently rolling river. That is of course unless you prefer to hit those breakneck speeds hurtling through the nastiest of river rapids. Some don’t want a hard-shell, traditional kayak, as they lack adequate storage space and vehicle storage space is minimal Even if you’re just looking for a more portable and compact fishing boat, you should give inflatable kayaks some thought

It doesn’t matter if Lava Falls along Colorado River is more your thing, or you prefer the great old Mississippi. We’ve got something to more than meet your needs. Whatever your favorite or dream kayaking spot, what’s stopping you?

Now, we know what you’re going to say: “Aren’t inflatable kayaks unsafe and a waste of money?”

Actually, inflatable kayaks have come a long way in the last couple of decades.

Rather than just being something you stick your kids in at the swimming pool or small lagoon at the local beach, many of the inflatable kayaks today are amazing pieces of equipment. They’re full of features and made from highly durable, robust materials.

They’re made with advanced construction techniques and feature multiple layers and air chambers. Meaning, punctures are few and far between. If they occur, you can still continue to paddle in many kayaks.

Put those images of lugging a cumbersome and clunky boat on and off your car rack and then down to the riverside, to one side. It no longer has to be like that. Not when you can purchase a 450 to 500lb capacity inflatable kayak that costs less and deflates for easy storage.

With many available, we wanted to help. Thus, we put a list together.

Before we jump on that, we need to get to some FAQs first.

What are the Main Things to Consider when Buying an Inflatable Kayak?

With all the number of different sizes and types, there are out there right now, trying to pick one inflatable kayak can be incredibly overwhelming. Particularly if you’re a complete kayaking newbie. Therefore, to help make your choice a little easier, let’s look at some of the main things you need to consider before buying one of these awesome boats.

Type:

First and foremost, you need to think about the type of inflatable kayak you want. This will greatly depend on the kind of activities you intend to do.

There are four main varieties of kayaks to look out for, including:

  • Sit-on Kayaks: Inflatable kayaks you actually sit on a chair on top. Good if you don’t want to feel cramped or need a lot of stuff. Less stable than others and not as suited to rougher waters.
  • Sit-in Kayaks: The classic sit-inside style of boat. Less roomy than the above, but more stable, making it a good choice for choppier waters and near-white-knuckle whitewater experiences.
  • Canoe-style: Similar to the above, but bigger, with more room for your feet and gear. Ideal for fishing and hunting.
  • Self-Bailing Kayaks: These are generally aimed at people with lower budgets and children. They are a great choice if you’re looking to gain some starting experience. There’s a hole in the bottom that helps drain out any water that collects in the boat.
Weight:

For nearly everything, weight is incredibly important. Even deflated, inflatable kayaks can weigh as much as 30lbs. Though you can find lighter models that weigh approximately 17lbs, the fact that it’s lighter means you’re sacrificing something somewhere.

Much like when choosing the type, there’s a ton to consider with the weight. What you’re intending to use it for and how you intend to transport it are indeed big to know. This is crucial, as kayaks are ideally supposed to be mobile. Even the inflatable kind.

If it is too large to transport or too big for what you need, you need lighter options.

Meanwhile, you need heavier options for more rigorous activities. As they will hold up far more than a smaller, lighter option. That means if you’re going to be in water that is rough, you’ll need more weight. Meanwhile, if on a mere camping trip, lighter is often better.

Storage:

How particular inflatable kayaks are stored plays a vital part in whether they’re suitable for your needs or not. After all, these kayaks are designed to be portable. Although, it’s always worth remembering that not all are made equal.

Most come with a bag of some kind that they can be compactly stored in.

Storage is essential as mobility can be involved if it is small enough. If it is too large, storing can be far too difficult. However, the biggest thing inflatable kayaks offer is their amazing storage. The entire idea is that they can be inflated when you need them!

Passenger capacity:

Obviously, you need to give some thought to whether you’re kayaking solo or with friends. As well as finding the right kayak with enough space for all in your party, you need to find one with the appropriate capacity too. This can also be essential for proper supplies.

If you’re camping, you need to something to carry supplies. Meaning, if you are needing an area to put your backpack among other things, this could count as a passenger.

How Safe are Inflatable Kayaks? What are the Main Safety Considerations?

Many people assume that inflatable kayaks are unsafe. In the past, some might think it’s insane to use one of these kayaks on rough and choppy river rapids. Today, thanks to their improved designs and construction using high-quality materials, inflatable kayaks are actually very safe.

Choose the right type of kayak and build quality for the activities you have in mind. Not all inflatable kayaks are the same and some designs suit rougher waters than others.

The things most people tend to worry about from a safety standpoint is.

As in, will they burst and deflate easily, are they buoyant and are they durable?

The answer to all those questions really depends on the specific kayak. Some feature dual and multiple chamber systems that make sure the interior will still stay inflated if the exterior gets deflated. Further to that, some are made from high-quality tough nylon, featuring sections made from aluminum to help improve their robustness and durability.

Buoyancy is often connected to passenger capacity. Pay attention to that capacity number, as it could be a factor that keeps your kayak upright.

There’s also a number of different safety precautions you can take to ensure you always get to dry land in one piece. Always fully inspect your kayak before and after inflation before heading out on the water.

You need to make sure there’s no serious holes or leaks.

Be sure to take the advice above to heart, and only use an inflatable kayak appropriate for your activities. Punctures are quite a rare thing in modern inflatable kayaks, but it makes sense to have a puncture repair kit just in case. It could make all the difference between having a safe and exciting adventure and having a nightmare experience.

Where Can I Use Inflatable Kayaks?

In the past, you may have just be told to “use it on water, ya moron.” However, that is not the case any longer as there are many uses for them. Plus, taking it with you to just use on water is obvious. You have to know the legal places to use them, the amount of water you need to use one, etc.

Modern inflatable kayaks are suitable for all kinds of use in various conditions. As we’ve mentioned a number of times, you need to figure out the best one for the activities you want to participate in.

You don’t always need a better quality or tougher inflatable kayak to get good results.

However, it’s a good rule of thumb to use.

You may be wondering if you need to register your inflatable kayak or obtain a special license. Unlike typical boats, kayaks are not powered by a motor. That means it’s unlikely that you’ll need a license or even need to register it. The best thing to do is to check with your local courthouse about different rules for their city.

Do the same for cities you might use the kayak as well.

You may need special permissions or licenses to use it in certain areas. However, this is clearly obvious. Places like parks with small bodies of water may be off-limits, yet your average river is likely fine. These are just a few examples.

Always check with local officials before kayaking in places to avoid any issue.

Are Inflatable Kayaks Even Any Good?

If you’re still not sold on inflatable kayaks we’ve discussed so far, it may be that we’ve not sold them hard enough. Are they actually any good? That’s a very subjective question because it depends on what you’re looking for. Compared to hardshell boats, inflatable kayaks offer numerous benefits.

You may very well like them more than you think.

Portability:

Most inflatable kayaks are incredibly portable. Not only can they normally be packed into a small, handy bag,  they’re also extremely lightweight. This makes it easier to pack them into your car, motorhome, or to carry along with your backpack if you’re hiking or camping.

This is great to have, especially when camping. Think about it, you may need to walk a long way down river or stream. How cool would it be to get to your location an hour before you would have on foot?

This is possible with inflatable kayaks.

Practical:

You may be thinking that by the time it takes to pump up an inflatable kayak. Meaning you could have already bought and begun to use a traditional kayak by the time one is inflated. However, with many models, it’s actually a lot quicker.

Basically, normal kayaks have to often be stored on your vehicle top. Many have racks there for things like kayaks.

However, by the time you pull it down, the inflatable kayak could be out of its handy storage bag and nearly inflated completely. Of course, it could already capable of being on the water. All while you’re still fidgeting with getting a normal one unstuck from the roof of your car and then having to drag it near the water.

Easy to Use:

Though there’s not much difference, inflatable kayaks are often made with beginners in mind. That means, they do not require a lot of skill or experience to steer and paddle them effectively. If they were not easy to use, what would be the point in having them?

They literally inflate and go like a regular kayak. That’s how complicated this is.

Affordable:

This is one of the biggest selling points, along with the fact that they can be packed away into a small package. Compared to hardshell traditional kayaks, the inflatable kinds aren’t nearly as expensive.

Don’t let that put you off them though, as they are just as durable and safe in many ways.

The reason for the lack of expense is that most of these kayaks are made with cheaper materials. Not cheaper in the idea that they are made with terrible products. Rather, kayaks often use wood, hard plastics, etc. These can be relatively expensive to make over time.

Labor alone has to be intense.

That said, inflatable kayaks merely use things like nylon, vinal, etc. All of it made to last and to hold up in major conditions. Not only are they made just as good, but the materials are man-made mostly. Meaning you do not need to cut down a tree to make one.

That is the biggest change, making them cheaper despite doing the same job just as well.

1) Intex Explorer K2 Kayak 2-Person Inflatable Kayak Set

The first inflatable kayak on our list is from Intex. At 40 years old, they’re full of experience producing spa and pool related furniture, accessories, and boats. The Explorer K2 is a lightweight and affordable entry-level kayak.

It’s constructed with quality, using robust vinyl that is resistant to punctures. Inflating and deflating is an absolute breeze thanks to the two different air chambers at each side of the boat. Each has their own Boston valve.

For safety, there’s grab handles and lines at either end of the kayak. This helps moving it in and out of the water with ease. If necessary, they’ve even included a skeg at the bottom that can be removed.

This offers additional stability, something particularly important if you’re new to kayaking.

This model is designed for two people, so you and your partner/buddy can hit the water together. For comfort, the seats are adjustable and include backrests, and there’s even a cockpit with extended legroom. The kayak is part of a full package that includes nearly everything you need to get started.

This includes the pair of aluminum 86-inch long oars and the company’s own high-output air pump. For safety, it comes with its own patch repair kit. This comes in yellow, making you easy to spot when you’re in a bad way.

We love this addition, because who could hate it?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Advanced Elements Advanced Frame Convertible Inflatable Kayak

The Advanced Elements Advanced Frame Convertible Inflatable Kayak is quite a jump in price compared to the first item. However, taking a look at it, we can see why this is. At 15-foot in length, these inflatable kayaks are suitable for up to 2 people.

It even has an open-deck design that makes it even easier to get on and off.

Due to being convertible, you can even transform it into a single deck, double deck, or closed deck boat. Advanced Elements take it one step further. You can benefit from their own BackBone accessory or improved high-pressure flooring thanks to drop-stitch technology.

Individually, they offer different benefits, but both enhance the experience of using this kayak. They help to make tracking and the rigidity much better.

Tough nylon is incorporated in three layers that provide the kayak with superior resistance against punctures. It also includes a special hull design, consisting of aluminum ribbing that defines the stern and bows for improved tracking.

That’s even without the aforementioned BackBone accessory.

Setting this inflatable kayak up involves three easy steps – unfold, inflate, then attach the seats where you prefer. After that, you’ll be ready to hurtle down river rapids or take a leisurely row around the local lake. The Advanced Elements kayak is surely perfect for multiple experiences,

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Sea Eagle 330 Inflatable Kayak with Deluxe Package

The Sea Eagle 330 inflatable kayak comes in at a low price, making it hard to pass up. If you’re looking for a lightweight, affordable option perfect for use on the Tuolumne or Salmon River, then this might be what you need.

Even if you’re looking for something more relaxing and peaceful, this is ideal.

Despite its 26-pounds weight, it has a maximum capacity of 500lbs. This could fit 2 average size people and their gear. Plus, it only takes one person to actually take it to the body of water of your choice

Constructed from ultra-thick polykrylar K-80 material with flooring made using I-beam techniques, you’re unlikely to suffer a puncture. This is proven due to being cleared for Class 3 whitewater runs.

This kayak likely won’t make you feel cramped either.

The interior section of the boat itself takes up 9’6″ and has a width of 13″, enough room for 2 people to have an enjoyable time. The Sea Eagle 330 also comes with a self-bailing valve, two skegs, and front/rear handles.

All ideal for traversing through rapids.

Construction wise, it has been made to an impeccably high standard with the seams being welded using 10000-volts of power to fuse the body into one complete structure. Finally, it comes with a tough bag that keeps things perfectly compact and easy to carry, without a struggle.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Intex Excursion 5, 5-Person Inflatable Kayak Set

Intex is at it again, this time with the Intex Excursion 5. As the name suggests, this beast is built for a maximum of five people. This is a really fun kayak for a small family or group of friends to enjoy time on the water.

There are three air chambers with an additional in the hull to provide extra buoyancy. The Boston valves utilized on the two hull chambers makes inflation and deflation incredibly easy. The seating is comfortable, with the one to the front and rear of the boat consisting of high backs.

You’ll hardly notice you’re afloat. However, this kayak is only cleared for calmer waters.

A grab line is included to help you stay with this kayak in a possible freak storm. It runs around the boat keeping you safely on board. With sturdy, lightweight welded aluminum oars, you’ll be able to cut through the water with ease.

You could be forgiven for thinking it was a hard-shell boat, as it looks like one. Like other inflatable kayaks, this is incredibly easy to inflate and deflate using the included hand pump.

If you’re on the search for a great way to get friends or family the water, this could be what you need. Roomy, robust, and a whole lot of fun. You’ll truly love it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Sevylor Coleman Colorado 2-Person Fishing Kayak

The Sevylor Coleman Colorado 2-person fishing kayak certainly looks like it was designed to land that awesome fish catch. With its 18-gauge PVC build, it’s the perfect choice for low or medium challenging lakes.

The bottom of the kayak is made from 1000D tarpaulin and includes an 840D nylon cover.

This provides an additional robust layer of protection against punctures.

If a puncture occurs, don’t worry. Multiple chambers allow it to stay afloat with other areas remaining inflated even when one is letting air out.

Due to being designed for fishing, included are the adjustable Berkley rod holders that can be set quickly. They provide you with the ultimate hands-free angling experience. Meanwhile, the Trolling Sevylor motor fittings on the boat help you to give your boat great functionality as a fishing vessel.

The paddle holders included help to keep the oars out of the way.

The Colorado 2-person kayak has multiple D-rings that give you places to keep the rest of your equipment and accessories within arm’s reach. You’ll also find the mesh storage pouches easy to use and helpful for organizing any bait or snacks you have.

This kayak is not the fastest or best at tracking, but it’s a very affordable and easy to use option. We feel it provides everything needed to enhance your fishing experience.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) BicSport Nomad HP1 Inflatable Kayak

The Nomad HP1 inflatable kayak is a solo vessel from BicSport with a beloved flexible decking and higher bow section. It’s a bit expensive, but we feel it might very well be worth it.

When you’re out in the middle of the sea or a lake, you want to know you’ll be safe, secure, and reasonably dry. BicSport was able to produce great inflatable kayaks with high-pressure bottom and keel sections of a truly dynamic-shaped hull in this model.

Despite its compact and lightweight design and build, it’s by no means a small vessel.

The paddles are well-placed for a comfortable and effective rowing experience. It’s a very slick and exciting kayak to ride along on, mostly due to that flexible decking and higher bow.

Another area of this kayak that makes it a stone-cold stunner of a purchase is the fact it has a large area of space to store all the equipment you need. You never need to feel underprepared when taking on those challenging waters again.

For additional comfort, there are adjustable footrests and backrests.

You’ll feel the difference there when you set your oars up and take a break.

There are numerous grab lines for safety, and they even include an abrasion protector that keeps the boat from ripping. It also has carry handles to make it easier to move, with a carrying bag to keep it all organized.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Outdoor Tuff Stinger 4 Inflatable Two-Person Sport Kayak

Anything with the name Stinger gets our seal of approval from the get-go, even without looking into the finer details. The Outdoor Tuff Stinger IV Inflatable Two-Person Sport Kayak is a great way to take on adventures on the relatively-not-too-high seas.

It only weighs 36-pounds, allowing the Stinger IV to benefit from triple layers of heavy-duty PVC that ensures it’s not just portable, but incredibly hard-wearing. The three high-quality air chambers are reinforced and can inflate the Stinger kayak in just a few minutes.

It’s so incredibly tough and rigid that you’ll be constantly amazed that it’s an inflatable boat.

To help enhance your experience with the Stinger more, Outdoor Tuff comes with 87-inch long rotatable oars. Perfect for a quick, durable and efficient paddling adventure. Comfort is not forgotten, thanks to the inflated seat and the additional footrest.

It can carry up to 425lbs, so there’s plenty of storage space for a comfortable time away from dry land for you and a friend. The fins on the hull help to provide you with a more stable and controlled paddle as well.

Outdoor Tuff is a company you can trust, thanks to their experience in the industry.

That said, we cannot recommend this model enough.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Driftsun Voyager 2 Person Inflatable Kayak

The Driftsun Voyager 2 Person inflatable kayak is among the ultimate water exploring inflatable kayaks. Driftsun knows a thing or two about aquatic equipment, with their inflatable kayaks born and bred on the waters of Northern California.

It helps that they’re designed and built by a team who love to paddle. They know how kayaks work because they do it. They know what it feels like, why people do it, etc. Meaning, they’re always looking to better, innovative designs.

These inflatable kayaks are ideal for calmer waters and trickier rivers. Due to its pointed nose bow, V-shaped hull, the rocker profile, and removable fins, it’s ready to go immediately. These components when working in unison provide a very stable and tough vessel that won’t let you down.

Further to that, the side tubes with their higher volume offer amazing buoyancy.

The bottom is protected from punctures thanks to the PVC tarpaulin, while the double-threaded Boston valves ensure it will not leak. The 840D nylon Oxford covers also prevent tears and rips to the air tubes.

This kayak will hold up regardless of what it faces seemingly.

Included handles to the bow and stern to help make getting the boat into and out of the water incredibly easy. You’ll also find that there are enormous amounts of storage in the rear and front bungee compartments.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Blue Wave Sports Nomad 1 Person Inflatable Kayak

The Blue Wave Sports Nomad has a lower weight capacity than other inflatable kayaks. This is due to being designed for one person. This really looks the part with a highly visible bright yellow and black color scheme.

If you’re ever in trouble, you’ll be easily spotted.

It benefits from 24-gauge PVC in its construction that’s been reinforced using welding to seal the seams. This ensures it won’t leak. Along with the included I-beam floor design, it’s a very durable and comfortable kayak to paddle in.

Comfort and control have really been taken care of with the design of this kayak, as the footrest and seat can be removed and adjusted as necessary. The oar that comes with the kayak is made from strong aluminum, with tubing made from polypropylene that’s reinforced to produce reliable and effective blades.

The paddles are 87-inches, relatively good size for paddling anywhere. Thanks to Blue Wave Sports’ use of the double-locked airtight seal and the foot pump that’s included, it’s easy to deflate and remove from the water.

Due to its well-thought-out design, it packs away nicely to fit into a rip-resistant polyethylene bag. Considering this beauty has a relatively low price tag, we think it’s a great starter kayak.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Airhead Montana Kayak, 2 Person

Do you and a friend want to tackle some moderate whitewater action? A good inflatable kayak can be useful. The Gauley River in West Virginia isn’t easy to get through, ya know. The Airhead Montana inflatable kayak might just be what you’re looking for.

This model is 12-foot long. These extra inches are important. Just ask your girlfriend.

Despite its length, this kayak is lightweight and easy to transport. The kayak uses the common and reliable Boston valves. The kayak itself has a very sturdy heavy-gauge PVC construction that ensures it won’t easily puncture or tear.

Additionally, the three main air chambers are protected further by the 840D nylon that also has been coated with special water-resistance and UV-resistance chemicals.

On the actual water, the kayak should provide you with easy tracking and low amounts of drag for a fun ride. This is thanks to the inclusion of four fins on the underside.

You’re likely to have a lot of gear with you, there’s a total of six D-rings at the stern and bow for attaching gear securely.

The seats can be adjusted or removed, allowing you to tweak at the setup on the interior. This helps to offer the perfect balance in comfort and remaining securely inside the kayak at all times. As you’d expect you’ll find sturdy gear handles that make pushing the kayak out or jumping back in easy.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Bestway Lite Rapid 2 Person Kayak

Are you on the search for a self-bailing inflatable kayak that is available at a great entry price? The Bestway Lite Rapid could be a match made in aquatic heaven.

This model has a drain hole and plug that helps to reduce the amount of water you take on.

Especially in tricky waters and the removable fin that improve tracking, speed, and control through the water.

As you’ll have noticed from our guide, adjustable seating is something of a standard in most inflatable kayaks. It’s also something this particular model offers. You’ll be able to tweak things and tailor it for you and your paddling partner to get the most comfortable kayaking experience possible.

Considering it’s available for under $100, it’s not some high-class kayak. That said, if you’re looking for a truly sophisticated and complex inflatable kayak set-up, you’d be best looking elsewhere. However, if you’re out for a bit of fun, don’t mind getting thrown in the deep end a little, the Bestway Lite Rapid will give you just that.

Just don’t take it near anything more than gentle and calm lakes and bodies of water. This little beauty, as good as it is, was not meant to hurtle at 40mph down whitewater river rapids.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Sea Eagle FastTrack Inflatable Kayak Pro Angler Package

Sea Eagle is back again, this time with the FastTrack Pro Angler Inflatable Kayak. Although designed for fishing enthusiasts, it’s not made for bashing side to side and hitting dangerous rocks.

It has a weight of 45lbs that can handle a load capacity of 635lbs or up to 3 people. However, it depends on how much stuff you use as an angler. As amazing as the capacity of this kayak is, you need to factor in your gear.

This will surely offer a comfortable experience on the water while trying to land massive fish. If the idea of an inflatable boat combined with sharp fish fins and hooks makes you nervous, it shouldn’t.

Sea Eagle took proper precautions for that and still made a great angler boat/kayak.

The 1000D material is incredibly tough. It benefits from EVA foam padding in the pontoons and flooring, preventing slips, It even guards against punctures. The name is not just a marketing ploy when you find there are a built-in lure, hook, and rod holders in the spray skirts.

This kayak has a practical fish ruler built-in for seeing the size of that big catch. Sea Eagle covers you well too, with a fully patented, inflatable, and rigid knife kneel. This works in conjunction with the tapered, narrow, and sharper bow on the kayak. Allowing you to navigate easier.

It contains a dual-action pump, repair kit, two 81-inch paddles, two adjustable highback seats, and a bag too.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) NRS Outlaw I Inflatable Kayak

The NRS Outlaw I is a cool looking and practical 1 person inflatable kayak. The design makes it stable for newbies while providing exhilarating fun for adrenaline junkies.

Abrasion-resistant polyester with a high-quality PVC coating makes up this model. These inflatable kayaks were meant to take on the might of rapids like the Middle Fork along Salmon River in Idaho.

It features an inflated drop-stitch flooring that is both rigid and removable, making it easy to clean.

With its 18-inch tall rocker, the kayak can handle huge waves. Meanwhile, the 4-inch self-bailing floor and 10.5-inch tubing ensure you’ll stay afloat. The seating has been well-designed with the thwart seat being fully inflated and adjustable.

It connects securely into drain holes in the floor, meaning you can put it exactly where you need for comfort and security.

NRS has also considered the fact you’ll need to take water bottles and other accessories along for the ride. Thus, there are two sturdy D-rings made from stainless-steel.

The addition of high-performance Leafield C7 valves means you’ll have an easy job inflating and deflating this bad boy. Although it does look like a toy, this rides the waves and rapids perfectly. You’ll find the Outlaw I easy to carry thanks to the stern and bow handles.

Although expensive, the quality workmanship and major protection it provides makes it quite a steal.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Aqua Marina KO Inflatable Kayak

The appropriately, if a little worryingly named Aqua Marina KO inflatable kayak is an awesome, affordable choice. Though we don’t want to think of the word “KO” when going fast down a river. It’s a perfect model for kayaking enthusiasts or those just getting into it.

It benefits from three layers of laminated PVC-coated fabric throughout and a sturdy I-beam floor design. It has a multi-chamber design, meaning if a puncture ever happens, the rest of the boat will stay afloat.

As it has a slick look, you’ll draw attention to yourselves as you paddle frantically, for all the right reasons. To give you more choice over the level of comfort you have, both seats are adjustable and removable. This includes inflated backrests made for comfort and posture alike.

Remember to note that the paddles are not especially good quality. Thus, if you’re already making waves, you may already have decent oars.

Ultimately, the proof is in the tasting or experiencing in this case. These inflatable kayaks handle extremely well on the water and easy to maneuver in different directions and at speed, as required.

You can spin and race forwards or backward to your heart’s content.

With included safety handles, you’ll be able to hold on when your kayak is going fast down the rapids. It also comes with a repair kit for patching on the go, as well as a secure bag.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) BicSport Kalyma Inflatable Kayak

We finish out guide with this awesome looking, orange, yellow and black creation from BicSport. The Kalyma inflatable kayak is a lightweight, strong, and very stable vessel. It’s incredibly easy to transport when in its bag.

Inflation or deflation, this is a light model.

Inflating the kayak takes 10 minutes, thanks to the high-pressure pump BicSport includes in the kit. This is a great kayak due to the specially made shape and practical features as well as fittings.

Materials with resistance against abrasion and puncture and have three completely independent air chambers make up this model. This means if one gets a puncture, the others keep you afloat. Paddling is easier with the removable hull fin at the rear and the guiding skeg, which helps you to steer effectively.

It’s designed for either one or two people, so the seats are fully adjustable and removable. There’s a rear storage bow that features a watertight bag on the inside where you can keep your valuables while exploring rivers and lakes.

The seats also have built-in pockets for extra storage space.

If that wasn’t enough, the elasticated strapping on the boat is also great for storing the more cumbersome and bigger items. BicSport has a reputation for designing and building great quality sports equipment and these inflatable kayaks are no exception to the rule.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Time to Pick up those Paddles!

There you go, buddies – the Men’s Gear guide to the best inflatable kayaks has come to a close. If you’ve yet to give kayaks a go, it might be time to change that.

Especially with one of the more budget-friendly items featured in our guide.

If you’re a seasoned professional (or plucky adrenaline junkie intermediate), there’s also a wide selection to choose from to meet your needs. Even if you’re just a humble fisherman looking to do a little off-shore angling,  looking to catch trout or some pike, you’ll find the inflatable kayak for you above.

Remember, there’s more to choosing a kayak than just choosing the most expensive or conversely the cheapest. While cost may factor into your decision, it shouldn’t determine the kayak you choose.

The inflatable kayak that’s right for you, is the one that offers the experience you’re after.

If you’re ready to take on the might of Lava Falls or the Middle Fork of Idaho’s Salmon River, you need an appropriately designed kayak. One that’ll cope with the speed and treacherous nature of such rapids. Meanwhile, if you’re looking for a lightweight option to enjoy the scenery with your lover or buddy, you need something different.

You’ll need to invest in something built for comfort and luxury rather than speed.

There are also options for larger groups, in the form of the Intex Excursion in our guide. When buying one of these awesome kayaks, remember to choose wisely. Choose based on what you’ll be doing, where you’ll be going, how many people you’ll be taking along for the ride, and how much stuff you’ll need.

Keeping all of that in mind will ensure you’re experiences and adventures with your new inflatable kayak are memorable, and safe!

January 1, 2019 / Comments Off on Top 15 Inflatable Kayaks Every Man Needs
0
564

Top 14 Car Dash Cams

E

veryone, hands up if you’ve ever been in a road accident. Okay, keep those hands up if it was your fault. None of you? Really? We’re sorry, we’re sure you’re all excellent or at least pretty good drivers, but we find that hard to believe. If only there was a device that could determine whether or not you’re telling the truth. Well, there is…car dash cams.

You might remember these from the ten-thousand or so bizarre videos from all over the world that always seem to capture the very worst moments of someone’s life. While that’s (mostly) very amusing, the car dash cam’s actual purpose is supposed to provide unarguable evidence in the event of a crash, accident, or traffic violation.

This provides the owner with protection when challenged over the truth – as long as it’s not their fault.

This is great news for the careful and responsible drivers among us. Meanwhile, it could be an issue for the less talented drivers among us. That’s right, we know who you are!

If you’re tired of being blamed for accidents that weren’t your fault, however, car dash cams will help you out. Heck, you could even exert some revenge on those who’ve wronged you by following them all day to capture proof of their depravity.

That said, buckle up and join us to check out the best car dash cams on the market today.

What are the main things to consider when buying a dash cam?

We see you’ve decided to purchase a dash cam. Congratulations, from now on you’ll never need to worry about the back and forth uncertainty of ‘He said, She said.’ Plus, you’ll never need to feel concerned about how safe your car is and you’ll also pick up a couple of hilarious videos along the way.

Before you settle on which car dash cam is the best one for you, there’s a couple of things you’ll need to consider first. This will help you out by making sure you don’t get taken for a ride.

Resolution:

In the 21st century, everything is high definition, perhaps too high definition sometimes. Whatever car dash cam you choose to buy, you can rely on it having a satisfactory image resolution. However, there’s still a range of different image qualities that you’ll notice when it comes to car dash cams.

The most common to run across is 720p, 1080p, and 1440p.

You may not know what this means, which is totally cool, few do. These same things can be seen in computers and televisions too. That said, what does 1080p, for example, actually mean? The “P” in the example stands for “progressive.”

You may see 720i as well, where the “I” stands for “integrated.”

Both are the same type of thing, it’s simply the way pixels are laid out. In the P version of things, pixels are up and down. Meaning from the top of an image to the bottom, pixels are formed. This gives an HD, defined image or video that you might see a movie in.

Meanwhile, the I version has pixels that go from side to side. This offers a crisp, sharp image or video. The P version is often better at these things which is why it’s used for car dash cams.

The higher the resolution is, the more likely the video will catch the smallest of details.

Looping:

Car dash cams with looping capabilities allow you to avoid the need for switching the camera on or off. The reason for this is due to the loop allowing the camera to automatically turn on. It’ll begin recording as soon as you switch your car on thanks to hardwiring.

If you’re somebody whose memory isn’t as great as you’d like, this is essential. Even if you have a great memory, it could be insanely useful. Plus, it’ll be another thing you won’t have to worry about.

Night Vision:

Cameras with great night vision will save you a lot of stress if an accident occurs in low-light conditions. Night driving is in some ways safer due to there being fewer cars on the road, but this is not 100% true at times. It’s also a time where people feel perfectly happy to not only hit but also run.

Hey, think about it, it’s dark, nobody saw!

Unfortunately for them, if you have a dash cam when you’re involved in a nighttime collision, they can’t truly get away. Some cameras have better night vision recording than others, however. That means you need to be sure to find one that provides as clear an image as possible once the sun goes down.

G-Sensors:

Finding and purchasing a car dash cam with G-sensor capabilities is essential for protecting your footage. It’ll help keep it perfectly fine in the event of a crash or collision without it getting overwritten by the newer footage. Cameras with G-Sensor technology will automatically switch off when they recognize the car’s ignition has been turned off.

It will then ‘lock’ the footage to ensure that is doesn’t disappear into the ether.

Driver Assistance:

Sometimes there’s a lot going on while your driving, but you’re a good driver, right? It may not matter. Clearly, you can’t be expected to do this successfully all the time sadly. In fact, you might not notice something until it’s too late.

To prevent this, the car dash cams come with collision and pull-out alerts.

This recognizes potential disaster before it happens.

Not only will you have some proof after an accident, but you’ll also be able to prevent accidents altogether. This pretty much makes you a superhero. Who needs the Batmobile anyway?

Parking Mode:

Worried about your car at when you’ve parked it? Maybe there’s been a spate of vandalism around the neighborhood recently? You’re not going to sit up all night waiting to catch the perp, after all, you shouldn’t have to.

Why do all the work when your dash cam can act as a lookout for you?

Parking mode operates using motion sensors, so you don’t need to worry about wasting the battery overnight. If someone comes within range of the car, the camera will switch on. This is sure to catch crooks and idiot kids and hopefully makes sure they don’t cause any more damage.

You might also get the occasional curious critter, but we can live with that.

Rear Camera:

Finding a car dash cam with both front and rear camera functionality ensures you get the widest range of protection possible. You can drive wherever you please without fear of possible accidents they are not caught on camera. Clearly, the best cameras can give you this.

However, it can be a bit more expensive…so you need to think before you buy.

Do you need a rear cam? We’d say it could sure offer more protection in the event an accident occurs…especially in the back of the vehicle you happen to drive. However, the normal car dash cams can do a lot for you too. That said, this will just depend on how much you’re willing to spend.

Storage:

Most car dash cams will have a built-in memory function that’ll record and subsequently save any footage that’s captured during your drives. However, what will you do once you run out of space? By using high definition video, you’ll be treated to excellent and clear footage that will identify culprits without a shadow of a doubt.

The problem is that this awesome quality also means a lot of storage space is used up. Those files can get pretty large. Cameras with high-capacity storage will be a great asset to you, without a doubt. You may also want one that can install a microSD card for even more space.

This will save you the hassle of deleting footage all the time, without much time in-between.

What are the main benefits of car dash cams?

Car dash cams are tremendous for most. The reason is mostly due to what they provide the average, every day, driver. Think about it this way, your protection and how people believe your story could hinge on these things. Car dash cams have gotten police officers out of hot water as well as fired.

That is some major power to hold.

Imagine too if you’re a young black man in America. Traffic stops are routine for them, as well as Hispanic men (even if you do nothing wrong). Most tend to go well, but at times things can get really bad.

Car dash cams can be maneuvered to get the entire ordeal on tape if something goes bad.

It’s your word against the officer’s word, which means your word is useless without proof. However, this tape you happen to have will help exponentially prove he or she was in the wrong. Heck, even the presence of one will help. This is useful for a number of other instances too, so let’s go over them.

Accidents:

Many of us have suffered an accident, been on the wrong end of a fender bender, or encountered some douchebag who thinks he owns the road. However, if we had a car dash cam, we could have had an excellent way to prove that we were, in fact, in the right.

Memories might be pretty clear, but there’s no substitute for video evidence. It’s an eyewitness that doesn’t blink, so take advantage while you can.

Peace of Mind:

Even if we have a good idea of where our vehicle is, we may still worry if it’s safe. It could be the area you’ve parked in, it could be the place on the road, it could just be that you’re very protective. Maybe too protective perhaps? With a car dash cam, any fears will be (mostly) alleviated.

The dash cam won’t necessarily save your car from damage when you leave it parked somewhere. However, it will help you identify who was responsible. This will help the local law enforcement hunt them down, then you’ll finally get the justice you deserved all along.

Fraud Prevention:

The unfortunate truth is that some drivers will go out of their way to cause collisions, accidents, and other inconveniences. They will then try to make it look as if you were at fault for their mistake. How horrible, right?

With car dash cams, you can become a hero of the road.

Well, you’ll be your own superhero. You won’t be a Batman or Green Arrow out there or anything…this is only a dash cam. However, you’ll help you avoid dealing with people who try to make you look at fault. These frauds need to be stopped and you can do just that.

Not Just a Camera:

Well, it still is a camera, but the dash cam is so much more. It can act as a parking assistant, provide collision alerts, and parking protection. Furthermore, most cameras will also have GPS capabilities. This will not only pinpoint exactly where an accident occurs but will also show your speed.

This will allow you to make sure you never go over the speed limit. We know you will, but at least you’ll have an idea of the speed limit in areas you are not familiar with.

That GPS thing is pretty handy, for sure.

The Memories:

Car dash cams are mostly associated with covering you or somebody else in the event of an accident. However, you can also use them to record your road trips! Seriously, you can.

This is pretty awesome if you ask us.

If you like packing up your stuff, jumping in the car and saying goodbye to the city for a couple of days, the dash cam will be there. It’ll catch everything so you can watch how things went when you’re done. You can check out the gorgeous scenery and marvels of nature you came across.

Heck, you can even put together in a travel video as a memento that won’t go anywhere.

Pure Entertainment:

We’ve all seen those hilarious/interesting videos captured by the sheer luck of a driver having a dash cam. If you haven’t seen them, trust us, you’re sorely missing out. While entertainment was not the intended purpose of car dash cams, you can have endless hours of weird and wonderful examples.

You can come across some of the strangest goings on in everyday society, especially when people don’t think they’re being watched. Just remember not to use these powers for evil. That’s not cool, dude.

Is it easy to set up and install car dash cams?

It really should be easy to set up car dash cams. However, that is not exactly the case regardless of how good it would be. There are certain rules regarding placement and other issues that you really need to pay attention to.

Not doing so could result in footage not working well or even become useless in court under certain situations.

Heck, you could even be breaking the law! To avoid your jail time, we wanted to make sure we made you aware of key things you need to know about. Check this out.

Where can you mount it?

Dash cam mounting isn’t as simple as the everyday hands-free mount you’ve used with your smartphone for years. Instead, it must be placed behind the rear-view mirror. This allows the image to be perfectly centered and it captures the widest angle of the road.

This includes both lanes, as well as any signs that you pass along the way.

‘But what about the cables?’ you lament while ignoring everything we’ve just said. Well, hold on a second. Car dash cam wires are long enough to reach a power source. This ensures there’ll be no issues with connectivity.

What kind of mount, though?

Car dash cams come with either a suction-mount or one that employs double-sided tape. Both work well, but the suction cup is much more reliable than the double-sided tape version. This is mostly due to it being easy to reset and start over if you put it somewhere wrong.

It can also go from vehicle to vehicle without much issue.

Remember, with every incorrect mounting with double-sided tape, you’ll lose precious adhesiveness. That could result in your camera tumbling from its perch, probably just before an accident occurs. With that being said, we’d advise the suction version.

How do you connect it?

Your car dash cam will come with the aforementioned wires that’ll connect to ports within your car. This will more than likely be the cigarette lighter port. However, you can elect to hardwire your camera, which will connect it to the main electronics of the car.

There are a few benefits from this, including having the wires hidden. It can also turn on whenever you switch on the ignition so you’ll never forget. Most car dash cams can be hardwired, but you can’t do it yourself. This means you’ll need to employ a professional to make sure it’s done correctly.

That said, it’s an extra expense you may or may not want.

What are the laws related to car dash cams?

Car dash cams were mostly designed to help you in the event of collisions. However, you need to be careful about whether or not you’re using them in a legal way. Remember, laws are a bit annoying but we must follow them. We know, we thought they just handed out chocolate bars too.

Why can’t we just take them, right?

That said, we put together a guide on a few nations and their laws regarding car dash cams to help you out a bit. Take a look.

United States:

In the United States, car dash cams themselves are not technically illegal. However, in the majority of states, windshield obstruction is, in fact, illegal. As long as you’re not impeding your own view of the road, then you should be okay.

We’d suggest getting in touch with a lawyer, police officer, or local DMV just to be on the safe side.

There’s also the issue of data protection, which would inhibit the privacy of anyone traveling in your car. A solution to this, though, is to either turn off the audio recording or simply inform them that they’re being recorded. Some states do not have any laws on recording someone.

This is the same for video and audio recording, as there are not as many specifics.

In many states, only one side has to know of a recording. That means, since you’re the one side, you’re good. Not every state is the same, so call up local police stations or a DMV to see what they suggest.

However, you truly want to tell someone even if you don’t have to. Proper ethics, of course.

Canada:

There are no laws about installing a car dash cam of any kind in the country of Canada. In fact, recording your journeys on the road is perfectly fine as they are considered public areas. This means you’re not intruding on anyone else’s privacy.

However, if the camera is not mounted correctly, you could suffer similar charges to those in the United States.

Obviously, you don’t want to operate one while driving, as this is very illegal in Canada as it is in America. This falls under the same type of charge as using cell phones while driving. It may be a bit minor, but too many can add up.

United Kingdom:

Car dash cams are perfectly legal in the United Kingdom, throughout every single area. However, if it is mounted incorrectly, you could face fines from local police who see this.

You could even have any footage you’ve recorded deemed inadmissible in a courtroom setting.

If you work for a ride-sharing company like Lyft or Uber or even just as a taxi driver, then you need to inform the passenger that they’re being recorded. This is technically needed in both Canada and the United States in states or provinces that have such rules.

Anywhere Else?

In case you’re planning a trans-continental trip, we should mention that you’re prohibited from having a car dash cam at all. This includes countries such as Switzerland, but could also apply elsewhere in the world.

Before going anywhere, do your research and save yourself the hassle.

Most of the time, taking car dash cams overseas or to nations close by would be weird. After all, there are a lot of rules on rental cars and most airports won’t let you take stuff like this on a plane. That said, avoid assuming it’s okay. You honestly don’t need it in many nations.

Simply use a normal camera if you’re worried things might get bad somewhere.

1) Rexing V1 Car Dash Cam

The Rexing car dash cam is designed to blend in seamlessly with the car to keep your focus squarely on the road, as well as ensure that it doesn’t look too obvious for other drivers. This model offers plenty of features to get excited about.

One of them is the full HD recording, which ensures crystal-clear images both day and night. Furthermore, the 170-degree lens achieves an incredibly wide angle, which manages to get nearly every inch of the road.

For increased protection and driver safety, there’s also accident auto-detection.

This will activate long before you’ve even realized something is up. This should offer a minor alert to allow you the ability to avoid possible accidents before they happen. Of course, this should allow everyone to make it to their destination with very few issues.

Now, isn’t that what we all want from car dash cams? We think so.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Garmin Dash Cam

Garmin is a major leader for the technology you’ll use in or for your vehicle. It comes as a shock to no one that they made excellent car dash cams too. The video quality is better than most normal cameras, which is saying a lot. Filming at a remarkable 1440p, you’ll never be straining to see the content in videos again.

This will make you the best eye-witness on the road.

Also included are exceptionally accurate lane departure and collision warning systems. This is sure to save you and others from potential crashes during the busiest times of the day. Furthermore, voice-recognition software means the whole camera is entirely hands-free.

This allows you to switch it on and off with simple voice commands. Don’t focus on pictures on a screen, focus on the road and let the camera do the hard work for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Lukas LK-7900 Car Dashboard Camera

The Lukas HD car dash cams come with a provided 16GB of internal storage. Included is an array of awesome and incredibly useful driving features you’ll absolutely love. With 1080p HD video, the footage is exceptional and clearly capable of getting every detail.

Meanwhile, the powerful auto exposure feature means that regardless of the weather conditions, you’ll always have perfectly viewable images.

There are also four different recording modes that can be adapted to suit your preference on how you want to record something. These modes include continuous recording and motion detection. This will surely come in handy when the car is parked overnight, at the game, or out to dinner.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Anker Roav Dash Cam

With motion activated sensors and extreme temperature resistance, the Anker Roav Dash Cam is a superb product. It is able to withstand all elements, situations, and conditions. It isn’t just designed for your annual adventure across Antarctica sadly.

We know, “technology,” right?

The camera delivers more than enough features to keep you and your car protected no matter where you drive it.

Its Nighthawk Vision means that you’ll receive awesome, clear videos during the darkest of nights. Meanwhile, the built-in WiFi smartphone transfer means it’s never been easier to view your videos. This will be filmed in expansive panoramic views to capture as much as possible.

Anker gets it done with several other products, but their car dash cams are absolutely stunning.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Vantrue N2 ProDual Dash Cam

Offering nearly 360-degrees of coverage, the Vantrue N2 ProDual Dash Cam is an awesome choice for anyone. Especially those who wish to get home safe or like to capture crazy people on the road.

This camera provides you with both road camera and interior camera viewership.

This ensures you capture as much as possible so you are always able to back up any claims. We have to agree with the late Billy Mays who once said, “wait, there’s more!”

These car dash cams are also equipped with a 24-hour parking mode. This will detect motion should someone or something get a little too close. Meanwhile, the G-Sensor and looping mechanism ensure that you can set it and never worry if it’s recording. It surely will be.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Garmin Dash Cam 35

Garmin is back again, this time with the Dash Cam 35 model. This car dash cam provides accurate forward collision warnings and G-Sensor incident detection. This guarantees constant vigilance on the road and protects your footage as soon as something happens.

Along with this, you’ll also have a dash cam player. This allows for clear playback of anything that does happen, without having to upload it to another device.

There’s also a red light and speed camera warning system. However, you do need to pay extra for this privilege. It fits comfortably above the rearview mirror and the suction cup is very reliable, even on the most uneven roads or during heatwaves.

Be sure you’re aware that there are no audio recording capabilities. This is good and bad. While you won’t be recorded as you belt out your favorite tunes, it also won’t record audio in the case of an incident during a traffic stop.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Transcend 32GB Drive Pro Car Video Recorder

With a 32GB internal memory, you can record hours of road trips. Even if it’s just to and from the office (although we recommend you get out more, dude). Overall, the Transcend Drive Pro allows you to do exactly that.

You can drive like a pro without being concerned it won’t work or back you up in the case of an accident.

This is due to the built-in G-Sensor that’ll protect any recordings upon a crash, as well as snapshot features to capture the clearest images possible. For your convenience, these car dash cams also have access to the exclusive DrivePro520 application.

This means you can download and stream all your adventures, then identify when that idiot pulled out in front of you without warning.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Z-Edge Z4 2K Dash Cam

The perfect camera to give you the edge over other drivers on the road, this Z-Edge Z4 Dash Cam comes with 2K video capabilities. It truly is an awesome camera that will hang nice and discreetly from your windshield. It’s also packed full of useful features that make it more than a simple camera.

This includes collision detection, 150-degree wide angles, and parking monitor motion sensors. All of this combines to give you some of the best protection available from the sea of car dash cams. The Z-Edge also comes at an excellent price when compared with other cameras and ensures (essentially) endless hours of recording.

Just remember to overwrite existing footage. Otherwise, you may run out. That endless thing isn’t exactly infinite apparently.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) KDLinks DX2 Super Wide Angle Car Dash Cam

If you’re looking for the most complete coverage you can possibly find, the KDLinks super wide front and rear dash cam is the product for you. With 290-degrees of filming capability, it uses a 2-lens system that makes sure to capture every single detail.

Meanwhile, the superior F1.6 six-glass lenses provide night vision capability unseen anywhere else in the world.

Along with this, these car dash cams also come with emergency lock buttons to protect footage. This also comes with an auto-switch to turn the dash cam on as soon as you turn on the ignition. This ensures that you’ll always be protected even on those days where your brain hasn’t caught up to your body yet.

With so much high-quality coverage, the KDLinks DX2 is the answer to getting every angle you need. Plus, it could lower those insurance premiums a bit.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) THINKWARE F800 PRO 2 Channel HD Dash Camera

The THINKWARE F800 PRO may very well offer the car dash cams that are perfect for the thinking man. It contains both front and rear filming capabilities, but this is just the tip of the filming iceberg. It’s designed to offer you the utmost coverage and protection from both sides of the road.

It also provides incredibly crisp night time footage that will keep your car alert even when you’re not driving it.

The THINKWARE makes this possible with its reliable motion sensors that activate whenever someone walks too close. As for the performance on the road, there’s advanced driver assistance.

This will recognize when hazards are present and let you know before it’s too late.

Meanwhile, you can also keep an eye on everything from afar by using the mobile viewer. Sure it’s on the expensive side, but for those of you who are truly “in love” their cars, money isn’t an object.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Transcend 16GB DrivePro 200 Car Video Recorder

The Transcend 16GB is a high-capacity piece of tech that’ll ensure you won’t have any mysteries during your drive-time. Coming with a 16GB microSD card, you’ll have more driving footage than Top Gear and maybe even more entertaining shots too.

The camera comes with a free app and WiFi connectivity. This makes it easier than ever to view, stream, and share your footage with the world.

Well, at least the relevant authorities.

With a 160-degree angle lens, you can ensure you’ll get greater coverage than you thought possible. Meanwhile, the G-Sensor is more sensitive than other cameras and will have your back in the event an accident with emergency recording.

Unfortunately, these car dash cams don’t come with parking mode or GPS. However, for a budget product, there’s still a lot to give you peace of mind while driving.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) TomTom Rider 550PAPAGO Car Dash Camera

The PAPAGO Car Dash Camera boasts incredible HD recording footage that ensures you’ll capture every little thing possible. Along with top quality images, there’s 64GB microSD support that’ll capture hours of video. Plus, all of this can be viewed with the complementary app.

Unfortunately, this app is only compatible with Android, for now at least. However, if you’ve embraced Android over Apple, then this is perfect. You also get two different mounts to suit you and your car, which is pretty cool. It also comes with a Driver Assist feature that goes that extra mile to keep you protected and keep that insurance low.

If you’re looking for good car dash cams that more than provides what you need at a reasonable price, the PAPAGO is a tremendous option.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) YI Compact Dash Cam

If compact is your style, then the YI Compact Dash Cam might feel like it’s been designed especially for you. One of the cheapest products on our list, it still boasts a range of great features that feel like it should cost much more.

These features include high-quality day footage and even good footage for night time recordings.

Despite its size, it’s also very sturdy and should withstand knocks or tumbles with ease. On the software side, the app is relatively straightforward to use. It also provides the opportunity to look back on exactly what happened in any situation you run into.

For those in warmer areas, the built-in cooling system will keep it protected against the sun. However, there have been some instances of melting, so be careful.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) APEMAN 1080p Dash Cam

Our final choice for the best car dash cams is the APEMAN Full HD Dash Cam. It lives up to its name with high-quality video footage that allows for seamless video recording. It even does this during the day and night, both with clear results.

While the camera doesn’t technically have night vision, it still offers F1.8 exposure that’s ideal for low-light situations.

These car dash cams also come with a built-in G-Sensor that recognizes exactly when a crash occurs and locks the footage for your protection. Meanwhile, the 170-degree wide angle lens captures the majority of the road, so even the most inconspicuous happenings are recorded.

Our only real issue is that you can only mount up to a 32GB microSD card. This is a good amount, but we’d like it if there was potential for just a little bit more storage. Otherwise, feel free to go ape-man, over the APEMAN

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

On a Collision Course, Or Maybe Not…

With so many car dash cams on the market it can be a challenge to choose one that’s right for you. However, you know your driving, know your area, and know which is the best for your needs. When it comes to car dash cams, it doesn’t need to be the best, the brightest, the fanciest.

Instead, it needs to be something that you trust will keep you protected in the event of a collision.

The thing about car dash cams is that they’re not just there to place the correct blame. In fact, they’re also there to keep you honest too. It’d be great if everybody drove like they had a car dash cam, but we all know that’s not the case.

Instead, it’s up to people just like you to do your bit in keeping yourself and others in check.

We’re all prone to the odd bout of road rage every now and again. However, with proper car dash cams, perhaps things will be a little different. Why not shift into a different gear and take it a little bit easier?

It would make the road a much more peaceful place to be.

December 31, 2018 / Comments Off on Top 14 Car Dash Cams
0
981

Top 13 Anker Portable Chargers

T

he advent of the smartphone was a great step forward in our lives. They allow us to be connected constantly to the world around us. These devices gave us the chance to check up on our friends, to book tickets on a whim. They even allowed us to time it so that we could order pizza that arrived exact moment we got back home. Obviously, they have to charge, otherwise you cannot use them at all. This is where Anker portable chargers managed to shine the most.

Batteries cannot stay charged all day long, even for the best of phones.

The portable charger wasn’t always present. While many were able to plug into cigarette lighting areas in your vehicle, this was as portable as things were for some time. That was until the last decade when new and inventive chargers came forward. Anker stepped up in this time.

They allowed us not to care about our low battery issues and kill anxiety as a result. They’re easy to carry, compact, and packed with more power than you could imagine.

They’re useful and integral to our daily lives now. In fact, it might be a tough thing to find someone without a portable charger of any kind. Even those who claim to never let their phone battery dip too far during the day likely has a charger in their car for emergencies.

Few better companies make these chargers better than Anker, who got into charger business in 2011. This is why we wanted to do a complete buying guide about this. We know the best versions may be hard to find, so we wanted to help. We found 13 that should suit every need.

Before we go into that, we need to check out some FAQs first.

What’s so good about the Anker brand?

Steven Yang founded Anker in 2011. You might recognize him as a former Google employee, which is not surprising. A number of their employees have gone on to have huge success outside of Google. His company, Anker, has quickly become one of the most popular and successful electronics brands in the world.

From its office in Shenzhen, China, it began as a means to disrupt the techcessory oligarchy. For some time, this had been dominated by Apple, Google, and Samsung, among others.

Anker managed to do better than anyone could have anticipated.

From portable chargers, Bluetooth speakers, USB cables and anything else you can think of, they’ve carved out a solid wedge of the market share. You could easily find their products in dorm rooms, backpacks, and office spaces all across the world.

The question is, how has a company that is less than a decade old managed to make it big so fast? This is mostly due to one of the reasons Yang splintered off from Google in the first place, the prices.

Anker products are cheaper than their counterparts. With Anker, you’re not paying for the name, despite how great it has become as a brand now.

You’re paying for a great product, which allowed them to stand out.

This isn’t a brand that sells subpar products with a celebrity name attached, all designed to attract the attention of naive, ignorant kids. Unlike brands like Beats by Dre, Anker is a company that prides itself on simplicity.

They aren’t going to revolutionize the world of technology right off, but they never set out to do so.

Instead, the company just wants to provide you with the products that make life easier. Isn’t that what tech is supposed to do, anyway?

What are the main benefits of Anker portable chargers?

There’s a reason that everyone you see every single day will have their trusty charger tucked carefully away in their backpack. They’ve become essential lifesavers when it comes to charging a device. They have helped people out of a mire of screen anxiety on a number of occasions.

As we mentioned, Anker is one of the big boys in the portable charger field. This is likely why so many have quite literally bought in and sought out their chargers for some time.

However, the overall portable charger market is huge. Here are the main reasons why.

Charge Anywhere, Anytime:

One of the main reasons that anyone buys a portable charger is the ability to charge their device wherever they please. If you commonly have a low battery due to overuse of your phone, or your battery just sucks, you need a charger around.

Your friends likely chastise you about it and make fun of how you’re always playing too much Candy Crush. This could very well be why you’re always on a low battery.

However, batteries often run low just for being on. Seriously, most Android phones run low on power throughout the day just due to being on and sort of being in use. There are a few things you can do to slow this down, like take your location off or put your phone in “airplane mode.”

Still, you’re going to use your phone and need a charge.

Anker portable chargers, as well as many others, will be there when you need it. Anytime, anywhere, they’ll be a huge assist.

Multiple Ports:

A big issue comes up at times when you need to charge your phone, but your friend also needs to. This is when multiple ports come in handy, which many of the Anker portable chargers have in play. While most chargers people use will be a single port, as they are often supplied with the phone, those you buy separate often have more.

We don’t expect everyone to be a Good Samaritan and allow others to use your charger to charge up their low battery.

However, if you did decide to let someone use your charger then we’re sure those multiple ports would be a huge asset.

The real thing to worry about is whether or not they’ll want to take that thing with them. Keep an eye out!

Universal Capabilities:

What if your future or current spouse has an Android while you have an iPhone? What if you and your new girlfriend or boyfriend have this issue? Heck, what if grandma had this problem…could you deny assisting her?

With Anker portable chargers and many others, this doesn’t matter. Many of them have universal compatibility to charge any type of phone. As long as they have a USB cable that connects to their specific phone, they can plug it into the charger. Huzzah!

Cheap:

We believe that many people may have avoided getting a portable charger due to believing that they are too expensive. This is not an uncommon response for any purchase about, well, most things. It’s especially an issue when it comes to technology.

The reason for this is lack of knowledge of a product and, as an addition to this, lack of research on it.

When it comes to portable chargers, you can find many for a cheaper price. At least cheaper than you might expect. Not all of these chargers will be top notch, but they get the job done. When it comes to Anker portable chargers, they might be a slightly higher expense.

However, even they are not outside most budgets. Remember, that is the entire Anker ideology.

Charges Different Devices:

While Anker portable chargers, as well as several others, are designed to charge up the average cell phone, this is not their only function. In fact, you can also use it to charge tablets, e-cigarettes, controllers (like the Nintendo Switch), and basically anything that has a USB port.

Seriously, think of anything you want that you normally charge containing a USB port. Yes, the portable charger will charge it. Think of another. Got it yet? Good. It’ll charge that one too! Starting to get the picture?

Durability:

Anker portable chargers, like other chargers, are much more rugged than most seem to think. People use these things all over the world, taking them into some insanely different environments. People may take them overseas with them, which may result in the plane or ship ride over causing the charger to get beaten up.

Others may take it to work them, which could even be a dangerous environment like construction. Heck, many take them into the wilderness for use while out camping or going on a hike. Clearly, devices being charged on these adventures would be useful.

Of course, the possible things one can come into contact with here are vast.

There’s no telling what could happen as you go about your day, so it’s a good thing they’re designed to withstand all kinds of abuse. They come with a durable casing that protects them from abrasions and scratches in your bag. This means they should keep it safe if dropped.

However, let’s just be clear that we’re not encouraging you to test out this theory.

Low Energy Consumption:

Being able to run for a long time, Anker portable chargers, as well as others, use less power than you might expect. This can benefit you by helping you save on electricity bills, or from frying up other charging devices.

Of course, they generally contribute to a healthier planet due to so many not needing to be plugged in to charge stuff.

Some portable chargers are even solar powered! Needless to say, you’ll be doing even more for the environment if you invest in one of those.

What are the main things to consider when buying Anker portable chargers?

If you’ve decided you cannot handle the idea of having your battery nearly die or actually die on you, we understand. You’ve come to the right place, as we’re here to help you make the right decision to save you from this.

It takes a big man to realize where they’ve gone wrong and an even bigger man to admit his failings.

Before you take that leap and join us in the 21st Century by purchasing your shiny new charger, you’ll need to be sure what to look for. This is something many make the mistake of not doing before they purchase technology of any kind.

We didn’t want you to go into this blind.

That said, we’ve come up with everything you need to consider before buying Anker portable chargers or any charger for that matter. Check this out and learn what you can in order to pick the best product for you!

Portability:

Depending on the size of the portable charger you’re looking for, you’ll need to consider just how portable it is. As a rule, all of these chargers are portable, but some are more than others. This is because of the size and weight of the charger.

Of course, this will determine whether or not you can fit it in your pocket, or if you’ll need to bring a backpack with you.

Obviously, we understand if certain models are too heavy or bulky to carry with ease. Often, these are used at homes or office buildings rather than on a camping adventure. This is why you need to look out for the type of charger you need.

That way, if a certain weight and size are a no-go for you, it can be addressed BEFORE you buy.

Capacity:

The capacity refers to how much power is contained within the charger itself. This determines how many full charges it can carry out before you need to recharge the actual charger again.

Typically, you’ll see them boasting of 5,000 mAh, 10,000 mAh, 20,000 mAh, and sometimes even more.

These numbers and letter might not mean anything to you, but they can give you a decent indication of how powerful the bank is. The higher the mAh, the more charges it can do. However, you’ll need to remember that this will also make it larger and heavier.

Number of Ports:

When they were first released, these types of chargers contained one port for charging your device and one port for charging the bank itself. This was often the two main ports for the average charger. Over time, as the technology became more sophisticated and people demanded more, manufacturers began improving the designs.

One of these improvements was adding a second USB port. While not considered revolutionary to some today, it was a big breakthrough in that time. Now, you’re unlikely to find a big charger like one of these that doesn’t have at least two charging ports.

This is great news for anyone who constantly has people in their life that needs to charge their phone or other technology. You’ll be seen as a lifesaver, revered as a God of Energy, and welcomed anywhere that people spend most of the time on their phones.

Having two ports increases your charging options, and will make you some friends too.

Charge Time:

An average wall charger has the ability to charge your phone in less than one hour. Whether it does or not is a different story, of course. While these chargers will not possess this kind of power, they still come with a decent enough charge that they’re worth purchasing.

Keep in mind, these are not using electricity from the wall to power items like those do.

Chances are you’ll not use it to charge your phone overnight, and you’ll only really use it as a useful top-up when the battery’s running low. Not many people use them to fully charge their phones, but if it can do it quicker then why not?

Depending on how low your battery level is, it can take anywhere between an hour to five hours to sufficiently charge your phone. Longer charge times are usually encountered in older phones or those with an extremely low battery.

If you’re anything like us, you’ll pay attention to your battery level and get it on the charger before the dreaded sub-15% level.

A portable charger is a must-have to get you out of sticky situation, or even just to give you peace of mind. No, it won’t charge insanely fast but it can still charge well. That is still a huge asset!

Bonus Features:

Along with the basic feature of charging your device, you can also look for chargers that come with helpful little bonuses.

These won’t be things that will change your life, but they’re still useful to have. You never know when you might need one of them. Some bonus features include LED torches, which can save your phone battery if you get lost in the woods at night.

There are some that will heat up, so you can use them to keep your hands warm during the winter. This may sound dangerous, but it’s actually not. Others that are built quite sturdy come with external casings that protect them from being dropped and smashed in one thousand pieces.

We all know someone who can’t seem to keep a device looking as good as new for more than a month or two. Maybe they could benefit with a portable charger that can look after itself.

What is Mah? What is the Mah range of Anker portable chargers?

It’s likely we confused you a bit earlier when we mentioned something known as “mAh.” Don’t worry if it made you scratch your head a bit, as we know many don’t know of this. That’s why you have us, remember? That said, let’s get into what this is.

The mAh name stands for milliAmpere hour or milliAmp hour. You can select the one you want to say depending on how much of a rush you’re in. You may have heard of each of those words individually, but you might not know what they mean together.

Let’s break it down for you.

Milli:

This refers to one thousand of something. Think of the word “millennium” as a rule when you need to remember what “milli” actually means. The millennium comes every one thousand years, so that makes it easier to know about. The word milli comes from the Latin language, in case you’re wondering.

In Latin, the word is often spelled as “Mille,” which many would confuse for “mile” in the United States. This is why we took the “E” off the word when we brought it here as long as it was used in its solo and not combined usage.

It is part of the Metric System as well, which is used by most major developed or modern nations in the world.

Only the U.S. out of those nations has not gone with it. However, the nation did adopt words like “Milli” to its unit of measurement at times. Truly it all depends on how it is used, but the meaning never changed. It always meant “one thousandth” of something.

Ampere / Amp:

This is a unit of electrical current, named after Andre-Marie Ampere and known as the Father of Electrodynamics. Andre-Marie was able to measure the electromagnetic force between electrical conductors, which carried electrical current.

This is what he based an ampere on, thus, it is the base unit of measuring that exact thing.

This was key for the time, as CGS measurements had two different definitions of what “current” happened to be. One of those being the use of an electric charge as the base unit, not the force between that of which conducted it. That form measured the force of charge between two charged metal plates.

Thus, the unit of charge would be developed and called the “coulomb” as a result.

This became the base to most until the ampere came along. When the ampere came to be, it would go on to be defined as one coulomb(or unit) of charge per second. Meanwhile, the definition given by the International System of Units (SI) of a coulomb is the constant current of one ampere per second.

Thus, the ampere became the official base unit of electric current.

You’ve heard of amps used in music, right? Like, a guitarist talks about having a great amp to use where he can hear himself or herself in a great way. This is in the same line of thinking. Amplifiers, Amphitheaters, and so many other things use this very name and current measurement to work for its overall device or place.

Hour:

This is likely the simplest of the overall mAh format, as an hour is relatively easy for people to know about. Let us break it down for those unaware. An hour is 60 minutes, 3,600 seconds, 3,600,00 milliseconds, and the time it takes to listen to Stairway to Heaven 8.9 times.

It is a relatively long song, we must admit.

Overall, an hour is a unit of time. It also helps us measure out our full days on Earth. 24 of them, for example, are an entire Earth day. We measure our time of sleep on them, and in the southern portion of the United States, it is even used as a category of direction “thataway.”

Overall, an hour is easy to know about. However, all the things we base it on to this day may be overlooked.

mAh versions to look for:

In Anker portable chargers, you’ll get a decent range of mAh capabilities that far outshine budget chargers you’ll find at the dollar store. We felt the best thing to do would be to show you a number of the things these chargers can do and the mAh capabilities behind them.

Check this out below.

5,000 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 2x
  • Charges Samsung: 1.3x
  • Charges iPad: 0.6x

6,000 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 1.5x
  • Charges Samsung: 1x
  • Charges iPad: 0.5x

6,700 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 2x
  • Charges Samsung: 1.3x
  • Charges iPad: 0.8x

10,000 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 3.7x
  • Charges Samsung: 2.6x
  • Charges iPad: 1.2x

10,050 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 3.6x
  • Charges Samsung: 2.6x
  • Charges iPad: 1.3x

15,600 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 5.5x
  • Charges Samsung: 3.9x
  • Charges iPad: 1.9x

20,000 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 7.3x
  • Charges Samsung: 5.2x
  • Charges iPad: 2.5x

20,100 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 7.3x
  • Charges Samsung: 5.2x
  • Charges iPad: 2.5x

22,000 mAh

  • Charges iPhone: 9x
  • Charges Samsung: 5.5x
  • Charges iPad: 3x
  • Bonus Laptop Charging Ability

Let The Juice Loose

It looks like you’ve completed our little crash course in all one needs to know about portable chargers and even Anker as a brand or business. It was a lot, but we’re glad you were able to stick around and learn a lot. Now, we feel it would be best to get on with the show if you will.

You came here to learn of some amazing Anker portable chargers, right?

We should not keep you any longer by continuing to discuss these battery-replenishing forms of technology. Obviously, the future looks bright and fully charged with one in your life. You’ll never miss a call, text, or cool social media post due to a dead battery again with one.

We could discuss this all day, that said, check out the 13 best Anker portable chargers on the market. We’re sure you’re going to find one or many that you’ll want to buy right away, we know we did!

1) Anker PowerCore AC Universal Portable Charger

Our list of the best Anker portable chargers needs to start off hot. Few are better to do this with than the PowerCore AC Universal. Boasting a mass capacity of 22,000 mAh, it is one of the largest in Anker’s charger pool. In fact, it’s guaranteed to charge your smartphone in full a total of nine times!

Meanwhile, it can fully charge tablets five times. This is sure to eliminate battery anxiety like nothing you have ever seen before it.

Perhaps the most appealing aspect of these Anker portable chargers is the AC port. This guarantees to charge your laptop in full up to 100% from a dead battery. Laptops, for those not in the know, often take the most juice to charge completely in full.

This means that these chargers can handle a tall task with ease.

It also means you won’t have to scour the nearest coffee shops or random isles in a store or public transit looking for a socket. We’ve all been there, right? Best of all, this is all done in a fast-charge system that will even utilize passthrough charging.

Literally, you can charge both the device AND the battery at the same time without a problem.

This Anker model is rugged, powerful, and full of features. If you want a portable charger capable of charging everything you have and still have room for more, this is the perfect one for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Anker PowerCore 10000

The Anker PowerCore 10,000 portable charger clearly isn’t as massive as the previous model. However, these Anker portable chargers are quite powerful with their 10,000 mAh capability. It packs quite a punch and can charge your phone completely up to three and a half times.

In fact, this model only needs a few hours to fully charge it from zero as well.

It’s small, compact, and lightweight, which makes it perfect for taking wherever life directs you. It doesn’t matter if you’re on a plane, train, or automobile, or even just chilling at home. Overall, you’ll feel confident that this baby will be there to charge your phone when you need it.

This model offers multi-protection to help you out if something randomly goes wrong. It’s also able to prevent overheating, which is a huge plus with our precious devices linked up to it.

Although small, it’s still one of the very best chargers out there.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Anker PowerCore 5000

These Anker portable chargers are packed with features. This includes PowerIQ and High-Speed charging. That said, there is a lot to love inside this lipstick-shaped charger. Boasting 5,000 mAh, you’ll get a good charge life from it.

In fact, at least 2 full charges for your phone can be done with this item.

Its size makes it perfect to carry in your pocket without feeling like it’s weighing you down. Meanwhile, the compact, sleek design means it won’t get in the way of your phone, wallet, or keys.

This design has proven popular, too. When looking at reviews for Anker portable chargers, this model seems to always stand out. This is mostly due to the power it has in such a compact size. However, it’s much more than a mere style that should attract you to this charger.

Its fast-charging feature makes it beloved for those who need a quick, major charge. If you need to be on your phone at any available opportunity, this can help you make sure you never miss an update all day long.

That is hard to hate if you ask us.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Anker PowerCore Portable Charger

These Anker portable chargers come with 2 USB ports, PowerIQ, and Voltage Boost technology. They sport a massive 15,600 mAh level of charging capability, which makes it insanely useful and obviously powerful. This is a charger perfect for the digital nomads, or just nomads, among us.

Overall, this powerful accessory is a must-have for those who find themselves on-the-go more often than they get a chance to just sit back and relax. The PowerIQ feature identifies any connected device to provide a high-speed charge, this then combines with VoltageBoost to provide incredible results every time.

In addition to this, the dual USB ports provide versatility and allow you to charge multiple devices simultaneously. In fact, it doesn’t just charge them but rather, it does this all at the same speed!

These combined give you as many as six full charges and keep you connected wherever you are in the world.

If you frequently panic about battery life during long journeys, then this could be the solution to all your battery panic problems.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Anker PowerCore II 20000

These Anker portable chargers proudly boast a powerful 20,100 mAh capacity. The Anker PowerCore II portable charger is a slight but welcomed step up from the 20,000 version mentioned earlier.

This model comes with a host of upgrades that might make you think twice about the best charger for you.

With double-USB ports, as well as quick charging capabilities, we cannot find a lot to dislike with this item.

Anker has proven to be a reliable brand that develops products you can trust, and this is no different. It doesn’t just come complete with a range of excellent, powerful features. Rather, it also looks awesome too.

This is not a required trait for Anker portable chargers or any charger for that matter. However, we aren’t saying it hurts them either.

Combine those good looks with the battery life that will keep surprising you long after you’ve bought it. This only makes it a must-have for anyone searching for the right portable charger for them.

All of this does make this model a bit more expensive than others. However, we recommend you just do like the TV show Parks and Recreation says and “treat yo’ self”

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Anker PowerCore Fusion

These Anker portable chargers might just be 5,000 mAh, but they’ll still serve you well. Especially during those days where you just never had the chance to charge your device.

The PowerCore Fusion brings together both traditional portable chargers and the familiarity of the wall-mount socket. This provides you with an unbeatable and convenient product that’ll work perfectly either at home or on the go.

This convenience is further enhanced by the double USB ports that will allow you to charge two devices at the same time. Meanwhile, when plugged into the wall, you can charge both your device and the chargers internal battery as well.

Of course, this takes away a lot of stress.

Portable chargers are great, but many people worry about what they’ll do when the battery for that runs out  Along with this, you’ll also be gifted fast-charging capabilities so you’ll be back to 100% in no time at all.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Anker PowerCore II Slim 10000

Sleek, slim, and lightweight, these Anker portable chargers bring the power of a 10,000 mAH to the party. This combines with the design of a much smaller battery to create an endlessly rewarding product.

It will charge Apple, Android, and anything else you throw its way. The charger manages to do this using Quick Charge technology to get you up and running in no time.

Providing as many as three charges for devices, you can always be ready to use your products when you want. All of this without falling below that shameful 15%. Meanwhile, the ergonomic design makes it comfortable to hold in your hand or slide into your pocket.

Overall, this is a marvelous product that proudly stands out against some of its bulkier competitors. Whoever said that bigger is better?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Anker PowerCore Lite 10000

When it comes to the best Anker portable chargers for less than $40, this could very well be what you’ve been searching for. Its size makes it a perfectly portable machine, making it easy to handle and take with you.

It even provides a strong level of 10,000 mAh within.

Meanwhile, the power within gives you as many as four charges, even when you’re staring down the barrel of 0%. This is so much more than a simple portable charger. It also comes with arguably unrivaled safety procedures to prevent any battery-based disasters.

Furthermore, the anti-slip casing means dropping these Anker portable chargers will be a rarity. That said, it’s sure to last much longer than your average smartphone will.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Anker PowerCore II 6700

Compact and portable, this Anker PowerCore II comes with 6,700 mAh power. While these Anker portable chargers might not be beasts of power like you might have seen already, they’re quite useful. Plus, they’re great to have on you when you’re out and about.

Especially if you’re in the middle of nowhere and your phone needs a charge.

In fact, it can completely charge a phone twice from the 0% level. It also has a super quick recharging time thanks to the PowerIQ function. Plus, you won’t feel like you’re carrying a brick around with this. The light nature of the product makes it one of the most mobile items on this guide.

You can keep an eye on charging level all while keeping it safe in your pocket, just don’t forget it’s there.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Anker PowerCore+ 20100

At 16 ounces, these Anker portable chargers are insanely light. It might shock you to learn that this product is actually one of the heavier models on the list, despite this. It’s quite shocking to that the Anker PowerCore+ 20100 is randomly one of the heaviest chargers on the market.

Clearly not a big deal in weight, yet that shows you the light nature of these Anker products.

What may also surprise people is the level of power this little thing provides. As its name suggests, it boats a 20,100 mAh power level. This gives you hours of charging ability, but an added bonus if the PowerIQ technology that provides a faster charge for your devices.

The quick recharge function of the charger itself is another great feature. This allows you to have your charger ready to go within a few hours at the latest. In fact, this item charges up 20% faster than similar products.

This makes it perfect for in-office charging, allowing you to take it on your way back home.

These Anker portable chargers are some of the most recommended chargers in the world. That said, we cannot see a reason to doubt the world on this one.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Anker PowerCore+ 10500 Premium

The little brother to the PowerCore+ 20100, this 10,500 mAh device combines three fast-charging technologies. This is able to give you one of the most effective ‘smaller’ chargers on the market today.

Regardless of when you need it, these Anker portable chargers are sure to fulfill your every need. This is something several people love about the product. It’s always tremendous to have a product one can rely on at all times. The size of the device is also something most like about it.

It’s not too big or too small.

It seamlessly slides into your pocket or backpack, never feeling too bulky or out of place. However, its durable enough to seem like it is a heavier model. This allows you to drop it and not worry about it working. Although, we do not recommend running it over with your car or something.

It’s durable but it’s not made of Vibranium, T’Challa.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Anker PowerCore Lite 20000

This Anker 20000 mAh portable charger is an ultra-slim power bank with ultra-high capacity. It is sure to catch the attention of anyone who has ever considered getting a portable charger. Bringing 7 full charges and dual-USB ports to the table, it’s certainly something to think about.

The best part is that the good times don’t stop rolling there.

Also included is a trickle-charging mode that helps preserve your charger’s battery life for when you’re not in a hurry. That gives everyone the chance to relax. We also could not overlook its 20,000 mAh charging power, which is among the industry’s highest levels.

This on top of the hyper-safe charging features and incredibly reliable USB-C compatibility. All of this combines to make it one of the very best Anker portable chargers that money can buy.

It’s highly recommended, and we’re certainly not shocked about that at all.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Anker Astro Slim3

The Astro Slim3 is a modest behemoth of a charger that is slimmer yet more powerful than similar capacity chargers. This model comes in an easy-to-grip case, ensuring drops to be rare. It’s also very lightweight for simple and convenient portability.

You can take this to work, school, or heck….even Disney World.

Regardless of where these Anker portable chargers can work to charge up your device. While it is a smaller 6,000 mAh, this is still insanely powerful. It’ll especially be beloved when you’re in a bind and need it to charge your dead phone, tablet, or laptop.

Something else to think about is the built-in USB cable. This has proven to be very popular and saves you the hassle and panic of wondering ‘Did I bring a cable?’

With these Ankert portable chargers, the answer is always yes! That is something we expect from all chargers, and we’re happy Anker has provided it with this model.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Fully Charged

Anker portable chargers are a great way to ensure that you never run out of battery on your phone or tablet. Those times of desperately searching for a socket are long gone. You can now charge your device from the comfort of your backpack, so why wouldn’t you do it?

If you don’t, you run the risk of being looked down upon as a neanderthal, a techno-heathen, or perhaps someone “not with the times, maaannn.”

These devices provide you with peace of mind, likely their biggest asset. Your devices will always be in safe hands with them as a result, which is a key need.

In fact, these chargers come in handy more often than you might expect.

Save yourself the stress and disappointment of constantly checking a phone that isn’t even on. Consider Anker portable chargers when you’re nearly dead phone gets on your nerves yet again. You might not think a little battery device could change your life, but you’d be wrong.

We may sound insane, perhaps a little melodramatic. However, you’ll never know until you try, and there’s no better brand to go with than Anker when it comes to chargers. That said, check these items out again if you must.

However, we’re pretty sure you found one you love already.

December 31, 2018 / Comments Off on Top 13 Anker Portable Chargers
0
860

Top 12 Mpow Bluetooth Headphones

H

ow many hours have you spent trying to release your car keys, pens, and even your smartphone from the imprisonment of your headphone wires? A twist here and a turn there then they’re free again. It’s not the biggest problem, but it’s certainly annoying. This small nuisance doesn’t have to be around anymore. We’re not telling you to give up music  We’re just suggesting you get some quality Mpow Bluetooth headphones instead.

Mpow Bluetooth headphones are a convenient way to listen to your music without the need for inconvenient wires threaded down your plain white t-shirt. It also means you don’t have to throw your headphones in your backpack and tangle all your belongings together.

However, Bluetooth headphones don’t just keep you and your playlist connected. They can attach to your laptop for when you stream Netflix, use Skype, or pair with your smartphone to take important hands-free calls!

To help you men find exceptional Bluetooth headphones, we want to introduce you to Mpow. The Mpow brand has been making some of the best wireless Bluetooth headphones on the market for quite some time now.

We want to show you 12 phenomenal versions to basically prove why you should buy a pair.

Before we get into all that, we’d like to tell you all you need to know about Mpow and the things to look out for when buying their wireless Bluetooth headphones. Take a look.

What’s So Good About The Mpow Bluetooth Headphone Brand?

The Mpow brand is all over the world, with operational headquarters in the likes of London, Berlin, and California. They’re your pal who has the “When I was in Bali…” stories ready for any girl they approach at the bar. They sell their products through various channels including their own flashy website, carefully-chosen retailers, and Amazon.

People are enjoying their products in a little over ten countries currently. We have no doubt that this number will continue to rise in the near future.

Mpow is wizards at creating outstanding electronic devices, from main products to accessories. They’ve taken pride in their market research and they’ve actually listened to their valued customers. They then turn what they hear into what people want to see!

You’ll be pleased to know that Bluetooth headphones are one of their specialties. We’re not just showing you headphones by a group of people from a jack-of-all-trades electrical brand and master of none!

Certain Mpow Bluetooth headphones will win your appreciation. It’s due to their work in other products, like Bluetooth receivers, that their headphones turn out so well. They’re masters at the Bluetooth art seemingly.

Are we being elusive? Don’t worry, all will become clear shortly!

What Are The Main Things To Consider When Buying Mpow Bluetooth Headphones?

Before you choose between the amazing Mpow Bluetooth headphones, we would strongly urge you to consider these two important questions below. To some, they may seem useless and somewhat illogical to even consider answering.

However, whenever we bring stuff up like this in our guides, we do it for a good reason.

Most of the time, the reason has to do with enlightening you on a purchase. We often run into people who buy the wrong product due to not thinking it over first. At Men’s Gear, our job is not just to tell you about these products. Our job truly is to help you find the best product FOR YOU.

Some of the amazing products are great for others, yet maybe not for you personally. That is perfectly fine. However, we do not want to see you waste money on the wrong thing.

That said, check out these questions below, then let us explain ourselves a bit.

Where will you use them?

If you’re getting a pair of their headphones for the commute to work then most of their range could appeal to your tastes. However, if you’re choosing one of their pairs for a specific activity like running or cycling, you will need to hunt down their products that are made for these purposes.

As you’ll discover, we have plenty of options for both types of men, below.

Consider for a second what type of Mpow Bluetooth headphones you need personally. Do not think of the ones that look the coolest. If you’re running more with them, then the earbud types are the best version. If you’re going to be wearing some while soaking in your bathtub, perhaps waterproof versions make sense.

Of course, if you’re a huge gamer…then Mpow Bluetooth headphones are around specifically for this. Why get one pair you don’t need when you can get specific, right? This is a big purchase, as Mpow makes headphones to freaking last. This is why they are so well-liked.

Why not get the best ones for you instead of just the standard pair that looked cool?

What will you pair them with?

If you’re just getting a pair for your smartphone or iPod then there aren’t going to be many obstacles in your way. However, if you also want a pair that’ll hook up to things like smart TVs, game consoles, and some PCs, then you may need to buy a Bluetooth receiver as well.

For a stress-free setup, we recommend also taking a look at the Mpow Bluetooth receivers we mentioned above. Getting one from them means you’ll already know it’ll be compatible with the rest of their products. This may not really be an issue for some people.

However, the standard price for one of their common Bluetooth receivers is typically less than $30.

Bluetooth Headphones Vs Wired – What Are The Trade-offs?

We need to let you in on a secret before we start going into the Bluetooth vs Wired debate. Nearly all of the twelve outstanding Mpow “wireless” headphones below have the ability to transform into “wired” headphones. You simply add the wire that accompanies them upon purchase.

This means you can look at their Bluetooth capability as an extra rather than a classification.

One of the most convenient things about Bluetooth headphones is not the first thing that springs to mind. Bluetooth has been a gift from the Dutch since 1994. That means we’ve had it in use for over 20 years!

When you consider how long it’s been around, most electronic devices have a connection to it. Now consider the fact there are lots of different headphone ports on devices from different manufacturers. The compatibility of Bluetooth headphones significantly outweighs a regularly wired headphone today.

Now on to the more obvious Bluetooth benefit. They don’t have wires! It’s much more convenient really. It takes much less time to get the music started and to get everything packed up as you end your commute to work.

We’re always fair here on Men’s Gear, so we must talk about the good in wired headphones too. Using Bluetooth takes a battery, meaning you’re limited on the amount of time you can listen. Wired options just need to be plugged in usually.

This isn’t a huge issue, however.

It only takes a couple of hours to charge most Mpow Bluetooth headphones. Plus, most of their headphones have a wired option as well. You can always plug in when the battery is low or when you’re perched in front of Netflix and don’t desperately need to be wireless.

1) Mpow 059 Bluetooth Headphones 

The Mpow 059 Bluetooth Headphones kick things off. These headphones come in seven color options, a useful thing from the guys at Mpow. This model has among the most aesthetic options of any other model from the brand.

These headphones have an anti-scratch finish, allowing them to remain sleek and stylish even if your choice of music isn’t.

Bluetooth connectivity works within a ten-meter range while still giving you a crisp sound. This includes smart TVs as well as tablets, laptops, and smartphones. These Mpow Bluetooth headphones offer up to 20 hours of run time with every four-hour charge.

This is one of the longest battery cycles of any set of headphones today.

The ear cushion is made from a memory protein to perfectly cover your ears and prevent sound from escaping. Moreover, the stainless-steel slider will adjust to different head sizes too.

Mpow made this particular model with a built-in microphone and controls. This allows you to take calls and even use when gaming online.

Plus, these Bluetooth headphones can be folded to fit in a portable bag included in your purchase. No more bulky headphones sitting around your neck gathering beads of sweat on a stuffy train.

Mpow recommends taking the earphones off after 1-2 hours to avoid any pain from the tightness of their design, however.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Mpow Thor Bluetooth Headphones

The Mpow Thor Bluetooth Headphones live up to their Godly name. You can sport them in one of three colors, those being black, matte black, and dark blue. They have some similar features to the last pair, such as a memory foam ear pads wrapped in a protein leather.

What differentiates them the most starts with their exceptionally light design. These Mpow Bluetooth headphones weigh in at only 6.56 ounces. This makes them lighter and reduces the pressure of them on your ears and the top of your head.

You may even forget you’re wearing them!

The retractable headband also separates it from the previous pair too. You can tailor its position to help you find the most comfortable way of wearing these Bluetooth headphones.

These headphones have the ability to take hands-free calls when paired up with your smartphone – as long as it’s within ten meters of you. They also come with a convenient carry bag.

Just collapse the headphones easily, slip them in the bag, and shoot out the door.

After every two to three hours of charging you’ll be able to enjoy AC/DC or some of Axl Rose’s work for a solid eight hours. If you need more of your favorite bands then you can plug them into your smartphone and worry about charging later.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Mpow H5 Active Noise Cancelling Headphones

The Mpow H5 Active Noise Cancelling Headphones may have you handing over a little more of your hard-earned cash, but they do excel in some areas. The battery’s performance may be the top reason.

In only a two-hour charge you’ll be able to enjoy guilty music pleasures for a staggering 18 hours!

These are noise-canceling headphones, so they’ll reduce external noises that are interrupting your groove. This comes in handy on airplanes for sure. However, it can’t block out human voices so if your girlfriend is still complaining that you haven’t done the dishes, there’s no hiding place. We sadly can’t help you there.

All the controls for these awesome Mpow Bluetooth headphones are located on the ear cup. This means you don’t need to scramble for your smartphone when someone calls. The Bluetooth connectivity will remain strong without lagging or interruptions within a radius of ten meters.

These headphones can also collapse and fit into a travel-friendly bag that comes complimentary with your purchase!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Mpow [Gen-2] H9 Bluetooth Headphones

The first three Mpow Bluetooth headphones we’ve seen have all had an over the ear design. However, H9 Gen-2 Headphones are a bit different from this. Instead of the enveloping earpads, these headphones sit on your ears. Mpow doesn’t let this detract from their comfort as the pads are made with soft leather and the headband adjusts to your size.

However, Mpow has stated that this design probably isn’t the best for people with larger heads.

The earcups will actually swivel around. This allows you to position them to the exact angle that feels comfortable on your head. They will connect to any device that has working Bluetooth technology and located within ten meters of your cool headphones.

If you still want them to be of use while they charge, you can plug them in and listen to music while wired. You will be able to control the track and volume and pause and play your media using the buttons on the headphones too.

These Mpow Bluetooth headphones take hands-free calls, which is very useful. Plus, they come with a 45-day money-back guarantee and one and a half-year warranty. Mpow also recommends sitting the earpad slightly on your cheekbone to avoid discomfort after prolonged use.

Small note. however. If you decide to use this pair on your smart TV or computer, you’ll need a separate Bluetooth transmitter.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Mpow D7 Bluetooth Headphones

The Mpow D7 Bluetooth Headphones may look familiar, but this is actually an updated pair with a better battery cycle between 10 and 12 hours. Most of the other design remains with an included special bass technology and fantastic sound quality.

A CSR premium chip and imported wiring help make these Mpow Bluetooth headphones so awesome.

The headphones are also officially sweatproof, making them perfect for a jog, yoga, the gym, or shooting hoops in the backyard. The shape and design help them remain attached to your head with silicone flexing ear hooks equipped for painless use.

These MPow Bluetooth headphones have something incredible, memory foam tips. They’re basically tailer-fit for your ear and improve comfort even more. You’ll feel like a VIP at a resort with these puppies on.

The headphones come with a microphone attachment for hands-free calling as well as a cool round case for extra storage. This case is also easy to transport wherever you may go. On top of this is an unbeatable lifetime warranty!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Mpow Jaws V4.1 Bluetooth Headphones

The Mpow Jaws V4.1 Bluetooth Headphones are perfect for warmer climates or workouts. They come in either purple or black, and they allow you to make hands-free calls on the move. They sit on your neck in an interesting fashion for sure.

Wondering why they’re called “Jaws” possibly? The headphones have a shark-type magnet inside them that attracts to the earplugs. This means when they’re not being used they can be stored by the pull of the magnetic. Just be sure to pul the earphones away from the magnet first.

You can cross town without any bouncing earphones on your chest with no uncomfortable pulling.

You cannot use the wired version well due to possible damage, sadly. However, they are equipped with noise-canceling technology. This will allow for zero distractions as you pump iron or do a light walk to the mailbox.

These Mpow Bluetooth headphones work up to 10 meters from their Bluetooth-connected device. Pairing Bluetooth could not be easier with this model. You can connect using a smartphone, tablet, or laptop. Yet you could just by the headphones.

You’ll just need to merely accept the headphones then! These are among the lightest Mpow Bluetooth headphones around. Plus, they come with an awesome 18-month warranty!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Mpow H7 Bluetooth Headphones

Mpow Bluetooth headphones continue to roll with the proven Mpow H7 Bluetooth Headphones. These headphones are capable of listening to music with “passive noise isolation.” This means it won’t drown out background noise completely.

However, the extra battery life added makes up for this issue.

A cool hands-free calling feature has also been included. The built-in microphone and volume control help with that. It has been built with 40mm finely-tuned driver units and includes a CSR chip. These two parts are influential in providing better sound quality than other branded headphones.

The earmuff aspect has been made with a protein cushion that actually remembers the shape of your ears and rotating cups. Combined with an adjustable headband, these headphones perfectly tailor to your head size and shape.

Pairing the Bluetooth to products are usually seamless. However, with this model connecting to a laptop, PC, or games console is a bit tricky. You’ll need to get your hands on a separate Bluetooth transmitter for these electronics.

All of this quality comes neatly packaged in a convenient and travel-friendly carry bag. These Mpow Bluetooth headphones are great value for money, and well worth the buy.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Mpow H8 Active Noise Cancelling Bluetooth Headphones

The Mpow H8 Active Noise Cancelling Bluetooth Headphones are noise-canceling. However, their version is pretty special. This can be so good your girlfriend may consider you deaf if you have them on. Perhaps we just saved you a few arguments here.

Hands-free calling is part of the feature package, so maybe you can enjoy online arguments instead.

If you’re a boss with a busy schedule or someone with unstable hours, then these will be perfect to keep you entertained during weird people times. These Mpow Bluetooth headphones come in a sleek and stylish black and they’ll pair up to any Android or Apple device.

At least you’ll be stylish and never bored, right?

These Bluetooth headphones have soft ear cushions and 90-degree swiveling earcups. This allows the headphones to angle across your head in a position that’s the most comfortable for you. Comfort is included with an extendable, adjustable headband.

This is perfect for the oddly-shaped heads of the world. By the way, does anyone miss the Hey Arnold! TV show?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Mpow H12 Active Noise Cancelling Bluetooth Headphones

We know; we know. This does look very familiar but we promise these are different Mpow Bluetooth headphones. This is a heavier pair of headphones and a slightly larger design. It offers wearers the option to cancel background noise and not have annoying noises interrupting your rendition of The Beatles’ Hey Jude.

The ear pads will completely cover your ears to prevent any quality sound being lost. These pads have been considerately manufactured using an extremely soft material.

It allows you to wear them for longer without suffering from pains or aches.

To add to the headphone’s insane levels of comfort, they have been given swiveling earcups and an adjustable headband. They even fold up compactly and slide into the complementary carrying pouch. You can pause your playlist and neatly store them as you enter the office.

They’ll need to be ready in 8 hours when you head home, right?

These Mpow Bluetooth headphones come with incredible 18-hour battery life. They also have the ability to easily switch between the latest single and incoming hands-free calls.

This is on top of the extended warranties they have provided too.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Mpow H1 Bluetooth Headphones

These awesome Mpow H1 Bluetooth Headphones are a change of pace from the numerous black designs. Well, kind of! This Mpow design does offer more aesthetic options but they’re not exactly straying too far from the noir norm. They come in a sleek black and red, a stylish deep black, or a cool gray and black combination.

Phew! Look out, right?

When using these Mpow Bluetooth headphones, you’ll be treated to an HD-quality sound. In fact, it rivals the best headphone manufacturers on the market today. This is due to a 40mm driver combined with an over the ear design to prevent sound loss.

The Mpow H1 is much lighter than other models. It even has an extended battery lifespan between 15 and 20 hours after just a two- to three-hour charge. This is among the biggest in the industry today.

To pair the headphones to your smartphone or other devices, they need to be within a ten-meter range. You’ll simply hold one of the buttons for five seconds or until it lets you know a device has been found.

This design features an array of controls, like the volume, pause, play commands, and track changes.

The built-in microphone allows you to take calls effortlessly. Plus this model is foldable for additional portability. They’ll even throw in one of their awesome carry bags to finalize the deal!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Mpow Cheetah Bluetooth Headphones

The Mpow Cheetah Bluetooth headphones are oddly named to some. Why have they named them after the fastest animals on earth? Well, it’s because they’ve been designed for active use!

These headphones have been made to never fall out when completing strenuous tasks or exercising. If you like to run, hit the squat rack, or do any type of manual labor, these could make things more entertaining for you.

How do they do this?

These Mpow Bluetooth headphones don’t go over the top of your head like usual headphones. Instead, they wrap around the back of your head and they’re streamlined for a secure fit that will never fall or get in the way…usually.

We have identified one weakness in their design, however.

It can be an issue for the frames of sunglasses due to the over the eat aspect of the design. Hikers, bikers, and runners may dislike this. The product also rolls up in a fixed shape, allowing you to avoid the stress of wrestling with wires.

Plus, they’re sweatproof!

These headphones can play your music and take hands-free calls as you exercise and work. There’ll be no lagging or poor connections as the product uses a 4.1 Bluetooth chip to guarantee Hi-Fi CD sound quality.

Another guarantee you’ll love is their standard 45-day-money-back offer. This comes on top of a one and a half year warranty.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Mpow S8 Bluetooth Headphones

The last Mpow Bluetooth headphones are among the lightest options sold. The Mpow S8 model is lightweight due to its activewear use. Their black, stylish, and can be worn around your neck with a magnetic feature that won’t allow you to lose track of them.

The nano-coating design makes them perfect for exercise. In fact, they’re officially recognized as IPX6 Sweatproof. This allows them to take on water/sweat and keep going as long as you need them to.

Their comfortable silicone ears securely stick onto the upper and back part of your ear. In fact, it would take some considerable movement to make them even budge a little bit.

These Mpow Bluetooth headphones also have an HD sound quality, hands-free calling capability, and noise suppression to improve communication. They also have a ten-meter Bluetooth distance, standard among Mpow headphones.

This also comes with a great battery capacity with only two hours needed for a full charge when dead. There is no doubt whatsoever that these Mpow Bluetooth headphones will give you value for the money you pay for them.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Did We Beat Your Expectations?

We know you Men’s Gear regulars have high expectations from our buyer guides by now. Showing you a ton of options from one brand is always a challenge due to the similar features that run through most of them.

However, the Mpow brand happens to be masters of the Bluetooth headphone craft.

That meant finding and writing on their products was completely easy. We’re geeks for this stuff just like you are, and we were freaking out likely over the same cool features.

We think we managed to select a good dozen Mpow Bluetooth headphones in our buyer’s guide. We wanted to cater to every guy with the headphones above. Whether that is an avid runner, gym rat, college student, or video game enthusiast, there is something there for you.

We hope you managed to find one that sings to your tune! Don’t forget to come back to us soon for more excellent product reviews and light-hearted discussions.

December 31, 2018 / Comments Off on Top 12 Mpow Bluetooth Headphones
0
1059

Top 16 Water Resistant And Waterproof Bluetooth Shower Speakers

W

ho doesn’t like blasting out some tunes while they’re in the shower, making sure everyone in the house can hear the full force of your vocals? Perhaps, you’re looking to chill out on the beach and want to enjoy some music by the ocean. If you’re an active guy, you’ll want some musical entertainment often in awkward times. Introducing Bluetooth shower speakers.

They use the latest technology to make sure your music can be heard clearly, in very wet environments.

The best part is that unlike other types of speakers you won’t have to compete with the sound of the water, as Bluetooth shower speakers don’t mind getting a bit wet. Some are fonder of water than others, which we’ll go over later.

As a portable design, they’re perfect for taking with you on the move too. Some brands are totally in sync with an active lifestyle and can shrug off bumps and bangs without pausing for breath.

Others don’t cope so well with rough treatment.

However, with their water-resistant exterior, they’re great for pool-side, on the beach. or even getting wet in the rain.

If you’re new to the idea of this technology, don’t worry as we’ve scrutinized every last detail of the best waterproof Bluetooth speakers on the market. Below you’ll find a bit more information about the main facts to look out for as well as our list of the 16 Bluetooth shower speakers we think are top picks.

What are the main things to consider before buying Bluetooth shower speakers?

How you plan on using your Bluetooth shower speakers will determine the facts that are most relevant when you’re looking around the market. If you’re simply planning on using it for some tunes while you’re in the shower, you may have very different priorities for someone who’s out and about.

However, battery life is the one area that unites everyone. No one wants a speaker that needs to be constantly recharged, right? That would be frustrating for sure. Look out for a speaker that has a long playback facility and charges quickly. There are several that fit this well.

Some speakers are well-suited to being on the go and are designed to withstand a few knocks and scrapes. If you think you’re likely to be using your speaker while biking, hiking, or during sports activities, you might find it preferable to get a shock-absorbent design that doesn’t mind a bit of rough.

What are the main safety considerations when buying Bluetooth shower speakers?

Electronic devices and water aren’t usually a combination that pairs up well. However, thanks to clever technology, you can now enjoy your music in the shower or while out walking in the rain.

Despite the advances in design, this doesn’t mean you have the freedom to treat your device however you please.

There will still be some safety considerations you’ll need to bear in mind.

Bluetooth shower speakers will come with a description of how much water it can comfortably handle. For some, this means being submerged while for others, it simply means that they’re splash-proof. A water-resistant shower speaker doesn’t mean you can dunk it fully in the bath, or go diving with your speaker.

A quick read of the instructions will reveal the extent of how much water it can take.

If for any reason your speaker should stop working, don’t be tempted to open it up and try to fix it yourself. There’s the risk that you’ll damage the waterproofing and put yourself at risk when it encounters water again. Always ensure that your device is professionally repaired if you want to preserve the waterproofing on the exterior.

The instructions the device comes with will always offer the best possible ways to take care of your speaker(s), and what to do when it has trouble.

Avoiding direct sunlight and storing your speaker in cool, dry conditions will normally be recommended. The instructions might also specify that you should keep it away from sharp objects.

This is an unlikely problem but means that you won’t accidentally damage your device.

Although the speaker is well-equipped to play music for your children, don’t leave it around for little fingers to investigate. There are many small parts and chemicals in a speaker that could be potentially hazardous.

What’s The Difference In Waterproof vs water-resistant Bluetooth shower speakers? 

If you’re planning on using your speaker simply in the shower, you might not have to worry too much about the difference here. However, if you’d like to enjoy the full portability of your Bluetooth speaker, it could be handy to know just how waterproof it really is.

The wording on the box is key here because waterproof and water-resistant are not the same thing.

A water-resistant speaker will be able to handle a few splashes and won’t mind if it gets a bit wet. However, if you give this speaker a real soaking you’ll soon find that it’s not performing at its best – if at all.

In direct contrast, a waterproof speaker is one which is completely impervious to water under the conditions it describes. No water will seep inside and you can have complete confidence that the device will be unaffected.

There is a grading system used for devices which is very useful in understanding just how water-resistant or waterproof your speaker might be. The IPX system is the most commonly used in the United States – look out for speakers that are graded at IPX7 for maximum waterproofing.

This allows the speaker to be submerged for up to 30 minutes in one meter of water. It won’t help you if you plan on deep-sea diving with your tunes. However, it does mean your speaker won’t instantly die if you drop it in the bath.

IPX ratings of 4, 5, and 6 mean the device isn’t submersible but can cope with splashes of increasing intensity.

Now you’ve had a quick rundown of the basics, there’s no time to delay. Here are the top 16 water-resistant and waterproof Bluetooth shower speakers on the market today.

1) Ultimate Ears Black Volcano Waterproof Roll 2

The Roll 2 by Ultimate Ears kicks off this list, and phew, it’s impressive. These Bluetooth shower speakers are capable of producing sweet sounds, making it sound perfect anywhere. It’s certified as IPX7, which means it can be fully submerged in water of up to one meter for up to 30 minutes.

A rechargeable battery provided in the purchase will last up to nine hours of playback time. That means you won’t run out of tunes when you’re at the beach, or maybe taking a really long bath.

It will take 5.5 hours to charge the speaker back up, ready for blasting out more music.

The Roll 2 connects with other Ultimate Ears devices and the app allows you to control what’s being played. Up to three sources can be used at a time on this device, but only two can truly work at a time. It has has a play range of around 20 meters or 65 feet.

Something we feel is terrific to find in any of the Bluetooth shower speakers on the market today.

It’s a great pick for when you’re out and about as much as it is for your master bathroom. The flexible bungee cord that comes with the purchase will allow you to strap the speaker(s) to a bike, backpack, or board.

This offers incredible mobility for sure.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) JBL Charge 3 Waterproof Bluetooth Black Speaker

If you want to switch effortlessly between taking calls on your cell and blasting out your tracks, this speaker can do it all. Unlike the Roll 2 above, these Bluetooth shower speakers from JBL have multiple functions that you can switch between.

If you’re getting into the groove but want to switch to take a call, it’s just a flick of a button to change modes. Whether your friends want to talk to you while you’re butt-naked in the shower is another matter entirely!

Echo and noise-canceling technology ensure that the sound this speaker emits is beautifully-clear but it doesn’t sacrifice any volume either. Louder than its predecessor, it’s a beast of a machine packaged into perfect proportions. The exact playback time between charges depends on the volume.

However, you could get as much as 20 hours of shower-warbling time. Don’t blame us if you come out all wrinkly!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) Polk Audio Boom Swimmer Red Bluetooth Speaker

We love a bit of acoustic accompaniment in the shower but with this kind of clever technology, you can now enjoy your music on the move too. The boffins over at Polk Audio have come up with these amazing Bluetooth shower speakers that are perfect for when you’re out and about.

With extreme shock absorption built-in, they’re almost daring you to test this speaker to the limit. They’re that confident in their design.

However, not content with encouraging you to chuck the speaker around, Polk Audio also say that it’s resistant to dust and dirt. Take it with you while biking, hiking, or just chilling at the beach. There’s nothing that’s going to bother your musical friend.

Compatible with all Bluetooth-enabled devices, the Swimmer carries an IPX7 rating. This means it can be dunked in water of up to one meter (a little over 3 feet) in depth for up to 30 minutes.

If all of that wasn’t good enough, the design is practical and intelligent too. The speaker has a flexible tail. This allows you to hook the speaker around various surfaces or knot it through itself, creating a secure attachment.

If there’s nowhere to attach it too, the tail is strong enough to create a snake-like base for the speaker to sit upon.

This offers the perfect position for warm, sunny days spent lazing by the pool or ocean. They really have thought of everything.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Anker Soundcore 2 Bluetooth Portable Speaker

For a budget buy that doesn’t skimp on performance the Anker Soundcore 2 is a great shout. These Bluetooth shower speakers offer booming bass sounds that are great at all volumes. With zero distortion, the audio is pure and clear. The special technology within boosts low-end frequencies, allowing the unit to delivers beats to your very soul.

There’s no let-up either with a powerful battery that’s capable of holding a charge for a full day of use.

However, at such a great price this unit has its limitations and its waterproof ability is where the pinch comes. It’s only rated as IPX5, not IPX7 as other units. This means it can’t be dunked into water and survive. It is water-resistance helps it out a lot, however.

The IPX5 rating proves it’s capable of handling spills, as well as dust, rain, and snow. It can even handle a bit of a sprinkling from the shower.

Just don’t submerge it in the tub and you’ll be okay.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Libratone One Click Splash-Proof Speaker

The One Click from Libratone offers portable Bluetooth shower speakers that are easy to take with you on the move. Shaped just like a paperback book, it’s easy to slip into your backpack or purse.

This speaker has been designed to deliver exceptional performance wherever you are, with a phenomenal 360° sound.

This means that everyone in the vicinity can enjoy the same high-quality audio for up to 12 hours.

The design isn’t submersible as it’s just IPX4-rated, but it is splash-proof so it’s fine for the shower and withstanding the weather. It’s a more expensive speaker than some of the others on our list. However, like the Charge 3, it also can take calls from your cell and act as a speakerphone.

With intuitive controls and an accompanying app that’s easy to use, this speaker offers a 3” woofer and 1” tweeter. All of which will surpass your expectations for this little device.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Sharkk Mako

For a surprisingly low price, these Bluetooth shower speakers are portable and boast a whopping amount of technology. Offering far more than simply a way to enjoy your tunes in damp conditions, the connectivity that Sharkk have come up with has some serious bite.

Along with having great Near Field Communication (NFC) functionality, the Mako has hands-free calling with a microphone that supports both Siri and S-Voice. This is on top of its superior Bluetooth 4.0 connection and the built-in AUX port.

An IP67 rating means that not only is the unit waterproof, but it’s also dustproof too. If you’re hanging out on the beach, you don’t need to worry about grains of sand destroying your speaker. On top of being submersible, the unit actually repels water.

Although we don’t suggest you take it scuba-diving.

It looks cool too, with LED backlights that are activated by a thermal sensor. This makes sure every last drop of your battery power is used for blasting out your music.

We like this speaker a lot, especially as it’s not going to break the bank.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Fugoo Style S Portable Outdoor Speaker

These tremendous Bluetooth shower speakers by Fugoo don’t just tolerate water, it loves being in it. Scoffing at the danger of being damp, this is the James Bond of speakers. Although this speaker can be submerged for up to 30 minutes, we’d very much like to see you try to keep it in there that long.

It’s so lightweight it just pops out of the water.

That’s right, this is a floating speaker – throw it in the water and it bobs around like it’s enjoying its very own pool party.

The speaker is rated IP67, which means it’s not just waterproof but will also shrug off dust, dirt, and snow. You can take it kayaking, mountain biking, or skiing just as easily as having it by your pool or in your shower. The Fugoo is specifically designed for both indoor and outdoor play so you’ll receive a crisp sound quality wherever you are.

Compatible with both Google Now and Siri, you can use voice-activation controls that allow you to have a hands-free option.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Fugoo Sport Long-Life Portable Speaker

The folks at Fugoo are back again with another entry that you’ll love. Although the shape and dimensions of the Sport are similar to the Style S, don’t be fooled by the appearance. The Sport has a number of features that far exceed what the Style S offers, even if it doesn’t have the same magical floating ability.

One of the most noticeable features of these Bluetooth shower speakers has to be its phenomenal battery life. Advertised as one of the best in the world, you can rock out tunes at 50% volume for an incredible 40 hours. Every single note of the audio will sound amazing, thanks to the six drivers located on four sides.

This allows the sound to be heard clearly all around.

This is another multifunctional speaker with the ability to hook up with Siri and Google and a full-duplex speakerphone. Like the others from the Fugoo workshop, this speaker is fully proofed against water, dust, and dirt. Meaning you can take it on the move, playing sports, and even to the beach.

The Fugoo Sport is fine for the shower too, of course. It’s submersible for up to one meter for 30 minutes, so even if you drop it in the bath, it’s not going to break down. Phew!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) Soundbot SB510 Waterproof Portable Speaker

The Soundbot is a simple yet futuristic design that comes in a range of colors from pure white to bright pink, and everything in between. A central unit on the device is where all the controls are housed, which includes the functionality to take phone calls as well as providing an inbuilt mic.

At just 3.54” across, these Bluetooth shower speakers have a design that’s diminutive yet doesn’t compromise on quality. Advanced Bluetooth technology allows it to pair with a vast range of compatible devices that offer clear call quality from up to 33’ away.

The sealed unit looks like it would offer a strong defense against water and you’d be right. Certified as IPX4, the surface is splash-proof so it can be used around the shower or the pool, or even at the beach.

Wherever you go, this speaker offers sublime digital sound with wind and noise reduction technology.

This enriches the audio experience right across the spectrum. However, its power at the IPX4 rating means it cannot be submerged like others on the list. It’s water resistant and not waterproof, it appears.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Ultimate Ears Boom 2

Ultimate Ears are back again, and not just because we like saying the quirky name of this brand. Another top contender to check out, the Boom 2 model are some serious Bluetooth shower speakers. They simply dare other contenders to take its crown, and they may struggle to do so.

This model is surely impressive to look at. However, it has an impressive array of features that are guaranteed to seduce any potential user.

Unlike its predecessor, the Boom 2 is waterproof and can be submerged for up to 30 minutes in one meter(little over 3 feet) of water. This is, of course, confirmed by its IPX7 rating.  If you want to create the ultimate sound for a party, more than 150 Ultimate Ears speakers can be paired together for crystal-clear audio that will knock your socks off.

A range of 100 feet for Bluetooth connectivity is a pretty impressive range, but what’s more impressive, the battery charge holds for 15 hours of play. There’s an app to increase the functionality but if you want to skip, pause, or plays songs you can just tap the speaker.

What could be easier than that?!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) iFox Waterproof Bluetooth Shower Speaker

Small and discreet, these diminutive Bluetooth shower speakers pack a powerful punch with loud, clear sounds for both the shower and when you’re on the move. Fully waterproof, these speakers are submersible up to 30 minutes for water up to one meter deep.

It comes complete with a great suction cup attached to the bag. This makes it easily mounted on surfaces like the shower door/wall or even the dash of your car!

Despite the small size, there’s impressive functionality with these Bluetooth shower speakers as it also allows you to answer your cell. You can also play, pause, or skip tracks and control the volume with intuitive buttons that are easy to operate.

The battery will last for 10 hours and only takes three hours to charge. That means it won’t be long before you’re powered up and ready to go once more!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) Sbode Portable Wireless Bluetooth Waterproof Speaker

Despite the very reasonable price, these Bluetooth shower speakers from Sbode are crammed full of impressive features. Covered with tough mesh and featuring rubberized bumpers, it’s built for life on the move.

It can be played either standing up or lying down without affecting the quality of the audio.

With acoustic drivers combined with a passive bass radiator, it seems to deliver a sound that doesn’t compromise. It’s IPX6-rated, providing excellent protection and water-resistance. You’ll get eight hours of battery playing time per charge, with only three hours needed to charge back up.

A clever feature is the True Wise Speakers (TWS) system provides a proper stereo sound that you’ll have to hear to truly believe. When paired with another Sbode, the audio splits between left and right sound, just like a proper stereo.

The built-in FM radio finishes the package, delivering a clear signal whether you’re indoors or outside.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Gideon AquaAudio™ Portable Waterproof Cubo

These impressive Bluetooth shower speakers are unique with its square design. This looks fresh and contemporary as soon as you lift it out of the box. It offers a solid 10 hours of playback time before it needs charging, but you’ll be powered back up again to full within 2.5 hours.

This is the insanely fast charging speed that the guys at AquaAudio™ provide. Compatible with Siri, this speaker will pair with others and receive a signal from up to 50 feet away, offering real convenience.

The device doubles up as a hands-free speakerphone for your cell and has all the controls you need, with separate volume buttons for simple operation.

A built-in mic makes it easy to chat and the sound for both music and speech is pin-sharp and crystal-clear.

The AquaAudio™ Cubo comes with a suction cup for easy attachment to glass, ceramic, and any other smooth surface.

Not all reviewers were happy with the strength of the suction cup as there were some reports of it working loose. However, judging off the positive reviews it looks like this was more of an isolated issue than rampant one.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) Ultimate Ears Wonderboom Waterproof Bluetooth Shower Speaker

You may think we cannot get enough of the Ultimate Ears brand around here, and you might be right. Their final entry on our hot 16 comes in the form of the Wonderboom. This is an award-winning design from their collection, which meant we just had to include it.

A small but powerful speaker, its diminutive size means it’s easy to take along when you’re out and about without weighing your backpack down. Available in 11 different colors, you’ll get 10 hours of play on a single charge.

Connect it with other Ultimate Ears devices for a mega-loud party that doesn’t lose a shred of its clarity of sound. This is thanks to its 360° speaker design.

The controls on these Bluetooth shower speakers are simple and intuitive. You just have to tap the device to skip, pause, or play tracks. If you get caught out in the rain or drop the speaker into your bath, there’s no problem either.

This is due to its tremendous IPX7 rating, meaning it is fully submersible in up to one meter of water for up to 30 minutes.

It offers some of the best protection you’ll find anywhere and ranks it among the best in the world.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Photive Hydra Waterproof Portable Bluetooth Speaker

This isn’t the smallest shower speaker you’ll find but there are a certain strength and solidarity in this design that is very reassuring. However, it’s only just longer than an iPhone so it’s possible to take it out to the beach or even hiking without huge inconvenience.

In comparison to some of the other designs such as the iFox, these Bluetooth shower speakers are a bit too bulky to attach to your car dash.

One of the strengths of this speaker is undoubtedly the ease of which it’s possible to pair with other devices and its universal compatibility. It will work with everything from Apple to Android, including Windows and even your TV too.

You’ll get eight hours of pure sound that’s flawless and clear, this is courtesy of Bluetooth. This has been optimized to deliver the very best audio available.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Taotronics Water-Resistant Shower Speaker

The final item on our list proves that size doesn’t matter – for speakers at least! These are small yet powerful Bluetooth shower speakers that we feel you’ll absolutely love.

A strong silica gel suction cup allows this speaker to attach to the shower wall, providing you sound right where you want it for up to six hours.

We’re not suggesting you stay in the shower for six hours. Rather, we’re just saying you wouldn’t run out of music if you wanted to. Imagine the water bill if you did though!

With an IPX4 rating, this speaker isn’t submersible but it is splash-proof, allowing it to get a bit wet. This makes it ideal for poolside, shower rooms, or in other areas where it might get splashed. It’s not compatible with audio books but that’s the only real exception this speaker has.

You can take calls from your cell on this speaker while you’re still in the shower, like others. It’s fully compatible with Apple, Android, Windows, and all other Bluetooth-enabled devices. That means these Bluetooth shower speakers truly offer easy functionality along with excellent audio whenever you need it.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Face the music!

That concludes our list of the best Bluetooth shower speakers on the market today. We think there are some amazing speakers available, and we’re likely going to grab some ourselves. Whether you have an active or relaxed lifestyle, you’ll find a speaker to suit your needs that won’t break your budget either.

We know how deeply satisfying it is to warble along to your favorite tracks in the depths of your bathroom, what guy doesn’t, right? However, we’re sure you’ll be thanking us for pointing out these top picks – even if the rest of your household isn’t quite so grateful.

Perhaps our next countdown should be a list of the best earplugs on the market? Just kidding, we’re sure you’ve got a beautiful voice…cough…maybe not….cough.

December 31, 2018 / Comments Off on Top 16 Water Resistant And Waterproof Bluetooth Shower Speakers
0
681

Top 16 Winter Jackets For Men

B

rrrrr, it’s a bit chilly, isn’t it? As the days get shorter and the wind whips into gear, you’re going to be slowly feeling the cold creeping in and penetrating your very soul. This cold will keep you clinging to bedsheets on those frigid early mornings. Eventually, you’ll need to get up but also keep warm. Winter jackets for men are great but what type works best?

You don’t need to suffer in the cold. While it might be chilly outside, that doesn’t mean that you have to feel the chill. There are heaps of different tactics that you can try to ensure you march through the snow feeling like you’re next to a warm fire.

This can include wrapping up in scarves, hats, gloves, long johns – or you can just not go outside altogether. While these might be decent solutions, they don’t protect you as much as a winter jacket.

Not just restricted to those living out their days in the Yukon, winter jackets for men are an invaluable investment that is sure to keep you cozy and comfortable during the cold times. Winter jacket technology has only evolved, and now there is a variety of excellent products that are just waiting to be pulled from the hanger.

Why don’t you flip that collar up, pull those gloves on, and make sure those boots are tied tight and venture with us into the tundra to find the best winter jackets for men.

Ladies and gentlemen, winter is coming and we’re prepared!

What are the main things to consider when buying a winter jacket?

When buying any winter jackets for men, you can’t just rely on any old jacket to sufficiently protect your from the great outdoors. Rather, you need to laboriously pour over all the possibilities and all of the features. You also need to know the who, what, why, and how of the jacket to make sure it’s the right one for you!

Of course, you could just read this little guide outlining the key things to consider, it might be easier.

Weight:

We won’t waste too much time on the weight of the jacket but winter jackets for men are typically much heavier than your average coat. The insulation, padding, lining, and other materials all contribute to greater weight.

You’ll certainly need to consider this, especially if you’re frequently walking over unstable ground.

We don’t want you sinking into the abyss. Weight is also important to note if you have any back trouble or if your body is relatively small. The bigger the jacket, the higher the weight. If you’re a man at 210lbs it makes sense that a winter jacket for you could be 20lbs easily.

However, if you’re a smaller man of 160lbs status, that 20lbs worth of jacket could be much harder to deal with.

Sizing:

Unlike your lightweight jackets for the fall, jackets made for the winter have to accommodate the potential for layering. Everywhere you look, layering is considered the number one way to prevent feeling the chill during winter.

You’ll need to think about how many layers you can fit under your jacket when buying a new one for sure.

If the winter jacket is warm enough on its own, it’s likely you won’t need much under it. Especially when you won’t be outside as much. However, if you are going to be outside a lot or in Canadian winters then you’re certainly going to need as much as possible on.

That said, you’ll need to accommodate this by knowing how much you can wear in comfort.

Some jackets can get a tad cumbersome if they’re too large. If you’re someone who doesn’t enjoy looking like a marshmallow when walking down the road, think about that size issue.

Lining:

The type of lining inside the coat will help you determine just how warm you’re going to be, as well as adding to (or detracting from) the comfort level. The majority of winter jackets for men have a fleece lining that is designed to insulate your body heat and keep you warm.

Even when sub-zero temperatures descend, it can be useful.

However, this very same fleece lining can also cling to and retain moisture. That means things such as sweat, rain, and snow can be involved here and that can make the jacket both uncomfortable and distracting. Thankfully, there are a number of jackets that are now designed to be hydrophobic, allowing moisture to run off or evaporate altogether.

In terms of body temperature, warmer isn’t always better. To avoid the risk of overheating, search for a jacket that offers excellent breathability while still keeping you warm. You’ll thank us later.

Hood:

Hooded winter jackets for men are a great way to protect your entire body from windchill, rain, snow, sleet, hail, and whatever else Mother Nature decides to throw at you. They’re incredibly useful, but not everyone likes the hood. Some prefer to use it only when they need it.

Meanwhile, others are more partial to a beany or wooly hat to protect them from the elements.

Depending on your feelings about hoods altogether, you want one that is removable. Some jackets have an attached hood that can be added or removed completely. The most common you’ll see are versions you can throw back out of the way and put on quickly when you want it.

Waterproofness:

Is waterproofness a word? Well, it is now.

Some of you spend your winters like birds by enjoying the sunnier parts of the world like a coward. For those of us who brave it out, you’ll know how essential it is to have a waterproof jacket to keep you dry. You’ll see all kinds of unpredictable weather conditions in the winter, so you need to be prepared.

There’s little worse than believing you’ve bought a waterproof coat, only to find that it isn’t waterproof at all. Some might barely even be water resistant. Ensuring your winter jacket is waterproof will save you a lot of issues and keep sicknesses away that can come with wet winter conditions.

This will give you the chance to step out in all sorts of wild conditions. That’s even if the only reason for doing so is because you can.

Protection:

We’re not talking about kevlar or built-in chainmail, brave knights of the Gears of Men (we kinda like that honestly). Although, that chain stuff be useful in some parts of the world.

Anyway, we’re referring to protection from the elements. The element protections you’ll want to be included are things like windproofing, waterproofing, and ventilation. You’ll also want design choices that help keep you as toasty and comfortable as possible while outside.

You may even want to consider having a cinched hem. These are incredibly useful during a storm. If you live in an area where winter storms are problematic, this is a must-have.

Design:

Nobody wants to wear an ugly jacket and no one wants to be on the wrong side of fashion history. Remember how people from the 1980’s look back at their style and cringe? Yeah, that could be you if you’re not careful.

The overall design is also something that you’ll need to think about, even if you don’t consciously do it.

We’re always drawn to something that we like the look of. If we see something that just looks off, we’re inclined to move on. It’s human nature, so most can understand that concept. With a good looking jacket, your vanity will take control and you’ll feel better too, and isn’t that all we’re really after in life?

That means long-lasting types of jackets will usually hold up. Leather and Jean jackets have been in fashion for decades and for good reason. They work and they look good, well, usually. We cannot all look like The Fonze from Happy Days in leather or Jon Bender from The Breakfast Club in a jean jacket.

However, it can be rocked well by most.

Pockets and Extras:

Pockets, pockets, pockets!

Winter jackets for men are filled with pockets. Some are obvious, but others aren’t so much. You might have had your jacket for a couple of months before you discover a new one. Funny enough, that’s like getting a whole new jacket.

These are incredibly convenient and can store your wallet, keys, phone, portable charger, lunch, and anything else you want!

It’s not just pockets that make a jacket much more attractive to you, though. There are also things like headphone loops, zippers inside of zippers, glove clips, and many, many more. All need to be considered when looking for any winter jackets for men, as they can all be useful.

What materials are winter jackets for men usually made of?

The best kinds of winter jackets for men on sale will be constructed using the very best materials. There’s quite a wide range of great materials and fabrics. All are used to make the most effective, comfortable, and warm winter jackets available.

Let’s just focus on the three areas of the jacket that make a real difference.

Exterior:

Also referred to by those in the winter jacket fanatic community as the shell. The exterior of your winter jacket can be made from a number of different materials. Each offers something to make your jacket wearing experience the best it could possibly be.

These materials include nylon, polyester, cotton, and polyurethane. Many will generally be waterproof, which in the winter is an absolute must unless you’re planning on auditioning for the part of Drowned Rat #3.

Interior:

Interiors are specifically engineered by the best winter jacket scientists around the globe to keep you warm and comfortable. This interior will typically be made from fleece or even wool if you’re feeling fancy. Both are excellent at retaining heat as well as preventing any sweating.

This provides an overall excellent experience for everybody involved.

In some jackets, you might also find a mesh combination. This helps offer breathability and happens to be more versatile than just something you’ll wear during winter.

Filling:

The filling of your jacket acts as an insulator. The interior may strive to keep you warm, but the filling is where the real money is made. This filling provides the puff that you probably associate with winter jackets. The overall filling helps to create small pockets of air that are then trapped, keeping you are toasty as possible.

Normally, the filling is made from goose or duck feathers, but there are some companies that have realized how cruel this can be. Thus, they have started taking strides towards filling their jackets with synthetic insulation.

This isn’t as effective as the feathers were, but in the long run, the right material found could make it very useful.

Should I go for style or maximum warmth? Can I have both?

Of course, you can have both! Style and warmth are not mutually exclusive. There’s a vast array of stylish winter jackets for men that will also provide a satisfactory amount of warmth and insulation. Days of the garish, loud, and even ugly winter jackets for men are a thing of the past these days.

Hopefully, they never make a comeback!

Some might think that it doesn’t matter how you look in your jacket, as long as it keeps you warm. However, there’s a lot of dudes that would disagree. Think about it, you’re going out in public with actual people around so you want to look good, even it’s only for you.

We don’t know about you, but we just feel happier if we know we look good.

That being said, there’s no point in avoiding effectiveness just so you look good. At the end of the day, winter jackets offer a great way to avoid the wet and cold environment of the winter. At least, that is their design, ideally.

Although, you’ll need to do some research to find the right balance between style and warmth.

Otherwise, you’ll end up resembling something closer to Mr. Freeze and look terrible. Or you’ll have something horrible on to adequately be prepared for winter periods. Luckily for everyone, manufacturers have been in the game long enough to find that perfect balance between both style and warmth.

Now it’s all about where you look and what you might find.

How heavy are winter jackets? Will I be weighed down by my jacket?

The weight of your winter jacket will depend on the type of jacket you get. There are winter jackets for men that are designed for skiing and snowboarding but can be rocked without a slope in sight and still look good.

They can keep you warm just as well as be extra padding when you’ll eventually crash in the snow.

Meanwhile, there are other jackets that are lightweight and slim fitting. They may not appear as if they can keep you warm, but in actual reality, they are insanely good at doing such.

What you need to find is something that suits you and one you’ll be okay wearing every day that the temperature lower. If you’re planning on wearing just a jacket over your base layer, then you don’t need something too bulky or heavy.

On the other hand, if you’re wearing layer upon layer, then a jacket that can help accommodate those layers.

With products like casual jackets for men, you won’t get weighed down as they’re not that heavy at all. They’re designed purely to be worn on short trips to the store, to the bar, or to pick the kids up.

There is really no intention of it being worn outside for long periods of time.

If you’re concerned about being weighed down, this may only be a problem for ones that use heavier materials or is an overall larger model. This is not how all operate, as we’ve highlighted. However, you’ll need to find the one that works best for you.

What are the ethical considerations when buying a winter jacket? 

We know you probably don’t need reminding about ethical issues, and you might already be aware of them. However, we feel that it’s something important to consider if you want to wear a totally cruelty-free piece of clothing.

Especially when you want to enjoy all the benefits of warmth without any of that crippling guilt.

We should note that there are some products on our list that engage in certain unethical practices to source their filling and fur. One of the primary culprits is Canada Goose, who is unabashed about the trapping techniques they use to obtain coyote fur for their hood linings.

Despite this, their products are still immensely popular in a time where everyone has pretty much agreed that fur and cruelly made clothing is a big no-no. In colder cities across North America, you will see Canada Goose logos on every street.

This is due to the otherwise high quality of the jackets themselves, which might (among other things) contribute to the price.

We’re not here to tell you what to buy, and we’re not even saying we’ll think any less of you if you decide to go ahead and order a Canada Goose product. It might be that you were unaware of their practices, so if this causes you to reconsider your shopping habits, cool!

If you’re still interested in purchasing from companies like them, then that’s cool too.

Braving the Cold

Whoever thought there’d be so much to learn before getting a winter jacket? At least you’re fully educated on the unexpected nuances of what makes a great jacket.

Without any more waiting around, here are our picks of winter jackets for men that are sure to bring some warmth into your life.

1) The North Face McMurdo Parka III

The North Face brand is very popular in the clothing industry, and for good reason. This is why we could not help but add their McMurdo Parka II item to the list. These truly are among the best winter jackets for men on the market today.

This jacket is made using a mix of faux fur, nylon, and polyester, as well as waterproof polyurethane. It’s a surefire way to ensure warmth all winter long and you will look good in it too.

With a multitude of pockets, you can forget about dragging a backpack with you. You can keep nearly everything you need in the chest, front, and inner pockets. The hood can be removed if the weather looks promising, or just if you’re not a fan of hoods.

Meanwhile, expert construction makes it completely windproof. This makes the impressive model from North Face a perfect for both the city streets or wide, open mountain ranges.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

2) Tommy Hilfiger Classic Hooded Puffer Jacket

The Tommy Hilfiger Classic Hooded Puffer jacket is considered amongst the very best warm winter jackets for men today. There’s a good reason for it. The Hilfiger brand perfectly combines practicality and style for an unrivaled look sure to suit any guy during the winter months.

Made with top-quality construction, it offers comfort that you’ll struggle to find elsewhere. This is evident from the hood to the hem of this item. Proper and perfect stitching and design make this item a must-have.

Not only due to the great style but the confidence it’s made very well. With a brand like Hilfiger, it has come to be expected anyway.

Despite its ‘puffiness’ it’s much sleeker than you might expect. The model is great for layering over a hoodie or sweater to give you that extra bit of protection from the elements. The hood is separate from the collar, so you’ll still get great wind protection against the neck and chin.

Meanwhile, its waterproof material ensures you’ll stay bone dry, even when the heavens tumble all around you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

3) The North Face Resolve 2

The impressive Resolve 2 from the equally impressive North Face brand is terrific and very deserving to be on a list of the best winter jackets for men. The design uses The North Face’s patented DyVent material technology and combines it with the always-reliable polyurethane.

Resolve 2 is a jacket that would be ideal walking through the coldest, wettest streets anywhere in the world and still be able to keep you effortlessly warm and dry. This makes it an incredibly durable product that’s built to last, and it’s designed to hold up against all sorts of extreme conditions.

This is further reinforced with the storm flap features that help protect from the most unpredictable weather. It also comes with a hood that can be stowed in the model. This only served to perfectly complement this jacket, and it gives you a bit of variety.

Lightweight and mesh-lined, it’s certainly ready for whatever conditions you step out into

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

4) Under Armor ColdGear Reactor

Under Armor might be known for their athletic gear, especially the types meant to help you stay cool. Yet they make some amazing winter jackets for men as well. The ColdGear Reactor model from them is impressive.

This is in spite of the fact that it sounds like a Bond villain’s name for their Doomsday Device.

Lightweight and immensely comfortable, the Reactor brings the sleek and sophisticated designs that Under Armor is famous for. It uses them to make the winter a walk in the park, with included water and windproofing for the jacket.

In addition to this, it looks amazing. Despite being a puffer jacket by definition, it doesn’t possess as much bulk as your traditional puffer jacket might have. This makes it a great casual winter jacket that can be thrown on easily if you need to run out to handle some errands.

It truly offers proper warmth that helps you avoid the need to layer up. It can also be packed neatly away in its own pocket, which makes it one of the most conveniently portable jackets ever.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

5) Tommy Hilfiger Micro Twill Full-Length Hooded Jacket

With a whole bunch of pockets, a fur-lined hood, and ribbed cuffs, these winter jackets for men will serve well all winter long. It provides warmth, comfort, and isn’t so heavy that it weighs you down.

The brand behind the jacket, Tommy Hilfiger, is clearly one of the best in the industry.

The ribbed cuffs help to protect you from wind chill, while the fur around the hood can be removed. It also avoids the pitfalls of some larger winter jackets for men by not being too bulky, which is likely helped by its weight. The lightweight design makes it a great jacket for all occasions and will suit any environment its in.

Rock this model with confidence when going to work, as it won’t interfere with your professional look or your casual one.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

6) Canada Goose Lodge Slim Fit Down Jacket

Our first Canada Goose item offers a very warm, light nylon winter jacket that guarantees excellent insulation throughout the cold winter. The front zipper is sturdy and designed to prevent any whistle of wind from getting inside.

This protects you from the wind that is likely to get in.

You’re further protected by the adjustable drawcords around the hood, that is perfect for keeping your nose from turning red. Sorry, Rudolph, we’re keeping you away this time. These winter jackets for men have fleece-lined pockets to keep your hands warm as well.

As a bonus, it can be packed away inside itself and doubles as a handy travel pillow. Can we really hate a jacket pillow guys? Come on!

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

7) Canada Goose Chateau Slim Fit Jacket

These winter jackets for men are slim-fitting, thigh-length and equipped with durable nylon. This all combined for a highly robust and long-lasting design that will keep you warm, mostly dry, and comfortable. Using the Canada Goose Arctic-Tech fabric, you might forget that cold even exists.

Step into each frosty morning feeling like you’re still in bed, if only you were so lucky.

If you’re an animal lover, you might not care for the Canada Goose fur inclusions. However, fur was used to remain warm by the cavemen and for centuries following. This item has genuine coyote-fur that lines the hood. The rest uses relatively machine-made material, such as the nylon referred to.

It’s one of the best winter jackets for men on the market today. In part, that is thanks to the genuine fur. It aside, the jacket holds up well with a ton of great material. It’ll do the job well in keeping you warm, that is certain.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

8) Under Armor Storm ColdGear Infrared Bevel Jacket

Under Armor cannot seem to hold themselves back when it comes to great gear for the cold times. This item from the brand as part of its ColdGear line is impressive. It’s one of the best winter jackets for men today simply due to how it is made and the features it has all while being lightweight.

The brand behind it did not hurt things either.

It’s windproof and waterproof, so you can feel safe on any mountainside or open area. Meanwhile, the breathable material keeps you comfortably cool. Obviously, you don’t want to be “too cool” in the winter, but the comfort but the breathable material allows you to avoid getting too toasty.

It will zip up to your chin to provide you the best protection from the elements. It comes with several useful exterior pockets so you can carry your keys, phone, wallet, and whatever else with ease.

A great looking jacket that provides everything one should, this would make an ideal addition to any winter collection.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

9) The North Face Arrowood Triclimate Jacket

Designed to battle against wind, sleet, snow, rain, this 3-in-1 jacket from The North Face gives you a massively versatile option. These are incredibly impressive winter jackets for men, and worthy of this list for several reasons. It’s lined with a DryVent shell, allowing you to keep as dry as you are warm.

Meanwhile, the hood attached can be fully adjusted to protect as much or as little as you like.

The inner shell uses fleece, offering a vital way to for ensure you stay as toasty as humanly possible. All while doing its best to prevent a build-up of moisture with proper breathability. If you’re looking for the best winter jacket that will serve you all year-round, the Arrowood provides everything and more.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

10) Canada Goose Langford Slim Fit Parka

Constructed using polyester, cotton, and fur these winter jackets for men were created for success. Truly, it would serve you very well striding down the city streets with a purpose. It’s slightly longer than most coats, which provides that extra protection on the legs.

It’s surprisingly needed in the most frigid parts of the country, trust us on that. Meanwhile, the storm flap over the zipper further prevents any cold creeping in.

For those of you who love extra pockets, you’re in luck. This jacket features four of them, and that’s just on the outside, with an additional ‘secret’ pocket on the inside chest. Truly you’ll never have to stuff your jeans and trousers full of phone, wallet, or keys again.

A very modern design, this jacket could be the one for the urban gentleman.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

11) Hugo Boss Water-Repellent Down-Filled Jacket

Hugo Boss could very well be considered the best when it comes to winter jackets for men. They offer you a top quality solution for staying warm, making it perfect at its job. It’s able to do this by using top materials that guarantee unparalleled toastiness throughout the winter.

It’s thick, but not too thick, and matches naturally with both office and casual attire. Meaning you’ll never be left shivering no matter where you are.

The dual front pockets make it easy to store items or simply keep your hands warm if you’ve forgotten your gloves. Meanwhile, the hood can be pushed back out of the way to prevent it getting in the way when the skies above are as clear as ever.

Its double zip makes it easy to adjust for your desired comfort. This is not something you see on any old jacket. This pinpoints another in the sea of reasons why these Hugo Boss winter jackets for men should get your consideration.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

12) The North Face Inlux Insulated Jacket

At just 8 ounces, these North Face winter jackets for men are a marvel of insulation and dryness engineering. One must wear it to believe the hype. With a breathable material to keep you comfortable, you can wear this in the very coldest conditions without feeling a twinge of chill.

It’s lightweight and stylish, making it well worth the price and perfect for most clothing you may already own. While the hood is not capable of removal, one can get have the guarantee that this command attention even in the densest blizzard.

Using heatseeker insulation, you are set to enjoy unrivaled warmth. All while also ensuring that there’s no danger of overheating or sweating half your body weight. Furthermore, the adjustable drawcord hem makes it easy to either tighten or loosen.

This means you’re prepared for any level of wind, even when you’re least expecting it. To complement the model, adjustable cuffs come into play that allows you to accommodate extra layers or gloves with ease.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

13) Carhartt Ridge Sherpa Lined Sandstone Jacket

The design of the Sherpa Sandstone allows one to use it on mountainside hikes or on a nice camping trip in the fall to winter months. It’s not made for those who are hustling to work in the big city without much time for the outdoors.

For the outdoor types, this is among the best winter jackets for men we’ve found to date.

That includes from previous years!

Its double zip provides extra durability, while the side and chest pockets offer great options for carrying all your things. This is on top of doing its job of keeping you warm in the cold!

The Carhartt brand also provides rib-knit storm cuffs to this model to further protect you from the cold. Meanwhile, the collar is high enough to give your neck the protection it requires. Unfortunately, it’s not waterproof, but it might just hold up in a flash rainstorm until you get home.

However, if you live somewhere that barely sees any rain, like a Seattle or London half the year, this would not be for you. Everywhere else, this is likely perfect for you.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

14) The North Face Roamer Parka

These North Face winter jackets for men are ideal for the wandering souls among us. This is a classic look from the brand that will provide you sweet, succulent warmth. Meanwhile, also looking good whether you’re on your way to the bar or on the way to work.

The zip is strong and able to handle multiple seasons, while the length of the jacket is perfect for providing that extra bit of cover. Ones that you might see some of the gustier cities in the country.

On top of this, the insulated lining is both lightweight and effective, without feeling too bulky. Although some might prefer their jackets a little slimmer.

The hood will is easy to flip on or off, and can be quickly tightened or loosened with a cinch at the chin.

This jacket can handle a little wind or rain easily.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

15) Patagonia Nano Puff Jacket

These Patagonia winter jackets for men are an awesome piece of clothing. It provides perfect protection against rain and the chill that comes with it. It’s able to retain nearly 99% of all generated body heat, making this a warm jacket to have on those cold winter nights.

This combines with its ultra-lightweight design to create a product that should be at the top of everybody’s gift list this year.

As a bonus, it’ll also compress down and fit into its own pocket for excellent portability. What might catch your eye is the fact that the materials are recycled, seriously! Most jacket manufacturers that could do similar but choose not to.

With Patagonia, you will see quality garments provided in a responsible way.

If that’s what you look for in your clothing, then this is the perfect brand for you. Along with their incredible jacket.

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

16) Carhartt Quilted Flannel Lined Sandstone Active Jacket

Our final piece of the winter jackets for men puzzle is something that is ideal for camping, hiking, and just keeping warm. This jacket comes in a slight-bomber style that is quite impressive. This also comes with a comfortable and somewhat large hood.

Its design enables the hood to keep your face as well as your neck and ears safe from brutal winds.

On the inside, quilted material lines this jacket to help trap air and provide incredible warmth. Meanwhile, the rib-knit cuffs ensure that every atom of body heat stays exactly where it should be. Its durable and classic band is hugely effective and you can get caught in the rain without an issue.

What’s a couple of raindrops, anyway?

Check Product Price // Read More Reviews

CHECK PRICE  READ REVIEWS

Wrapping Up

Winter chill comes in often overnight without warning. We may not need John Snow to tell us that winter is coming, but we will surely know. We feel it, often deep in our bones, and know we need protection from it.

Winter jackets for men are perfect shields that even Captain America would be envious of.

There is such a wide range of awesome, comfortable, and incredibly warm jackets available. With designs that suit your biggest needs, so it would be foolish not to invest in one.

Not only will they keep you warm this winter, but they’ll also do the job next winter, and the winter after that. The design of each jacket is to keep you toasty while being able to last. Making the decision now to add one to your closet is an investment that you’ll not regret.

Effective, practical, and always stylish, the winter jacket will make the coming cold so much easier to deal with. In fact, your new winter jacket might be such an appreciated purchase. One that you’ll look for excuses to go out in, just so you can show it off and reap the benefits.

There’s a lot to grumble about during the winter months. However, with a coat like one of the models above, being cold won’t be one of them.

December 31, 2018 / Comments Off on Top 16 Winter Jackets For Men
0
789